Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
7050 Gall Blvd (123)
o�0 1TJ O N \ oD 7 v N ao N 917.1 r A PITA P y I ' t P y A r 0 Florida flospital Ze h rhillsp Y 7050 Gall Boulevard ze h rhills FL 335411 l� Y Client Code/ ]File Number: 23/100046 Project 11D Submission Number 107-002 PROJECT TEAM DIRECTORY MEP ENGINEER SYMBOLS AND MATERIALS INDEX OF DRAWINGS Smith Seickman Reid, Inc. NOTE: The symbols here are specific to the Architectural Drawings as a whole. OWNER The Life Safety, Reflected Ceiling Plan and Roof Plan respectively Include supplementary legends AO.O Cover Sheet 6948 Professional Parkway East and drawing notes specific to those sheets. Refer to other disciplines for additional symbols. Florida Hospital Ze h rhills Sarasota, Florida 34240 WINDOW TYPE - - EARTH p p Y Phone: (941) 907-7750 ® ARCHITECTURAL ELECTRICAL 7050 Gall Boulevard Fax: (941) 907-7751 � ELEVATION BENCHMARK � GRANULAR FILL Zephyrhills, Florida 33541 LS.1 Life Safety Plan E0.1 Electrical Schedules, Legends and Drawing Index 1 METAL REVISION AND NUMBER ® A1,0 Life Safety Plan - Partial First Floor E0.2 Electrical Ground Floor Locations Reference Plan Phone. (813) 788 0411 ® FINISH WOOD Al.I First Floor ICRA Plan E0.3 Electrical First Floor Locations Reference Plan C.J.D CONTROL JOINT STUCCO OR GYPSUM BOARD A1.2 Ground Floor ICRA Plan ELL First Floor Plan - Demolition - Electrical ARCHITECT STRUCTURALENGINEER 124 A2.0 Demolition Plan E2.1 First Floor Plan - New Construction - Lighting DOOR AND FRAME CONCRETE OR GRAVEL TKW Consulting Engineers WITH DOOR NUMBER A2.1 Floor Plan E3.1 First Floor Plan - New Construction - Power Burt Hill /Pollock Krieg Architects, Inc. ® CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) A2,2 Reflected CeilingPlan E3.2 Third Floor/Roof Plan -New Construction -Power 7680 Universal Boulevard, Suite 580 EXISTING DOOR ® 8250 College Parkway Suite 203 PLYWOOD A2.3 Framing Plan E4.1 First Floor Plan - New Construction - Systems . Orlando, Florida 32819 METAL STUD WALL ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE A2 4 Roof Plan E5.1 Electrical One Line Diagram Fort Myers, Florida 33919 Phone: 407 -12 1 ® �' Phone: 239 482-4761 e ( ) 363 O MASONRY WALL BATT OR SEMI -RIGID INSULATION A4.0 Schedules, Wall Types, Sections and Details E6.1 Electrical Schedules ( ) Fax: (407) 363-1204 � Fax: (239) 482-0265 EVALUATION RIGID INSULATION A5.0 UL Details E6.2 Electrical Studies 208 ROOM NAME AND NUMBER A6.0 Specifications E7.1 Electrical Details �- WALL TYPE ® ROUGH WOOD FRAMING OR BLOCKING E8.1 Electrical Specifications 2x2 LAY -IN FLUORESCENT FIXTURE BUILDING SECTION GENERAL NOTES (� ® 2x4 LAY -1N FLUORESCENT FIXTURE STRUCTURAL SECTION OR DETAIL FLUORESCENT UTILITY FIXTURE FIRE PROTECTION O RECESSED DOWNLIGHT S 1.0 A/C Structural Framing Plan, Sections and Details ELEVATION Z SUPPLY AiR DIFFUSER FPO.1 Fire Protection Schedules, Legends, Notes g Industry standards (i.e. ASTM, ANSI, etc.) SHALL HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT Z RETURN AIR REGISTER FP0.2 Fire Protection Specifications on performance of work as If copies were directly Inserted Into the Contract Documents or bound and INTERIOR ELEVATION published therewith. Comply with standards In effect as of the dote of the Contract Documents, -,�G -' FINISH CEILING ELEVATIONPLUMBING T ��T(; unless otherwise note or required by authorities having jurisdiction. kcMaCAS NORTH (All elevations are A.F.F.) PLUM BI G FP0.3 Fire Protection Specifications p5Z G � l < �� d sys 1�" NORTH ARROW ® EXIT LIGHT FP1.1 First Floor Plan - Demolition - Fire Protection � l 4 2x2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE P0.1 Plumbing Schedule, Legend and Notes s� � - � FP2.1 First Floor Plan -New Construction -Fire Protection V ` k�o� t �o � P0.2 Plumbing Specifications CODES -All work shall conform to the following codes and ordinances: ��, � � FP2.2 Second Floor Plan -New Construction -Fire Protection 'L4 2x4 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE I � D�( ,2nn P0.3 Plumbing Specifications - 2007 Florida Building Code, with 2009 amendments ©� rr• 1 FP5.1 Fire Protection Details - 2007 Florida Plumbing Code, with 2009 amendments r3 g - 2007 Florida Fuel Gas Code, with 2009 amendments+� GYPSUM BOARD P0.4 Plumbing Specifications - 2007 Florida Mechanical Code, with 2009 amendments P0.5 PlumbingSpecifications - 2007 Florida Fire Prevention Code MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER MEDICAL EQUIPMENT Local Codes and Ordinances where applicable and flood damage prevention ordinances P1.1 First Floor Plan - Demolition - Plumbing 2006 NFPA /01 - Llfe Safety Code 2006 NFPA 99 - Health Care Facilities P1.2 First Floor Plan - Demolition - Medical Gas A-101 Equipment Layout - Details, Legend and Notes - 2006 Guidelines for Design and Construction of Health Care Facilities . BUILDING CODE INFORMATION : P1.3 Partial Roof Plan -Demolition -Plumbing A-102 Reflected Ceiling and Safety/Service Clearance Plans OCCUPANCY GROUP :GROUP I-2 P2.1 First Floor Plan- New Construction - Plumbing S-101 Structural Floor Plan - Details and Notes TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION : TYPE IB-FBC P2.3 Partial Roof Plan - New Construction - Plumbing S-102 Structural Ceiling Plan - Details and Notes TYPE I (3,3,2) FULLY SPRINKLERED P3.1 First Floor Plan- New Construction - Medical Gas S-103 Structural Details SQUARE FOOTAGE OF REMODELING: 1,247 S.F. E 101 VICINITY _ :.. P5.1 Plumbing Details Electrical Raceway Plan -Legend and Notes ....... 'n D - rr Dimension and Notes h-102 Electrical Dimen • n Plan - Legend 1. Contractor to oversee cleaning and Insure that the premises are maintained free of rubbish during construction. Final cleanup Is the aae vigil responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor to provide Permitting Authority with Debris Affidavit at time of submittal. E-501 Electrical Details and Notes 2. At the termination of work, submit to Building Agent/Tenant maintenance manuals presenting full details for care and maintenance of all MECHANICAL M-101 Mechanical Plan - Details and Notes surfaces and equipment of every nature. Contents shall Include manufacturer's and Installer's names, addresses, and phone numbers, and r .:. Instructions for Installation, start-up, operation, maintenance parts list, and data sheets. M0.1 Mechanical Legends, Notes and Drawing Index J. Contractor Is responsible for compliance with all Codes, Ordinances and Regulations applicable at project location. Contractor is responsible t for fllin and securing all necessary permits. approvals. etc. for all trades. Like 9 9 y PP M0.2 Mechanical Schedules . t • • • nt n / r Architect.M0.3 Mechanical Specifications 4. When or equal'. 'alternate', or other qualifying terms ore used, those Items shall be approved by Building Agent/Tenn o d o £ rs io nVentilation Pl Please be advised this review of plans submitted is a 5. Existing materials or items scheduled to remain that are damaged by construction shall be repaired, patched, and refinished to the nearest MI.0 Construction Zone an r t0 Intersection, restoring surface to It's original condition. cursory assist the contractor in compliance with M 1.1 First Floor Plan - Demolition - Mechanical fine safety codes. This review is not intended to be a %al of #a submitted nl m during an construction. Existing - > . tied tt is the 6. Contractor shall protect all existing walls, doors, frames. surfaces, fixtures, fi sties, etc. from damage du g d g plans - - M21 Fir Second Floor Plans New Construction Mechanical materials to be removed shall be coordinated with Owner to verify if Owner wishes to salvage some. Relocation of salvaged materials, once GontfaCbiS sole teS b ensure that removed, to be b the Building A ent/Tenant's forces "`"`" �ty the plans Y 9 9 'andm - 4� ' �. . � Partial Roof Plan -New Construction -Mechanical � «� local M2 2 7. Contractor shall verify and be responsible for all dimensions and job site conditions related to this work. Any discrepancy in dimensions or Otdi<1arIC@S• In 1hs t1i1t #tat further examination or a _ M3.1 Mechanical Details ttte special modifications required due to field conditions shall be reported to the Architect for cloriflcatlon �' M1gOn18v88�i tarrce, itshal be Details weir sole expense to M3 2 Mechanical De ' s the cordmcloes sole 8. The Architect does not have control or charge of, and shall not be held responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequence or for ,� ;, HALL COMPLYWITHALL nprogramsInconnection with work, for the acts or omissions of the contractor, subcontractors or an other persons "` BUILDING Y assumes safety precautions and o o y p .. a. _ : DES, FLORIDA ALLWORK S brinQ chose areas in oont _ umes no performing any of the work, or for the fallure of any of them to carry out the work in accordance with the Documents. M4.1 Mechanical Controls B>st.� <trli PREVAILING CO rseponsibt NFPA and t CODE,NATIONAI,ELECTRICCODEAND o oomph ..N: �e oorrtractor's be to � HygFIII,LS wry all A local t t the fI resistive n str structural Integrity a... CITY OF ZEP %Od@S ORDINANCES � ardinanoes 9. All plpes, ducts, conduit, etc., which penetrate the final slab or walls shall be Installed so as o maintain a re and uc g y of the building construction. zz� ice.::: .. 10. Demolition of existing construction necessary to install new construction and equipment is to be performed by the contractor who is to supply and Install the new construction and equipment. Install lintels where required with prior written approval.'` tic Y , � ��. Il. Contractor to repair floor slabs, fill gaps, cracks and voids. Grind smooth any high spots or ridges. Floors to be prepared as required to ` 4 REVIEW DATE j� I receive floor finishes so that previous substrate defects cannot be detected. _ :.. H LL SUBMITTED PLAN(S) HAVE BEEN REVIEWES CI 4F ZEP YRHI S :.;.... PLANS EXAMINER BY ZEPHYRHILLS FIR M SHAL'S OFFICE 12. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AIA Document A201, latest edition, shall apply. , r, Date: -�� Reviewer: 13. All gypsum board In partitions around 'wet use areas' (Le.: Toilet Room(s), Laundry Room(s), Shower Room(s), etc.) shall be of moisture -resistant Project Location rya' f ��" «� { ... type, and these F ^ titlons are to be sound noted.r ai 14. All studs, furring and miscellaneous metal accessories in walls having moisture- resistant gypsum board are to be of galvanized metal. g. 15. All fire -rated partitions are to extend to deck above, and have all volds packed between the deck and top of wall with fire sofeing Insulation. Floor track Is to be set In a bed of sealant. Joints In gypsum board partitions are to be taped over the full height of the partition. r 16. Fire extinguisher cabinets mounting height to be 2'-6' from floor to bottom of receptacle. Top of extinguisher to be 4' 0' AFF, max. :: �7. All non -fire -rated partitions are to extend 4' above suspended celling grid. All such partitions are to be braced back to the structural" decking or joists with suitable sub-froming at 48' o.c., max. Provide additional framing, bracing and blocking for all required cabinetry f and equipment. M F1 OR D Hos H RH S ANGIOGRA H ROOM UPGR Di S 18. Not all listed GENERAL NOTES may apply, nor are they all-inclusive for every work situation. Excellence, through out the job, does apply. 19. Each FIRE WALL, FIRE BARRIER, FiRE PARTITION, SMOKE BARRIER, SMOKE PARTITION, or any other new wall tl with signs rstencilingabove on h llpermanentlyTden fled w s s o required to have protected openings s a be q P gy decorative celling and In concealed spaces with the wds,'FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER PRO orTECTED ALL OPENINGS'. 1 �`i1L3 . or similar language. Such or stenciling shall be in 4-Inch high letters, /2-Inch stroke, and not more than 15-feet on center. ����a i Project No. 11007.00 AO,00 G 2011 BH! PK Architects, lac. 121812011 3:41:57 PM ...\CD\AO-0 Cover Sheet.dgn N v 00 N O 1 1VJVV6 LVVL4LX%J11 TRUE PLAN r LIFE SAFETY PLAN NORTH NORTH LS.I l6' = /'-0. 4 6 co 121812011 4:42:05 PM ... \CD\LS-! Llfe Safety Plon.dgn Project No. 11007.00 LS * I © 2011 BHi PK Architects, Inc. - rn O N N 1-1 V_ �� 00 N S� „h O Co �T N b SMOKE COMPARTMENTS oe EXIT CALCULATIONS Compartment Compartment Area Occupancy Type Sq./ Ft. Occupant Number of Occupants 1A 12,010 S.F. Treatment 240 50 IB 19,759 S.F. Treatment 240 82 IC 16,627 S.F. 12,615 -12 4,012 Assembly 240 15 53 267 IE 13,159 S.F. Treatment 240 55 IF 12,093 S.F. Treatment 240 50 SYMBOL LEGEND • F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET ® MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER OS SMOKE DETECTOR QH HEAT DETECTOR © FIRE ALARM PULL STATION S ♦ STROBE HIS ►* HORN AND STROBE EXIT LIGHTS I EXIT LIGHTS WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROW(s) 42 EXIT WIDTH IN INCHES 125' INTERIOR EXIT PATH AND DISTANCE 1 A SMOKE COMPARTMENT DESIGNATION SMOKE COMPARTMENTS / EX/T CALCULATIONS Compartment Compartment Area Occupancy Type Sq./ Ft. Occupant Number of Occupants IG 4,989 S.F. Treatment 240 21 I H 6,289 S.F. Treatment 240 27 ll 11,971 S.F. Treatment 240 50 IJ 14,951 S.F. Treatment 240 63 TOTAL FIRST FLOOR SQUARE FOOTAGE - 111,848 SQ.FT . 718 EXITS UNITS REQUIRED - 718 X .2 = 144' EXIT UNITS PROVIDED - 1,279' BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS I. Codes in effect: 5. Exit Calculations Permitted Proposed Florida Building Code 2007 Edition with both first and second 2009 ammendments NFPA 101 2006 Edition Max. Travel Distance: 200 161 Florida Administrative Code 59A3 Max. Dead End Corridor: 20/-OH NA AI A Guidelines for Design and Construction of Health Care Facilities 2006 Edition Min. Corridor Width: 8'-0" 8'-O" Min. Clear Opening of Exit Doors: 321, 321, 2. Use and Occupancy Classification: Group 1-2 Min. Stair Width: 8'-0" NA As per FBC Chapter 3 and NFPA 101 J. Type of Construction: Type I -B, Fully Spri nkl eyed 6.. Interior Finish Requirements As per FBC Section 602 and NFPA 101 Table 8.1 Type 1 (3,30 As per FBC Table 803.5 and NFPA 101 Table A 10.2.2 4. Building Occupancy Exits: Type A Building Occupancy per FBC Table 1004.1.2 Exit Access Corridors: Type A and NFPA l01 table 7.5.1.2 (in SF/Occupant): 240 Rooms & Enclosed Spaces: Type A Area ea Compartment 1 A 12,010 SF Allowed Occupancy 50 U a� U M M 0 i 0 ill N � M O oNo W a .-1 y a r H a r/) U n w is VI r� e� N Cd CIO En 0 Cd • V..4 0 —4 Cd 1� rr♦� TCd V 1 0 •C .0 c 1� Project No. 11007.00 A 1. 0 121812011 3:15:39 PM ...\AI-0 Partial Life Safety Plan.dgn © 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. ti e N o ; N it O N v N E-EXAM 3 E-CO■IODR NDOR H H ❑ ❑H ❑ E-EXAM 4 IXE-S E-nT(� o [00 UE [E 0 ck ■ �i EINi • • to F) ' a�,r..—a � ��, � — � 4 I — �_ 1 1,+� ■� 1� • f ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■ 1%i :EC a TECLTI.IG IR H ❑ SLIM S1ENUMIS Central Sterile PIEP/PACHC 000 ❑O ❑O °"D 90NED A Human Resources Toss / EDUPT MECIUMIM ous epin SHOP 1G sn OFFICEaFLE CONFERENCE suPPUEs M A■ J TMY PASS OPEM AIR Y TIEETEInr u■s OFFICE FE c OFFICE Elm BAKERY VEST R HOUSEKEEPING® ® PASS tDaoaTs ire. O Ftin OFFICE aFRE HAIL PAS CART STG M91 PROOF RDDY OFFICE an STORAGE asTa PASRG OPEN AN NIEI2EMY UNITING REC.TEER IIa WAY � - R 8 0 T ❑ ° an sFDRAGE MECHANICAL 44 MECNARCAI n Courtyard DIETITIANS 4 O KITCHEN Food Services CAlEA 1G 1C o 6TRVMG Comm = SERVICE COI■IDOR DON" ML U 1-T03 DIET OFFICE OFFS DRs.oRM °0P'/'a" ❑� m Provide Zip Wall Type dust barrier. OFFICE Construct with 6 mll vlsqueen and Zip Wall CONFERENCE type framl Taped at seams, floor and calling OFFICE 0Ff1� as to prolI tthe passage of dust Into the occupied T;tei g area. Contractor to complete this porlton of work first. r,s OFFICE RECEPTION OF�11 I I I I NO Oat T& UPS TTOFEA6 NNflR POINTERS CA59KI0MN VpEM1EER R g LOUNCE Eka o ® I J_ Relocate existing door and temporarly oo■+ooR�„ seal shut for dust barrier. —� Comm N.P. i i Provide Zip Wall Type dust barrier. \�� 6 1i T Drs Lon 'r Construct with 6 mll visqueen and Zip Wall �\ FUTUREooc>oKxs type from) � CT SCAN SOIL _ Lobby as to ohll ITaped at ms, floor and calling sroMME t the passage of dust Into the occupied U11UTY � I PASSAGE Mn area. Contractor to compete this porlton of work first. `� Q I I ware � ANU TLT. ` Stll S I� Mct - I — Comm FOUND OFF i to I MFITIOIARaI GORE NaEN ❑ I I AY. STOR. lln El CONSUILT. KC. Ear. I II I I I .� MM STAFF Ma1K EMS IV nL ALM RIND OFFICE - PAD E7fAM YAIYD II pam ECHO II SIRES CONTROL illlll i�'�Il FUTURE PACa1T TI II RA, 'l DL UNEM/ RAD I II 11 ExA�!I SUPPLY DARK �� �� I Transitional P" °Pia Roots Hlc , -- — — — Area KITCHEN �- aEss � � � 1 � �.� - eDI■ Comm outs cow PAS Provide 4'-0' x 7'-0' temporaryCOW wood solid core door with ° PTs ■ I L —l— — J closer P.A OFFICE EXAM EXAM YAUq HC TILT. a d i o l o g y READING I ECHO + OFFICE OFFICE RECEPT " EXISTING EMS70G ANGIO P,R 0 o STRESS I SEC o � EXAM VEST. ,S�T 1 B PA NCTLT. Administration _ I I I M.G. H.C.ONESS STO. 1 p SEC. OFFICE ; - TOIET ni. DRESS— — — — — rcd A W-V � I OFFICE Cl R t T Commlc ° o T_XOComm nL STAIR 'E' VP CONE. RM. sue-wN D.ox CFO OFFICE PASSAGE KN,ECi. H.C. STRETCHER DRESS VOID RE llOFl RECPT ® 0 ® FETUC. MED. IE li ° Outpatient Comm " INC. 1C ER IM NED 1 A CONT. ILT. HENS DARKROOMHOTLAB ® = ULTRASOUND CEO I TWIIIG OM -UP READING ]OFFICE H.C. TLT. O COMP. STAFF e. N.C. TLT. N7FE f FILM BONE DENS. M.RI. STORAGE j STAFF ---- -- -_-.- -- --- - - I LNcnxR ENT RF 51 I i Project Location M O H SER EW NDOY H p L PAID AIM LMT O OFT SHOP Receiving 1H RECEIVING LOADING DOaN Debris removal and material delivery. LIP All debris to be removed In covered carts. OPEN A■ San UEN ■ OUEMY 111. WN 6 5WTCHM CHAPEL. FAMILY DISCHARGE CENTER Med 4 STRETCHERS DsaNa• Tw°i/ ffs MINI Dumpster location a a TTXIIPOa RVgN THERAPY BDOY NHOLMM NCH�nG NEAT I H BEAT MAY MDR IaEN STAFF BEAT Ph ysicifI T erapy AlOW A 1F TREAT DPEN Dw NUT STAFF 1REAT 1 sroR UNIX DEC4PTRRN LINEM own f'e NANO IXNAPY PEDS GIM AREA CLEAN EIEY WO H H I H H ELEv 11}} a841 - RECEPINM k DUET Sm MECHANICAL Ek[ ENO.STIR s-2 S-3 TNM111GEL ODaIODR MEAT E OFFICE MAT aDs S-H EM4 SNr. t b .f P . H H ol n . . v3 CaSpp„ ELEY LOT■Y OFFICE 5= aFla KID T COW D CONTROL TEAT SPEE COM ERE NLE TT ERAAPPY CENTER COW E MAT aa4X SPEECR PRESCHOOL THFAAPY I H H H TREAT TRF/1T _ CORRIDOR OBIN STOFt T OFFICE/ COFBAT S11OY ECHO MINIM Cardio Rehab H p PREP commm �A GYM PCal l• 0 CC RENAD UNDO 1 E U`W RECEPTION STRESS TEST STIES OFFICE aDT NDRN HFIRE H a Ski L' NOT �XSS STAFF/ GDIFEINERCE WORK INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES: I. The Contractor shall obtain from the owner a copy of the Infection control risk assessment !ICRA! prepared for this project. The contractor shall review the requirements In this report and preform all work In accordance with those requlrements.The contractor shall strictly adhere to the limits of the construction area, and where phasing applies shall adhere to the phasing plan. A-, work outside the construction ore shall be coordinated with the hospital and preformed In accordance wl h the ICRA report, under the supervision of the hospital's representative or other designated ICRA committee officer. 2. To the extent that It Is required by the ICRA the contractor shall endeavor to maintain existing levels of Indoor air quality In areas surrounding and adjacent to the construction work zone and elsewhere In the facility. It should be anticipated that the ICRA report will require measures to this e>zfect Including erection of construction zone barriers and provisions for negative air pressure In the construction zone relative to other areas of the new facility. Failure to comply with construction and maintenance of construction barriers will result In the cessation of work until the barriers are brought Into compliance. J. See Mechanical plans for additional comments on negative pressure and monitoring requirements. 4. Any requirement for Interruption or shut down of utilities made necessary by this construction shall be coordinated with the hospital at least one week prior to Interruption. 5. Contractor shall endeavor to minimize any disruption of surrounding areas of the hospital. 6. If fire alarm and / or spprinkler systems are shut down for four (4) hours or more, contractor to provide 'Fire Wotch'. 7. If the structural steel fireproofing Is damaged due to construction, then it shall be repaired to its orlglnol fire rating. 8. For short term above ceiling work outside of the phased construction barriers Contractor to provide a portable construction containment system as approved by the hospital. Ski 1 TREAT TREAT ; Fire retardant wood nailer OCCUPATIONAL nERPv :: Close open ducts with 6 mil poly I Seal wlth duct tape Close ceiling space with 6 mil fire retardant JAN Poly Seal a0 Joint penetrations with duct tape Acoustical celling the 7-7 Pillik Elft Seal around all pipe and duct ' gypsum wall board penetrations In the partition and In/sh occupied side with poly barrier with duct tape gloss point ELEY MACHINE f Min 20 Go 3%' Metal studs I - H Ski Y TRUE PLAN NORTH NORTH 2 FIRST FLOOR ICRA PLAN I i Plaster tope oil Joints Secure all tape with ram-tock high tack spray or equal I I -- — — — — — — —— —I� 1— — — — - —— — —— TEMPORARY ICRA Al.l 3 -ON Project No. 11007.00 A I I © 2011 BH1 PK Architects, Inc. 121812011 3:16:17 PM ...\CD\AI-11CRA Plan.dgn 9 Cl Ln Ln O N Ln rn O N LP O EF 1q. N O- co t `O C- N co �o IL/ U/ LUII T:TGJ! 1 IPI ... VY/ L VI uUHU I )uul Ilil1/9 I IUII.UIYII i•�•1 n U U U b�A U tn N O N 00 M M o N O CU, y Q O .y s y� u E-' y ..a CO2 U l: w Fr A Vl t� N c� 0 Cd O T�1 1� Cd O O p r� o o w,I Project No. 11007.00 A1.92 cQ 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. O 0 Cl LO O N O N O N v- O 9 ILIIc/Lull 7:41:J7 tim ...wu%ML-v U6uivnfwn rIun.vyn Project No. 11007.00 A200 © 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. I ti b N �Y rl a Ln O _ 0 N co 14, N O Q N le 00 o� co _o Project No. 11007.00 A2,01 © 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. O N O Ln O � o N \. N 9 Q3 Project No. 11007.00 A262 Q 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. 0 IQ pn Cl) i O N O A r 5=� NP N Ca V- N 9 Project No. 11007.00 A2*3 Q 2011 BH! PK Architects, Inc. I N O P-) O N �s. u v N O �e "wo(i&la Project No. 11007.00 A295 © 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. ` o Ln O 9 pn O N `\. V- a Ca CO o � 4a 9 W/A(i &IOV Project No. 11007.00 A400 cQ 2011 BH/ PK Architects, Inc. �O Ln N 0 W1 O N N ;,, 1W N A Q0 *1 O ` V• N C e Design -No. U46S Nonbearing Wall Rating-1 HR. b 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners —(not shown) —Channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in. wide (min), 1-1/4 in, legs, formed from No. 25 MSG (min) galy steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. 2. Steal Studs —Channel shaped, 3-5/8 in. wide (min), 1-1/4 in. legs, 3/8 in, folded back return$, formed from No. 25 MSG (min) galy steel spaced 24 in. OC max. 3. Batts and Blankets* —(Optional) —Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 4., Wallboard, Gypsum*-5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in, long, Type S self -tapping steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to item 6 (furring channels), wallboard is screw attached to furring channels with 1 in. long, type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. Boral Gypsum Inc. —Type BG-C. Canadian Gypsum Company —Types AR, C, IP-X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Continental Gypsum Company —Type CG-C. Eagle -Gypsum Products —Type EG-C. G-P Gypsum Corp. —Types 5, 9, C, GPFS6, GPFS-C. National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, NC —Types FSK-G, FSW-G. National Gypsum Co., Riyadh, Saudi Arabia —Type FR or WR. Pabco Gypsum Co. —Type PG-C. Republic Gypsum Co. ---Type RG-C. Standard Gypsum Corp. —Type SG-C. Temple-Inland Forest Products Corp. --Type TP-5. United States Gypsum Co. --Type AR, C, IP-X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Veso Panamericano SA de CV —Type AR, C, IP-X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. iNestroc Industries Ltd, ---Type Westroc Fireboard. 4A• Wallboard, Gypsum* ---(As an alternate to Item 4)—Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4 with screw length increased to 1-1/4 in. Canadian Gypsum Company —Type AR. United States Gypsum Co. ---Type AR. Veso Panamericano SA de CV —Type AR. 4B. Wallboard, Gypsum* —(As an alternate to Items 4 and 4A) —5/8 in, thick installed as described in Item 4. Joint covering ' (Item 5) not required. Canadian Gypsum Company --Type WSX. United States Gypsum Co.. -Type WSX. Veso Panamedcano SA de CV ---Type WSX. 5. Joint Tape and Compound ---Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first later of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nominal 3/32 in. thick - gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. 6. Furring Channel--(Optional-Not Shown) Resilient 25 MSG galy steel furring channels spaced vertically max 24 in. OC. flange portion -attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long type S712 panhead steel screws. *Bearing the UL Classification Marking edges. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO - Types FSW, FSW-B. 4. Gyps m Board* --- 1/2 in. thick, ;4 ft wide wallboard applied vertically in two layers. Inner or base layer attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S self -drilling, self -tapping bugle head steel screws spaced 24 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. Outer or face layer attached to studs and channel track with 1-5/8 in. long Type S self -drilling, self - tapping bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. 'along the edges and in the field of the boards, staggered from screws in inner layer. When Furring Channels ('Item 2C)'are used, inner or base layer attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S self -drilling, self -tapping 'bugle head steel screws. Outer or face layer attached to furring channels with 1-5/8 in. long Type S self -drilling, self -tapping bugle head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC and staggered 12 in. from base layer screws. Joints between inner and outer layers staggered, fluter layer joints covered with paper tape and joint compound. Exposed screw heads covered with joint compound. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO— Type AG-C POLTROON 0 121812011 3:19:29 PM ...\CD\A5-0 UL Detalls.dgn CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC -- ProRoc Type C. CEiR:TAINTE'ED GYPSUM CANAD INC -- ProRoc Type C. Project No. 11007.00 A5eO Q 2011 BIV PK Architects, Inc. C.) 0 N 11 O N O INS @- Co i \ O N IL/ U/ LVII J:LV:'fJ I m ... t/'lllyfu I tUV/llWU1l"1U.V JPcouo.UIf II Project No. 11007.00 A6.00 I© 2011 BIV PR Architects, Inc. I 0 0 o � N 0 co 0 N N 0 0 v- N 0 v- a- N 00 ILA 0 -- v N II II II II I I II II II i I I, ,I II I II II II II I I II II II I I I, ,I II I II II II II I I II II II I I I, ,I II I II II II II I i II II II I I I, II II I II II II II I I II II II I 1 II II II I II II II II I I II II II I 1 11 II II I I I I I I I I I L___J L___J L___J L___J II II II II I I I, ,I II I II II II II I I I, ,I II I I I I I I a l I I I I I a, I I I I II II II II I I I, ,I II I I I I I I I v � l ___J L__J L�1 L__J L__J LJ L---J L---� J L ---� r---I F- F- � j�-� r r--- r--- � II II II II I I II III tl I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I M I I 1 I I I I I I I I z l I I I I I z l f I I I I I I I I I I I I EXISTING 8" THICK I I I I I I I I I I I I I I w l l I CONCRETE WALL AT I I I w l l I I 1 I I I I I I I I I ELEVATOR CORE I I I I I I I I II II I ';I II II II I EXISTING 3" THICK I I I I I I I I I I I I I CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB I I I I I I I I I I I I + 183'-8" I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II II I I II II II 1 II II II II I I II II II I II II II II I I II II II I __J L--- J L__J L___J L___J L I L--- J L--- J L--- J ING B94 (30"x17"} 14'-3" CONCRETE SHEARWALL i I 1 -� r---� r— -1 F_ __1 NEW OPENING I I I I I I I I I 1 EXISTIN STUCCO I I I I I I I I I WALL EXISTING3"THICK I I r--------------- CONCRETE ROOF SLAB I I I - - - _ _ _ _ r r r I I + 184'-4" I I I I I I I I I I I I I up ,I I I I I I I I I B I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L------------ -- I I I I I I a l I I I 4'-10 "I I ,I " I I 6,4Yel I r----8--11��•----- -- I 23'-2ff" I I I I I I I I p l I 1 ^ I I I I = I I I I I I 1 1 I I I F_ L--------------- J L-- J ---J _J L __J x r--------------- fn -i r f. 7 1-- I I I I I I I I I CV)I =� I I I I a l I I IT_HSS :kxY4 I tXPANDED I I .- I I I I I I I I TYPI. 1 I I METAL I I m I I I I I = I I I ---_ _ I I O L--------------- 04 x I I I 1_.L� Z r--------------- I t l I I I z l I I I I I I I I I I W I I I i I F. I I I I I I I I I I I { I L- EXISTING 3" THICK I I I I I r--t--I-- --i I I I 4 I I -- 1 CONCRETE ROOF SLAB X 1 I I I I I t I 1 I I r- „ I I I I I w l I I I i l l I I I i I I I + 183 -8 I I f4 I L--------------- r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I I I II- I I I J L__ J -- �J o _J L_I � L__ I J L___J J Lid J I EXISTING J3(6"x14") AT %F- t T ( T-0" O.C. TYP. i 4500# f L--------------- i i 250# 1 EXISTING B86 c L---- ---J ---� r-� F_ — - 7 r---, r----i r---�-i r----n r-- � I I N I I I I I I I I I I �I I I L--------------- I I I I I I a l l 11 I I I I 1t 1--------------- II II II II II II II 111 I I I I p l 7 L--------------_ I I I I I M I 251,0#I' I I I I k 11d I I X i--------------- I I I I I I I I I I I 71 I I I I I I I m I I I I I I X l l _____ i_I� 0 L_______________It COI F I 11 I I I I I I ? I I I c7 I I i I I I I I I I I I x I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I w I L_ II it I It XII II II II II I 11 1 1 rl HSS 3x3xY41 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 TYP. 1 1 1 _—J L_ —J L_! _ L---J L__—J L---J L--- L---J L_J L — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — L-7 l i l EXISTING B86 (36"x17") --� F----1 r-�- r-- g�-I"I---- r-- 6��"F--- r-- S��"F--1 L_ I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r--------------- II II I 19'-2Y4" NOTE: ALL STEEL MUST BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. :1 Z PARTIAL EXISTING THIRD FLOOR AND LOW ROOF PLAN / SCALE: Y4" = V-0" STRUCTURAL NOTES: GENERAL: DETAILS AND SECTIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE TYPICAL AND APPLY TO SIMILAR SITUATIONS ELSEWHERE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ADAPT REQUIREMENTS OF DETAILS, SECTIONS, PLANS, AND NOTES AT LOCATIONS WHERE CONDITIONS ARE SIMILAR, STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND SITE DRAWINGS. CONSULT THESE DRAWINGS FOR SLEEVES, DEPRESSIONS, AND OTHER DETAILS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. CODE REQUIREMENTS: THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEFLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2007 EDITION WITH THE 2009 SUPPLEMENT. FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS FOR ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. TEMPORARY CONDITIONS: THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE DEPENDS ON INTERACTIONS OF VARIOUS CONNECTED COMPONENTS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRACING, SHORING, AND OTHER TEMPORARY SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO SAFELY COMPLETE THE WORK. THE STRUCTURE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR STABILITY UNDER FINAL CONFIGURATION ONLY. EXISTING CONDITIONS: ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES FROM CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. EXISTING STRUCTURE: INFORMATION SHOWN FOR THE EXISTING STRUCTURE ON THESE DRAWINGS WAS TAKEN FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS TITLED EAST PASCO MEDICAL CENTER PREPARED BY FREDERICK S. SCOTT, ARCHITECT & FRED H. PETRY, ENGINEER. WORK SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ASSUMES THAT THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION WAS PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, MEMBER SIZES, MATERIALS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, ETC. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND TO NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS. DESIGN CRITERIA: DESIGN WAS BASED ON STRENGTH AND DEFLECTION CRITERIA OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. IN ADDITION TO THE DEAD LOADS, THE FOLLOWING LOADS AND ALLOWABLES WERE USED FOR DESIGN, WITH LIVE LOADS REDUCED PER FBC: EXISTING ROOF: 20 PSF LL WIND SPEED: 110 MPH (PER CHAPTER 6 ASCE 7-05) EXPOSURE: B IMPORTANCE FACTOR: 1.15 CATEGORY IV INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFF.: +/-0.18 ENCLOSED 5'-6" 6-6" 3.14# GALVANIZED EXPANDED METAL SHOP WELDED TO AN LE FRAME +6'-0" ABOVE ROOF L 2 Y2"x2 Y2"xY4" ANGLE FRAME 4'-10y" 3'.p" I. 6'-4Y2" 1. 8'-11 Ye" SUBMITTALS: SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION REGARDING ALL STRUCTURAL ITEMS INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: STRUCTURAL STEEL IF THE SHOP DRAWINGS DIFFER FROM OR ADD TO THE DESIGN OF THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, THEY SHALL BEAR THE SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. ANY CHANGES TO THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. STRUCTURAL STEEL: STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTMA992, GRADE 50. PLATES AND ANGLES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36. TUBES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE B (Fy - 46ksi). PIPES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A53, GRADE B. DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "AISC SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS". BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM SPECIFICATION FOR A325 OR A490, HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THE AWS CODES FOR ARC AND GAS WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. WELDS SHALL BE MADE USING E70XX ELECTRODES AND SHALL BE 3/16" MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WELDING SHALL BE BY AWS CERTIFIED WELDERS. PREQUALIFIED WELDING PROCEDURES ARE TO BE USED, UNLESS AWS QUALIFICATION IS SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. STEEL TO RECEIVE ONE SHOP COAT AND ONE FIELD TOUCH-UP COAT OF APPROVED PRIMER (TNEMEC-ZINC SERIES 90-97 OR ENGINEER APPROVED SUBSTITUTE). STEEL TO BE CLEANED PER SSPC-SP6 COMMERCIAL BLAST CLEANING PROCEDURE AND MUST BE CLEAN, DRY, AND FREE OF OIL, GREASE, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS BEFORE PRIMING COMMENCES. ALL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL CONSIST OF A MINIMUM 3/4 INCH DIAMETER ASTM A325 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. BEAM CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE FABRICATOR FOR THE REACTIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IF NOT SHOWN, THE FABRICATOR SHALL DESIGN THE BEAM CONNECTIONS TO SUPPORT AN END REACTION OF 1/2 THE ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO BOLTS. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307 OR A36. NOTE: 1. USE CARE WHEN CUTTING THE NEW OPENING IN THE EXISTING CONCRETE SHEARWALL. 2. DRILL PILOT HOLES AT CORNERS OF OPENING BEFORE CUTTING. 3. DO NOT OVER CUT OPENING. B " = " ELEVATION SCALE: Y 2r-0" A ELEVAT�ON_�� SCALE: :XISTING ITUCCO WALL SEE DETAIL "A" +V-0" " m cQ T HSS 3"x3"xY" 3"x3"xY4" EF,. OF ST. TUBING vyyyy c V EXISTING ROOF e a Id ° a a ° . ° a a Q, a ° a 0 ° ° ° C d a' d a a ' ,I DETAIL L 2Vx2YiV" ANGLEFRAME HSS 3x3xY4 POST EXPANDED METAL Y"0 GALVANIZED BOXBOLTS BY LNA OR EQUIVALENT. 3/16 Y2"x8" SQR. PLATE —ROOFING —EXISTING 3" THICK CONCRETE SLAB OR CONCRETE BEAM y"0 A307 THRU BOLT AT 3" SLAB Y"04 Y4" EMBED SIMPSON TITEN HD BOLTS. Y4" CAP CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8810 Commodity Circle, Suite 02 Orlando, Florida 32819 407.363.1201 • FAX 407.363.1204 Engineering Certification # 5762 �i��1111111t��� J. `� Oli�i pg • ...se G !V �yGQN ••,� i Q!, •%* 61074 STppm OF gs PLOWD OF ST. TUBING L 2Y2"x2VxY" ANGLE �lEXPANDED METAL HSS 3x3xY4 POST 2 SECTION SCALE: 1 8" 1Y" TYP. Go 0 c (4) Ys"0 ANCHORS STEEL BASE PLATE DETAIL SCALE: 1 Y" = V-0" KEY PLAN Project No.11007.00 S � o0 ©4a11 RW 1i Arok*^ L0. $DATE$ $TIME$ $FILER$ PLUMBING LEGEND sma 05ar oN Sym 013aw ON --- COD WATER i BALL VALVE --- HOT WATER 010'F) OW VALVE ---- HOT WATER RELATION P-1;ETc 917M IOENiFICATiON _SS- SANITARY SEWER IIOEROROIMI CdNWM TO EIm= -W- WASTE LME CAP ON LINE --Y-- V131T PIPE 1ABOVE OR BELOW GROIMI PPE TOWED LP -RWL- RAN WATER LEADER a PPE TIRED DOWN - SW- STORY WATER OROERGRMM1 ,5 ter- BALANCING VALVE CRCUi SETTER W/t.TEOI VALVE SET AT OJ56PY � 1 CLEANOUT (ABOVE CELMM - B - DRP TAOIIOH MAN LIE --CD- CONDMTE DRAM LINE PRESM REDUCNO VALVE -•- UNDSOM M COLD WATER -PCD- PLIPED CONDENSATE PLUMBING ABBREVIATIONS C.W COLD WATER PRY. M13M REDLM VALVE H.N. HOT WATER RPB.P. REDUCED PRESSIAE BA XRM PREVDTTER ILIA. HOT WATER RECRC A.F.F. ABOVE FNSIED FLOOR V.TR VENT THRU ROOF A.M. ABOVE FINISHED lIRAOE W. WASTE NiTERORI A.P. ACCESS PANEL RWL RAN WATER LEADER W.CA. WALL CLEANMJT S.W. STM WATER S.S. SANITARY SEWER L L NVM ELEVATION VIV. VALVE N VERTICAL CA. CLEAMIT C.D. CONDESATE OFCI OWNER FIR ISHM CONTRACTOR NSTALLLD LE INVERT ELEVATION R.D. ROOF DRAM F.C.U. FAN COL 1114T FD. FLOOR WAN N1.C. NOT N CONTRACT FF. L FNSIm FLOOR ELEVATION E.W.C. ELECTING WATER COOLER MEDICAL GAS LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION A MEDICAL COMPRESSED AIR V VACUUM 02 OXYGEN N 2 0 NITROUS OXIDE N 2 NITROGEN Q MEDICAL GAS EQUIPMENT (SEE MED. GAS SCHEDULE) SL SLIDE WAGD WASTE ANESTHESIA GAS DISPOSAL PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES 1. EXISTING SERVICES INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS WERE DERIVED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND LIMITED FIELD OBSERVATIONS. THESE DRAWINGS MAY NOT BE ALL INCLUSIVE OF SERVICES THAT EXIST IN THE PROJECT AREA. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SERVICES, LOCATION, TYPE, AND SIZE PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. ANY DEVIATIONS IMPACTING WORK SHOWN ON THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR COORDINATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. EXISTING SERVICES, EQUIPMENT, AND FIXTURES, TO REMAIN OR TO BE RELOCATED, SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL OPERATION OR REPLACED, SHOULD THEY BE DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. ALL EXISTING WORK NOT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SHALL REMAIN AS IS. 4. ALL PENETRATIONS OR OPENINGS FROM REMOVED PIPES THROUGH EXISTING BUILDING WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND/OR PATCHED TO MATCH ORIGINAL. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FINAL FINISHES. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING PIPING , FIXTURES, MED GAS OUTLETS OR EQUIPMENT DUE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL RESTORE EXISTING WORK TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 6. CONTINUITY OF SERVICES: EXISTING BUILDING WILL REMAIN IN USE DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. WHEN AN INTERRUPTION OF AN EXISTING SERVICE IS NECESSARY, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH AUTHORIZED HOSPITAL PERSONNEL BEFORE MAKING THE NECESSARY INTERRUPTION. 7. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING STACKS AND RISERS LOCATED IN EXISTING WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED AND PROVIDE NEW OFFSETS AT CEILING ABOVE AND CEILING BELOW TO NEW STACK OR RISER LOCATION COORDINATED WITH FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. g. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING PLUMBING AND MEDICAL GAS TO BE REMOVED DOES NOT AFFECT OTHER AREA'S OF THE HOSPITAL THAT ARE NOT IN CONSTRUCTION AND MUST STAY OPERATIONAL. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND THE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE ENGINEER. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING AND MEDICAL GAS TO FIXTURES, MEDICAL GAS OUTLETS, ZONE VALVE BOXES, ALARM PANELS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAP SERVICES NEXT TO SERVICE MAINS IN CEILINGS, WALLS OR BELOW FLOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE ALL ACTIVE PLUMBING SERVICES IN CHASES OR WALLS TO BE REMOVED, TO NEW CHASE AREAS OR NEW WALLS AS REQUIRED. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE LIST OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, MED GAS OUTLETS AND/OR EQUIPMENT THAT ARE TO BE REMOVED TO THE LOCAL OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL ITEMS THAT THE LOCAL OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WISHES TO RETAIN SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER AND THE REMAINDER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSED. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL FIXTURE FITTING FLOOR MOUNTED CARRIER P.W C.W H.W. WASTE REMARKS MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE SIZE MANUFACTURER TYPE SUPPLY TRAP FAUCET P-26 STERNS SCRUB SINK OWNER FURNISHED AMSCO FLEXMATIC TWO STATION FRONT SENSOR WITH DECK MTD. MIXING VALVE. 64'x27%Jx511/J STERIS SENSOR WITH MANUAL DECK MIXING VALVE H-2165 (2)*8912 1 1 /¢ P-TRAPS SENSOR ZURN Z1224-75 SERIES -- 1/¢ I/¢ 11/� PROVIDE HANGER AND BRACKETS NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND CONDUITS FROM TRANSFORMERS ABOVE CEILING TO PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIVE SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 16. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MATERIAL FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3. PROVIDE SYMMONS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE *5-210-CK 1/2 GPM MIN, 2 GPM MAX ON ALL FAUCETS. SET AT 110°F. SEE DETAILS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. PLUMBING NEW CONSTRUCTION NOTES I 1. PLUMBING INSTALLATION OF ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT. AND PIPING SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL AND HEALTH CODES REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING ELEVATIONS, SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF EXISTING PLUMBING PRIOR TO BIDDING. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, THEY ARE TO NOTIFY ENGINEER. 3, ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH TABLE 604.3 OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 2007 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS & MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SUPPLIER. INSTALL EQUIPMEW AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS FURNISHING CUTOFF VALVES, P-TRAPS, FITTINGS, P.R.V.'S, AND PIPING AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A SET OF THE EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS PRIOR TO BIDDING IN ORDER TO DETERMINE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS. 5. PROVIDE 12'X12' ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL VALVES LOCATED ABOVE HARD CEILINGS. INSTALL VALVES SO AS TO BE WITHIN REACH OF ACCESS DOOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ROUGH -INS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PLUMBING CONNECTION, INCLUDING TAILPIECES, TRAPS, LINE STRAINERS, STOP VALVES, GAUGES. VACUUM BREAKERS, REDUCING VALVES, SPECIAL FITTINGS, THERMOMETERS, GLOBE SOLENOID VALVES, INSULATION, AND ALL NECESSARY DEVICES FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIVE SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIRED PLUMBING ROUGH -INS WITH VENDOR SUPPLIER DRAWINGS. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE ONLY DEVIATION FROM THIS WOULD BE IF ADDITIONAL OFFSETS ARE REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. IF THE THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO CHANGE THE PLUMBING ROUTING FOR ANY OTHER REASON, HE SHALL COMPENSATE THE ENGINEER AT A RATE OF DPE x 2.75 TO REVISE THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS, RISER DIAGRAMS AND FOR THE TIME INVOLVED IN REISSUING DRAWINGS TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ENGINEER FOR ESTIMATED TIME REQUIRED AND SCHEDULE FOR PERFORMING WORK. 8. EXISTING UTILITIES, WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN, THAT ARE DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR PROPER CO- ORDINATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, REWORK AND/OR REROUTE THE EXISTING UTILITIES AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 9. ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND APPARATUS SHALL BE NEW, EXCEPT THAT CALLED FOR AS BEING RE -USED OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 10. SEAL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. FIRE RESISTANCE INDEX FOR THROUGH PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SHOCK ABSORBERS ON FLUSH VALVE FIXTURES AND ALL LINES SERVING QUICK CLOSING VALVES AND AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING PLANS AND RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 12. CLEANOUT COVERS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON THE CORRIDOR SIDE OF ANY WALL OR IN ANY CORRIDOR FLOORS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND ON PLANS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY PLUMBING ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 13. PIPING SHALL NOT BE RUN OVER ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, PANELS AND PHONE PANELS. 14. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 15. ALL EXPOSED PIPE AND FITTINGS IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. 16. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP A SET OF MARKED UP DRAWINGS__ 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO EXISTING PIPING AND FIXTURES DUE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL RESTORE EXISTING WORK DISTURBED TO IT'S ORIGINAL CONDITION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. I8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL DISCIPLINES INVOLVED SO AS TO AVOID ANY PIPE ROUTING PROBLEMS. 19. PROVIDE OFFSETS AND FITTINGS AS REQUIRED. 20. ALL VENTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 25'-0' AWAY FROM A/C INTAKES. AND OPERABLE WINDOWS. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND CONDUIT FOR SENSOR OPERATED FIXTURES AND MEDICAL GAS ALARM PANELS AND SHALL COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD A LOW VOLTAGE WIRING LICENSE. 22. WHEN BEAM SLEEVE PENETRATIONS ARE NECESSARY, NOTIFY AND COORDINATE PENETRATIONS WITH ALL TRADES, THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PENETRATING ANY BEAMS. 23. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS WITH ALL CASEWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 24. CHANGES IN THE DIRECTION OF SANITARY PIPING SHALL NOT BE MADE WITH FITTINGS WHICH WILL CAUSE EXCESSIVE REDUCTION IN THE VELOCITY OF FLOW ' A DOUBLE -RADIUS 25. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BASE HIS THE DRAWINGS. IF MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER OF EQUIPMENT IS SPECIFIED ANY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT MAY BE USED IN THIS CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL. IF THIS CONTRACTOR WISHES TO USE EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFIED HE MUST, AT THE TIME OF BIDDING, SUBMIT SEPARATELY ON LETTERHEAD STATIONARY OF THE BIDDER, THE EQUIPMENT HE WOULD SUBSTITUTE AND THE COST TO BE ADDED OR TO BE DEDUCTED FROM HIS PROPOSAL. 26. THE CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO ORDER ALL MATERIALS IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO AVOID DELAYING THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. DELAY IN DELIVERIES WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED A JUSTIFIABLE REASON FOR SUBMISSION OF SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS. 27. WARRANTY/GUARANTEE A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY/GUARANTEE AND MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF WORK AND MATERIALS AND KEEP SAME IN PERFECT REPAIR AND CONDITION FOR THE PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. B. DEFECTS OF ANY KIND DUE TO FAULTY WORK OR MATERIALS, APPEARING DURING THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD, MUST BE IMMEDIATELY REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AND ENGINEER. SUCH RECONSTRUCTION AND REPAIRS SHALL INCLUDE DAMAGE TO THE FINISH OR FURNISHING OF THE BUILDING RESULTING FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFECT OR REPAIR THERETO. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 3T. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN BID PRICE ALL PREMIUM TIME CHARGES FOR LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR ALL NIGHT AND WEEKEND OVERTIME WORK, AS NECESSARY, TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT. ALL STORM PIPING AND CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED THROUGHOUT ENTIM SYSTEM. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES BETWEEN ALL PIPING AND FIRE RATED AND SMOKE TIGHT PARTITIONS FOR REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. ANY PIPING WITHIN THIS 6 INCHES SPACE SHALL BE REQUIRED TO BE MOVED AND REROUTED. ANY COST IMPACT TO OTHER TRADES WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE MAXIMUM VERTICAL DISTANCE FROM THE FIXTURE OUTLET TO THE TRAP WEIR SHALL NOT EXCEED 24-INCHES AND THE HORIZONTAL DISTANCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 30-INCHES MEASURED FROM THE CENTER LINE OF FIXTURE OUTLET TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE INLET OF THE TRAP AS PER SECTION 1002 OF THE FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE 2007. PROVIDE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND SPACE FOR ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. ALL FIXTURE STOPS, VALVES, AND ALL PIPING SHALL BE RIGIDLY SECURED (NO MOVEMENT WHEN OPERATED). INSTALL PERMANENT STAMPED BRASS VALVE TAG ON EACH VALVE, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM. INSULATION, FITTINGS COVERS AND ALL FINISHES AND MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND A MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS. BUT FIT WORK TO ACTUAL CONDITION AND SPACE REQUIREMENTS. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED CONTRACTOR IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE COMPLETE SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY AND PROPERLY OPERATIVE, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER/ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS. ALL REQUIRED INSURANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND OTHER INSURANCES REQUIRED BY THE OWNER, FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK. GENERAL NOTEs TEMPERATURE OF HOT WATER TO PUBLIC REST ROOMS SHALL NOT EXCEED 110' F, PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE 412.1.ABCD.2.3.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY TEMPERATURE OF HOT WATER SYSTEM WITH OWNER. INSTALL TEMPERING VALVES AS REQUIRED, FOR A MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 110' F SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST WATER FROM DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS WHICH HAVE BEEN MODIFIED BY THE RENOVATION AFTER MODIFICATIONS ARE COMPLETE FOR CONTAMINANTS. PROVIDE COPY OF TEST REPORT ONE WEEK PRIOR TO FINAL AHCA INSPECTION. ALL NEW VALVES INSTALLED IN DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE NSF-61 CERTIFIED. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM THE OWNER A COPY OF THE INFECTION CONTROL RISK ASSESSMENT (ICRA) PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE REPORT AND PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS REQUIRED BY ICRA. MEDICAL GAS SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EQUIPPED WITH REMARKS 0 EXISTING ZONE VALVE BOX 1/1 02, I/¢A, I/JN20, 3/4V ANGIO (RELABEL) © PEDESTAL (D-02, (D-A, (0-V, (D-SL, (1)-N20, (1)-WAGD ANGIO LINE PRESSURE ALARM PANEL (2)-02, (2)-V, (2)-A, (D-N20, (1) SPARE ANGIO AND STRESS ROOM 0 ZONE VALVE BOX 1/102, I/JA, 3/4V STRESS ROOM EE EXISTING WALL OUTLET (D-02, (D-A, (2)-V, (D-SL STRESS ROOM F WALL OUTLET 1 (D-02, (D-A, (D-V, (D-SL, (D-N20, (D-WAGD ANGIO NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PERMANENTLY ENGRAVED LABELS AT ALL ZONE VALVE BOXES AND ALARM PANELS, IDENTIFIED ABOVE IN SCHEDULE TO INDICATE SPECIFIC ROOMS SERVED. COORDINATE LABELING WITH FINAL ROOM NAMES AND NUMBERS, AND AREA SERVED WITH HOSPITAL. 2. PROVIDE PERMANENT ENGRAVED LABELS AT ALL NEW ALARM PANELS, IDENTIFIED ABOVE IN SCHEDULE, INDICATING ELECTRICAL LIFE SAFETY CIRCUIT FEEDING ALARM PANEL. 3. NOTE: ALARM PANEL IN SCHEDULE ABOVE HAS MULTIPLE POINTS OF THE SAME SERVICE. LABELS SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY WHICH ALARM POINT SERVES WHICH ROOM. DRAWING INDEX SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE PO.1 PLUMBING SCHEDULES, LEGENDS AND NOTES PO.2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PO.3 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PO.4 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PO.5 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 131.1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - PLUMBING P1.2 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - MEDICAL GAS P1.3 PARTIAL ROOF PLAN - DEMOLITION - PLUMBING P2.1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - PLUMBING P2.2 PARTIAL ROOF PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - PLUMBING P3.1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - MEDICAL GAS P5.1 PLUMBING DETAILS ci C� N 0 •� a� t�cc� Ot3 �cco GNU O 00 to to � o obi Z � Izq C&O, Smith SS11 Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certifieation - EB4)000857 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 `,��f,111111/ QO P4 •/ INd0s (1 r TATE OF ONAL H O Z 0 Z Q 07 0 Z W 0 W J 0 W J Z) 0 W 0 U) 0 Z_ Im J T Project No. 00000.00 Pomi cD 2011 BHI PK Architects, Inc. BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15010 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Plumbing requirements specifically applicable to Division 15 Sections. B. Requirements of Division 1 Specifications, General Provisions of the Contract and General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Division. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AGA: American Gas Association. B. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. C. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. D. AWWA: American Water Works Association. E. FM: Factory Mutual F. IRI: Industrial Risk Insurers G. MSS: Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry. H. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. I. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. J. UL: Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Include Products as specified in the individual sections of Division 15. C. Submit shop drawing and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal for approval by Architect and Engineer prior to purchasing and installation. D. Brochures: Submit manufacturer's product data and brochures including: 1. Complete descriptions. 2. Illustrations. 3. Rating data, accessories, dimensional data, and applicable options and features marked for the specific items scheduled on drawings and specified herein. 4. Capacities stated in the terms specified. 5. The third time review of any submittal by the architect/engineer will incur a back charge to the contractor at a rate of $150.00 per hour, minimum one hour charge. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Florida Building Codes - 2007 Edition, with 2008 and 2009 revisions. B. NFPA 99: Healthcare Facilities.(2005) C. NFPA 101: Life Safety Code. (2006) D. AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Healthcare Facilities - 2006 Edition. E. Special regulations, supplement, and amendments of the State and/or local authorities having jurisdiction. F. Comply with the applicable edition date of each regulation as adopted by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Plumbingla outs indicated on drawings are dia rammatical and intended to show relative positions and y ca g g arrangement of equipment and piping. Coordinate plumbing work with other trades and measurements obtained at the job site, as applicabbe, prior to installation. Generally, install work in locations shown on Drawings, using as necessary, rises, drops, offsets and transitions to fit in the available space unless prevented by Project conditions. B. If prevented by project conditions, prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work, including changes to Work specified in other sections. Obtain permission of owner, architect and engineer before proceeding. C. Place anchors, sleeves, and supports prior to pouring concrete or Installation of masonry work. D. Cause as little interference or interruption of existing utilities and services as possible. Schedule work which will cause interference or interruption in advance with Owner, authorities having jurisdiction, and all affected trades. E. Determine sizes and verify locations of existing utilities on or near site. F. Keep roads clear of materials and debris. G. Visit site and be informed of conditions under which Work must be performed. H. Locate equipment requiring periodic servicing so that it is readily accessible. Provide means of service access, following appropriate manufacturer's recommended service clearance space or, as applicable, means of access using wall, or ceiling access doors. I. Install piping to leave sufficient space for AHJ inspection of wall construction. 1.06 FEES AND PERMITS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and inspection fees required to perform Division 15 work. 1.07 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prior to commencement of installation, prepare coordination drawings for work under this division, as specified in Division 1, in full cooperation with persons performing work under other Divisions, including but not limited to mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, structural, and miscellaneous steel. B. Drawings shall not be formally submitted but shall be kept on site for reference and up dated for record drawings. Notify architect/engineer of conflicts that cannot be resolved. C. Coordination Drawings shall be prepared to include the following: 1. Drawn to a scale of 1/4" = 1'-011 . 2. Room dimensions. 3. Sheet size matching contract documents. 4. Show equipment, columns, and beams. 5. Construction details of plenums and casings. 6. Concrete pad and foundation layouts including anchor bolt and sleeve locations. 7. Dimensioned floor drain locations. 8. Wall mounted equipment. 9. Plumbing piping 3" and larger, with elevations from finished floor to bottom of pipe. 10. Space allocation for conduits and cable trays. 11. Ceiling height. 1.08 COMPLETENESS OF WORK A. The Contract Documents depict plumbing systems which are intended to be complete and functioning systems. All products, materials, and labor necessary to render a fully functional system to fulfill the design intent shown on the documents shall be provided by the Contractor. B. Catalog numbers referenced throughout the Division 15 Drawings and Specifications are intended to convey a general understanding of the type and quality of the product required. Where written descriptions differ from information conveyed by a catalog number, the written description shall govern. No extra shall be allowed because a catalog number is found to be incomplete or obsolete. 1.09 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS A. Comply with provisions of Division 1. 1.10 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with provisions of Division 1. 1. All substitution requests shall be submitted 10 business days prior to bid opening. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide record drawings that illustrate the work of Division 15 as finally constructed. Final record drawings shall be prepaid by the contractor in AutoCad or MicroStation format. All field revisions to the contract documents shall be clouded and identified. Deliver the bond sets of final record drawings to the architect/engineer for review. 1. Record drawings shall be up to date for review by architect/engineer prior to each request for pay application. 2. Record drawings prepared by the contractor in AutoCad or MicroStation format shall become part of the close out documents. B. Record drawings shall reflect all changes made to the Contract Documents, whether generated by addenda, RFI's - request for information, change orders, or field conditions. Maintain a daily record of these changes and keep current set of drawings showing these changes. Changes shall include isometric riser diagram changes. C. Deliver record drawings to architect/engineer within 30 days of Substantial Completion. 1.12 OWNING AND OPERATING MANUALS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1 for owner as part of closeout documents. B. Manuals shall include clear and comprehensive instructions with appropriate graphics and project specific marked data to enable owner to operate and maintain all systems specified in this Division. C. Copies of approved submittals on furnished equipment shall be Included as well as final TAB reports. 1.13 TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide the owner with training of all equipment and systems prior to completion of project. Contractor shall coordinate all training required with owner. MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Basic materials and methods, along with Division 1, General Provisions, specially applicable to all Division 15 Sections. 1.02RELATED WORK A.Division 1: Cutting and Patching. B.Division 1: Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. C.Division 1: Storage and Protection. D.Division 1: Product Options and Substitutions. E.Division 1: Project Record Documents. F.Division 2: Utilities Excavating and Backfilling. G.Division 3: Concrete H.Division 6: Rough Carpentry. (Wood blocking in walls required for attaching mechanical items.) I.Division 7: Flashing and Sheet Metal. (Flashing for mechanical Items penetrating walls and roof.) ].Division 7: Firestopping. K.Divislon 8: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. (Louvers and grilles installed in hollow metal doors.) L.Division 9: Painting. 1.Painting of pipe other than medical gas systems. M.Division 10: Louvers N.Division 16: Electrical 1.031TEMS TO BE FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS A.Wall and ceiling access doors. Install under Division 8. 1.040WNER FURNISHED INFORMATION A.To the extent the Owner has performed and made available as Owner Furnished Information an Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA), the Contractor shall execute all requirements of the Contract Documents in accordance with the ICRA, and shall perform and provide all labor, materials and supervision to execute the specific infection control measures identified therein. B.The Contract Documents do not necessarily depict all the work required by the ICRA, nor are the Contract Documents responsible for the information contained in the ICRA. The Contractor shall request, and obtain if available, the Owner's ICRA documentation, become familiar with its requirements and perform all work accordingly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLASHINGS AND COUNTERFLASHINGS A.Furnish materials and coordinate installation for flashing and counterflashing roof penetrations for vents, pipe, drains, and ducts. B.Materials: 1.Stainless steel: Minimum 20 gauge. 2.Sheet copper: 24 OZ/SF. 3.Vent Stack Fitting: Josam 1830 or Jay R. Smith 1750 2.02 WALL AND CEILING ACCESS PANELS A.Style and type as required for material in which installed. B.Size: 24"x24" minimum, as indicated, or as required to allow inspection, service and removal of Items served. C.14 gauge minimum sheet metal for doors, 16 gauge frames of cadmium -plated or galvanized construction. Doors shall have expanded plaster rings where located in plaster walls or flanged finish where located in drywall or block construction. D.Panels shall have spring hinges with screwdriver locks in non-public areas. Key lock, keyed alike, for panels in public areas. E.Prime painted or rust Inhibitive paint finish. F.UL labeled when in fire -rated construction, 1-1/2 hour rating. G.Provide in walls, floors, and ceilings to permit access to all equipment and piping requiring service or adjustment. Examples of such equipment needing access are fire and/or smoke dampers, mechanical system valves, and equipment needing periodic or replacement maintenance. H.Furnish and locate access panels under this Division. Coordinate with trades who are responsible for building system in which panels are to be installed. I.Acceptable manufactures: Milcor, Nystrom, Karp, J.L. Industries, or Williams Brothers. 1.For masonry and drywall construction: Milcor Style M. 2.For plastered masonry walls and ceiling: Milcor Style K. 3.For ceramic tile or glazed structural tile: Use stainless steel panels. 2.03 NAMEPLATES AND TAGS A.Acceptable manufacturers: Seton Nameplate Corporation, Marking Services Inc. or equal. B.Rigid plastic, "Setonite" or bakelite with engraved lettering, minimum 1/2" high. C.Brass tags, at least 1-1/2" Inches in diameter, with alpha -numeric I.D., permanently stamped black filled letters showing the service, and black filled numbers showing the valve or equipment number. At substantial completion, a schedule of all valves shall be submitted to the owner. All valve tags shall identify areas served. 2.04 PIPE MARKERS A.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi -rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Seton Snap On or equivalent. B.Provide weather proof labels outdoor vinyl on all exterior piping. C.Medical gas piping labels shall be roll form Medical gas pipe markers for piping up to 3/4" and Model 85M and 12 for piping 1" and larger. Seton or equivalent. 2.05 PAINT A.Acceptable manufacturers: Sherwin-Williams, Porter, or equal. B.Coordinate paint and preparation materials with requirements of Division 9. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A.Contractor shall review Division 2 and shall perform excavation and backfilling in accordance with the most stringent requirements. Contractor shall request clarification before proceeding if there are conflicting instructions. B.Contract Documents show the approximate location of underground utilities known to exist in the area of construction. Contractor shall determine the exact location of utilities 1.1-ocate and uncover existing utilities which require new connections before trenching in the vicinity of indicated utility connection. 2.Clear all vegetation and other objectionables material from the area required for the excavation and backfill operations. Disposal of material removed by the clearing operation shall be approved by the governing ordances. C.Provide trenching, excavating, and backfilling necessary for performance of work indicated in Contract Documents. D.Excavate to depths indicated on the drawings or as necessary to permit the Installation of pipe, bedding, backfill, structures or appurtenances. Provide a firm, undisturbed, uniform surface in the bottom of trenches. Where excavation exceeds the required depth, bring the excavation to proper grade through the use of an approved incompressible backfill material. Store excavated material and dispose of surplus excavated material. 1.Excavate trench to sufficient depth to permit a minimum of 36" of cover over the top of the pipe unless otherwise required by pipe elevations indicated on the Drawings. The trench width shall be 18" plus the diameter of the pipe and/or the largest bell. E.Trenching and excavation shall be unclassified. No extra will be paid in the event that rock is encountered. 1.Should rock excavation be required, use only experienced personnel for blasting. 2.Exercise extreme care when blasting with signals of danger given before firing any charge. 3.Conform to and obey all public authority regulations for the protection of life and property. F.Provide sheathing, shoring, dewatering, and cleaning necessary to keep trenches an their grades in proper condition and to meet applicable codes. G.Upon completion of excavation, and prior to the laying of the pipe, the trench bottom shall be brought up to the required elevation with min. 6" pipe bedding. Pipe bedding shall be select material deposited in the trench, and shall be compacted, leveled off, and shaped to obtain a smooth compacted bed along the laying length of the pipe. Material for pipe bedding shall comply with local codes. In absence of local code requirements the bedding shall be bank sand or select back fill material approved by the owner, architect and engineer. Any material used shall pass a 1/4 inch screen. H.Clean and inspect pipe for defects before lowering into trench for assembly. Install pipe in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents and with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. 1.Ensure pipe is of proper strength and classification for specified service. Discard damaged or defective pipe discovered during pipe laying operations. 2.Maintain alignment and grade during layout operation. Use acceptable method for maintaining grade and alignment to produce desired results. 3.Trenches shall be backfilled only after piping has been inspected, tested, and approved by tho owner and srchltect. All backfill material shall be placed in the trench either by hand or by approved mechanical methods. The compaction of backfill material shall be accompanied by tamping, with hand tools or approved pneumatic tampers, by using vibratory compactors, by puddling, or by any combination of the three. The method of compaction shall be approved and all compaction shall be done to the satisfaction of the owner and architect. Backfill completely around pipe, including 18" above the pipe, with suitable bank sand tamped in 4 layers under, around and over pipe. Water d backfill as P P P Y p P own b required. The remainder of the backfill shall be select backfill material tamped at intervals of no more than 12" depths. All materials to be used as selected material backfill shall be approved by the owner, architect and owner. If, in the opinion of the owner and architect, the excavated material does not meet the requirements of selected material, the Contractor shall be required to screen the material prior to Its use as selected material backfill. Material used in the upper portion of the backfill or subgrade shall not contain stone, rock, or other material larger than six Inches in its longest dimension. No wood, vegetable matter, or other material which, in the opinion of the owner and architect, is unsuitable shall be included in the backfill. The upper 24" of backfill may be water jetted, if desired. Backfill shall be brought up to finish grade identified on the Architectural Drawings, including additional backfill required to offset settlement during consolidation. 3.02CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Repair or replace damage caused by cutting or installation of work specified in Division 15. B.Perform repairs with materials which match existing and install in accordance with the appropriate section of these specifications. 3.03FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING A.Counterflash pipes where penetration of roofs and outside walls occur. 3.04CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER A.Connect and/or install equipment shown on mechanical drawings that requires plumbing and/or mechanical connections. B.Provide piping, shutoff valves, unions, and other piping appurtenances required for a complete installation. Provide steam strainers, steam traps, and pressure reducing valves in steam lines. Provide backflow preventers and/or pressure reducing valves where required by the equipment design or local code. All components shall be line size unless noted otherwise. 3.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A.Insofar as possible, deliver items in manufacturer's original unopened packaging. Where deliver in original packaging is not practical, provide cover and shielding for all items with protective materials to keep them from being damaged. Use care in loading, transporting, unloading, and storing to keep items from being damaged. B.Store items in a clean, dry place, and protect from damage. Plumbing piping, equipment may not be staged or stored outdoors unless intended for outdoor use. C.Protect plumbing fixtures and brass or chromium plated trim, valves and piping from damage. Cover fixtures during work of finishing trades. D.Keep dirt and debris out of pipes. Provide temporary caps or plugs on all piping systems and caps. Caps and covers shall be installed during transit and job site storage. Storge of material shall be indoors. Materials that must be stored outdoor exposed to the elements shall be elevated above grade and covered with heavy mil visqueen. Material found stored outdoors not covered or sitting in standing water shall be removed from the jobsite and replace with new material at the contractor expense. E.Repair, restore, and replace damaged items. F.Cover all equipment and material during work of finished trades with heavy mil visqueen. G.Protect cooling and/or heating coils with temporary filter media during construction. H.AII materials and equipment stored off site shall be stored in a insured and bonded location. Materials and equipment shall not be stored outdoors. 3.06 PIPE IDENTIFICATION AND PAINTING A.Identify all piping as specified herein painted under Division 9. B.Label medical gas piping under this Division following requirements specified in Division 9, and per Section 2.06 (pipe markers). C.Color Codes for Medical Gas Piping 1.Clinical Compressed Air: Yellow. 2.Vacuum: White. 3.Oxygen: Green (to match color of oxygen cylinders). 4.Nitrous Oxide: Medium Blue. 5.Should there be a conflict of colors in existing Installations, contact the architect/engineer. D.Medical Gas Pipe Identification: Medical gas piping shall be identified by means of markers as indicated in Section 2.06 and In a manner that Is not readily removable. Label piping at intervals of not more than 15 feet and at least once in each room and each story traversed by the piping system at each wall and ceiling penetration, at each valve, and at each change in direction. Provide arrows at each location where labeled indicating direction of flow. Color codes for medical gas piping shall be in accordance with NFPA 99 and CGA standards. E.Pipe Identification: 1.Identify all piping systems Seton Snap On labels or equivelent (to denote contents and direction of flow) on piping at no more than 20 foot intervals and at valves, and at least once in each separate space through which the pipe passes. Colors shall conform to ASME 13.1. 2.1-abeling shall be a minimum of 2" high letters. F.Buried piping does not require identification marking, unless noted otherwise in specifications. G.AII piping shall be labeled to identify contents and direction of flow. 3.07 EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS IDENTIFICATION A.Acceptable Manufacturers: Seton Name Plate Corporation or equal. B.Nameplates: Rigid plastic, "Setonite" or bakelite, with engraved lettering (indicating names and numbers of mechanical apparatus), a minimum of 1/2" high. Fill engraved lettering with a permanent coloring material which contrasts with color of tag material to allow for easy reading. C.Use names, numbers and abbreviations appearing in schedules on Contract Drawings. D.Name tag Fasteners: Commercial quality, rust resisting nuts and bolts with backwashers, self -tapping screws, or rivets. If equipment surface does not allow for direct attachment, use copper or brass rings to attach tags. E.Valve Tags 1.Each manual and automatic control valve shall be identified with a brass tag. The tag shall contain an alph-numeric I.D. which shall include floor -level and building section as part of the I.D. The tag shall identify service and whether normally open (NO) normally closed (NC) or modulating. . 2.A valve schedule shall be provided to the owner and architect/engineer. Mount valve schedule under glass and mount as directed by the owner. 3.Securely fasten tags to valves with a brass "S" hook or chain. 3.08 CLEANING PLUMBING SYSTEMS A.General Cleanup: 1.Upon completion of contract and progressively as work proceeds, clean up dirt, debris, oil materials, etc., and remove from site, keeping premises in neat and clean condition to satisfaction of the owner, architect/engineer . See Division 1 of specifications for further requirements. 2.Seepage, discoloration or other damage to parts of the building, its finish, or furnishings due to Contractor's failure to properly clean piping systems or duct systems shall be repaired without cost to the Owner. B.Factory Finishes: 1.Clean all equipment and materials to like new condition. Touch up bare places, scratches and other minor damage to finishes. Use only factory supplied paint of matching color and formula. If finishes are badly damaged or if there are many damaged, scratched or bare places, refinish the entire item. C.Domestic Water System: 1.Flush system progressively by opening building operable valves, faucets and hose bibs and permitting flow to continue from each unit until water runs clear. 2.Sterilize system In accordance with requirements of State Department of Public Health by the following method or other methods acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. 3.Introduce chlorine or a solution of calcium or sodium hypochlorite. Fill lines slowly and apply sterilizing agent at a rate of 50 ppm of chlorine as determined by residual chlorine tests at ends of lines. Open and close all valves while system is being chlorinated. 4.After sterilizing agent has been applied and left standing for 24 hours, test for residual chlorine at ends of lines. If test indicates there is less than 25 ppm, repeat sterilizing process. 5.After system has been standing 24 hours and test indicates at least 25 ppm of residual chlorine, flush out system until all traces of chemical used are removed. 6.Have local health department check and approve system before connecting it to existing water system. Provide test of existing system prior to tie-in, inlcuding the start of demolition work. 7.Provide documentation to architect and engineer including all steps above have been completed. Documentation shall be submitted prior to final AHCA inspection. 3.09 TESTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS A.Test all systems and equipment installed to demonstrate proper operation. B.Advise engineer, owner and architect of scheduled systems testing and completed system demonstration/operation schedules so that he may witness, if desired. C.Correct and retest work found defective when tested. D.Make repairs to piping systems with new materials. Peening, doping, or caulking of joints or holes will not be acceptable. E.Domestic Water Piping: Test hot and cold water piping systems upon completion of rough -in, before fixtures are connected, at a hydrostatic pressure of 125 psig or 150% of working pressure which ever is greater for a period of two hours. F.Drainage and vent system 1.Test plug opening to permit system to be filled with water, and subject system to 10 foot head of water pressure. System shall hold water for 30 minutes with a drop in water level not to exceed 4 inches in a 4 inch diameter standpipe, and without visible leakage. 2.If system is tested in section, a minimum head of 10 feet shall apply. G.System Balance and Testing: Prepare to assist test and balance firm by assuring systems are complete and operational. H.Records of Testing: Maintain records of system testing and results thereof. Deliver results as part of project closing file. 3.11 INFECTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A.Coordinate with the Owner the exact requirements for the infection control measures to be executed and performed during the course of this Project. B.Prior to execution, present to the Owner for approval a written execution plan for each infection control measure. C.Coordinate infection control measures as needed with all other trades and disciplines. D.Provide documentation of infection control measures to the Owner, as required and specified in the ICRA. G •,v 0 �l Camp t3MC.0C4 :ego ON C-) a , o �0 yCn O 0 �Z 0"o Smith SS11 Reid, Inc. Reid, 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Devie PE - 5KM John E. Moulder PE - 33800 89R JOB # 1137003.0 `III111111/ vso do TATEOF :�Z zz� o1®NAL O�����` l.lirt1 b U) O F- Q U_ LL U W IZ W 0 Z m J Project No. 00000.00 POI cD 2011 BHI P%Architects, Inc. PIPING AND FITTINGS SECTION 15060 PIPING AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Piping and pipe fittings for: 1. Plumbing Piping 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods. B. Section 15061: Pipe Hangers C. Section 15100: Valves D. Section 15250: Plumbing System Insulation E. Section 15400: Plumbing 1.03 QUALITY A. All material shall be domestically manufactured. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for review on piping and fittings to engineer and architect. Submittal data shall Include: 1. Manufacturer of pipe. 2. Tests or listing by recognized testing laboratory that certifies material composition is in accordance with ANSI/ASTM requirements. 3. Product data for pipe and fittings to be used on each piping system. 4. Solder and brazing product data and installation procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COPPER PIPE A. Conform to ASTM B-88 specification for wrought seamless copper. B. NSF-61 for use on domestic water system. C. Type L, hard for: 1. Domestic hot water. 2. Domestic hot water recirculating piping. 3. Domestic cold water. D. Use Type K, rolled, soft for: Piping installed below grade and under floor slabs. Make joints using Sil-Fos B cup series filler metal suitable for brazing. 1. Below slab domestic water. E. Type M, hard for: 1. For non -pressurized drain, waste and vent piping for piping up to 1-1/2 inches. 2. AHU cooling coil condensate piping. F. Type K, hard for. 1. Water softener piping. 2. Domestic cold and hot water piping upstream of pressure reducing valves on high pressure side. 2.02 COPPER PIPE FITTINGS A. Sweat type, wrought copper, ASTM B62, with dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.22 and sweep patterns for copper tubing. B. Dielectric Connections: 1. Provide at junction of copper pipe and equipment with steel piping systems. 2. Central, Dielectric insulating unions, and insulating flange unions, as manufactured by Central Plastic Company, or CTS Fabrication USA (1-1/2" thru 8"). 3. Provide copper solder joint to plated female iron pipe for sizes 1/2" through 2". 4. Provide Insulating flange unions, malleable female iron pipe thread to copper solder joint flange unions for sizes 2-1/2" through 4". 5. Brass fittings and valves may not be used for dielectric union locations. C. Unions: Brass ground joint, 250 lb. working pressure. D. Nipples: Brass. E. NSF-61 for use on domestic water system. F. Copper Pro -Press fittings by Viega, conforming to the material and sizing requirement of ASME B8.16 or ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Type "L" for interior piping up to 4-inches in size for: 1. Domestic hot water. 2. Domestic hot water recirculting piping. 3. Domestic cold water. G. Contractor shall use only tools by Viega and Rigid Tool Company. H. NSF-61 for use on domestic water system. 2.03 CAST IRON SOIL AND VENT PIPE A. Conform to ASTM A-74, A-888, and CISPI 301, CISPI HS-74, ISO 9001, 2000 NSF, IAPMO listed, manufactured by AB&I, Charlotte or Tyler. B. Standard weight hub and spigot pipe and fittings for below ground. 1. Waste and drainage pipe 2" and larger. 2. Storm water. 3. Rainwater leaders inside building. C. Standard weight cast iron piping shall be used for all above ground. 1. Sanitary and vent 2" and larger. 2. Condensate piping 2" inch and larger. 3. Storm water. D. Joints in Cast Iron Pipe: 1. Above grade: No -Hub using stainless steel couplings, meeting ASTM C1540. Provide "Husky" SD4000 heavy duty couplings. 2. Below Grade: Bell and Spigot extra heavy with Charlotte neoprene compression gaskets, ASTM C 564, CISP1 HSN. 3. Provide Charlotte extra heavy gaskets on extra heavy weight cast iron. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Escutcheons: Chrome pipe escutcheons, slip-on or split type where pipe passing through finished walls or ceiling may be visible. B. Exposed Metal Pipe and Trim: Chrome plated. C. Control System Connectors: Crane No. 386, 1" steel half couplings, or 1" female pipe thread connectors. D. Install 18 gauge sheetmetal or galvanized steel pipe saddles to protect insulation. 2.07 ALL PIPING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2.08 ALL PIPING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN THE UNITED STATES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Clean Inside of pipe before installing It. Keep Installed piping clean, and protect ends from foreign matter by capping or plugging them during transit, jobsite storage and installation. Open ends of all piping systems shall be protected at all times. B. Install pipe so that it does not interfere with opening of doors or apparatus, access to equipment, or to electrical equipment. C. Do not install pipes in such a way that they will apply torque to pumps. After pumps have been installed and pumps have been operated, recheck and realign pumps if necessary. D. Run pipes In straight lines and square with building, Install risers plumb. Make offsets only where indicated and where necessary. E. Install branch connections using separate tee or lateral fittings for each branch. Do not combine branches into "bullhead tee" arrangement. F. Do not install water pipes In electric rooms, switchgear rooms, tele/data rooms, transformer rooms, audio/visual rooms or elevator equipment rooms. Water piping shall not be brought into electrical rooms for electrical grounding. G. Do not install piping above electrical equipment such as starters, variable frequency drives, motor control centers, or disconnects. Maintain code required clearance above, below and to sides of electrical equipment. Piping not permitted to run over any electrical panels. H. Provide flanges and unions throughout the pipe systems at all equipment. Make provisions for servicing and removal of equipment without dismantling piping. I. In so far as possible, drainage piping shall not be Installed overhead, whether exposed or above ceiling, In operating rooms, delivery rooms, nurseries, food preparation or serving areas, and in rooms listed above. Where unavoidable, provide drain troughs or other means to carry away leakage and run waste line to nearest sink. Drop 1" through ceiling and spill over sink. Provide with chrome escutcheon. 3. Grading Pipes for Drainage: 1. Uniformly place storm drainage pipes and footing drain pipes at elevations and slopes Indicated. If no elevations or slopes are indicated, slope pipes at not less than 1/8" per foot. 2. Uniformly place sanitary sewer pipes at elevations and slopes indicated. 3. Slope steam pipes and steam condensate drain pipes at 1/4" per 10 feet. Do not rise condensate pipe except at ends of main drips. K. Branch Lines: 1. Vapor branch lines shall come off top of mains. Liquid branch lines shall come off bottom of mains. 3.02 PIPE JOINTING A. Preparing Pipe Ends: 1. Machine cut pipe ends square. 2. Ream pipe ends, after cutting, to full diameter. 3. Where pipe is to be threaded, secure pipe in pipe stand, die cut, full depth, right hand threads. Threads to be taper type. 4. All threaded pipe joints to have suitable pipe sealant applied to threads prior to assembly of joint. Joints shall be leak proof. B. Soldered and Brazed Joints: 1. Make soft copper pipe joints with suitable flux and 95/5, lead free solder. 2. Make type K copper pipe joints with suitable flux and high melt point silver solder or phos-copper solder. 3. Domestic cold and hot water piping 4" and larger and all chilled water and heating hot water shall be brazed. Copper to copper joints shall be brazed using a copper -phosphorus or copper -phosphorus -silver brazing filler metal (B-Cup Series) without flux. Dissimilar metals such as copper and bronze or brass shall be brazed using an appropriated flux with a silver (BAG Series) brazing filler metal. C. Copper Press Fittings: 1. Copper press fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The tube shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully engaged inserted in the fitting. The joints shall be pressed using the tool approved by the manufacturer. D. Cast Iron Pipe Joints: 1. Install compression gaskets and heavy duty No -Hub bands In accordance with CISPI installation methods and manufacturer's instructions. Provide with 80 pounds of torque, 100 pounds maximum on tightening of screws on the gasket. Piping up to and Including 4-inch shall have a minimum of four (4) sealing bands, 3-inch wide. Coupling sizes 5-inch up to 10-inch shall have six (6) sealing bands, 4-inch wide. E. Bracing Joints: 1. Provide braces and bridle rods as required to reinforce joints. 2. If mechanical lock type couplings are used, then prepare pipe ends and make joints in accordance with pipe coupling manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. Where large pipes underground are subject to shock because of sudden changes in liquid flow rate, provide concrete "kicker" blocks at joints, fittings, and changes of pipe direction. Provide "kicker" blocks in accordance with applicable pipe industry trade or research organization recommendations. 3.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons where uninsulated pipes penetrate walls or ceilings of finished spaces. 3.04 STRAINERS A. Install strainers so the strainer basket can be removed without spilling water on motors and electrical equipment. 3.05 AIR VENTING A. Provide manually operated air vents at high points in vertical risers and at water coils to eliminate air from systems. B. Use ball valves for manual air vents. 3.06 VALVE ACCESS A. Locate ceiling/wall access panels at shut-off and control valves for proper access and operation. Furnish and Install access doors In accordance with Section 15050 and other Divisions as applicable. 3.07 TESTING A. Before piping is concealed, recheck it for leaks. B. Rework or replace defective and leaking joints, and joints which are otherwise unsatisfactory. Peening, caulking, and doping are not permitted. PIPE HANGERS SECTION 15061 PIPE HANGERS PART 1 - PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. Section 15060: Piping and Fittings B. Section 15250: Plumbing System Insulation 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for review. PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Grinnell by Anvil, Fee and Mason, B-Une, Viking, PHD, and Reliable. Grinnell numbers are used for reference. B. Plumbing and Medical Gas roughin within wall to fixtures shall be provided with HoldRite Mounting System to secure piping in place and prevent movement. PART 3 - HANGERS A. Grinnell Figure #260 MSS Type 1, clevis hangers for: Non -insulated steel and galvanized piping 2" through 24" diameter. Non -insulated cast Iron pipe - 3" and larger. B. Grinnell Figure *260 clevis hangers with Figure 167, MSS Type 40 galvanized insulation protection shields (sized for supporting Insulation having a compressive strength of 4 psi). Support piping on outside of insulation. Size hangers so that pipe Insulation passes through them without lnterruption. 1. All insulated piping. C. Grinnell Figure CT-69, MSS Type 10 with adjustable wrought tubing ring hanger, copper plated for: 1. Non -insulated copper tubing with no longitudinal movement. Non -insulated cast iron piping up to 2" and less. D. Grinnell Figure #261, MSS Type 8, riser clamps (at floor slab penetrations) to support: 1. Steel pipe risers. 2. Grinnell Figure #CT-121, MSS Type 8, riser clamps (at floor penetrations) to support: Copper pipe risers. E. Grinnell Powerstrut Trapeze Hangers: Where three or more lines of pipe run parallel, support them with trapeze hangers. Isolation of copper tubing from dissimilar metals shall be provided through the use of PHD manufacturing, model #2501-2514 clamp with cushion unistrut clamps on all uninsulated copper pipes including domestic cold water and medical gas piping. Tape will not be an acceptable method. All piping systems shall be clamped to trapeze hanger. For insulated pipes clamps shall be sized for circumference of insulation and insulation shield F. All hangers supporting exterior piping shall be stainless steel Including hanger rod, hanger, clamp, washers and nuts. G. All non -copper hangers on interior piping shall be hot dipped galvanized steel including hanger rod, hanger, clamp washers and nuts. 3.01 INSERTS A. Concrete Insert: Grinnell Figure #281, MSS Type 18, universal concrete inserts, adequately sized and correctly positioned to support full load operating systems. B. Concrete Insert, Wedge Type: Grinnell Figure #281, 1/4" to 7/8". C. Lightweight Concrete Insert: Grinnell Figure #285. D. Continuous Concrete Insert: Grinnell Powerstrut Figure #PS-349 pre -galvanized. 3.02 EXPANSION ANCHORS A. Hilt! kwik-bolt, zinc plated, metal expansion anchor to be used on existing construction. B. Anchor to meet U.L., ICBO-4627 and F.M. Listings. 3.03 CLAMPS A. C-Clamps: Grinnell Figure #87, MSS Type 23, with retainer strap. B. Use these for attaching hangers to steel beams. Do not weld hanger rods to structural steel members. C. Malleable Beam Clamps: Grinnell Figure #218, MSS Type 30: Use these for attaching hangers to bar joists. PART 4 - EXECUTION 4.01 PIPE HANGERS A. Support pipes on specified hangers so that equipment, pumps, and fittings do not bear weight or stresses from vibration and swaying of pipe. Support pipe risers at regular Intervals In pipe shafts at least once at each floor level or a maximum of 12'-0" apart. Do not use perforated metal, strap iron, or band iron. Do not make offsets in hangers. B. Maximum allowable spacing of pipe hangers shall be in accordance with the Florida State Building Code - 2007 Mechanical and Plumbing. Space hangers and brackets at closer Intervals where necessary to maintain levels, slopes, and drainage, or to prevent sagging or swaying of pipe.. C. See Specification Section 15480 for spacing requirements of hangers on Medical Gas Piping. D. Cast Iron Pipe. In addition to the code requirements, provide minimum of one hanger per section close to joint on barrel and at change of direction and branch connection. E. Anchorage shall be provided to restrain drainage piping from axial movement. For pipe sizes greater than 4 inches, restraints shall be provided for drain pipes at all changes in direction and at all changes in diameter greater than two pipe sizes. Braces, blocks and rodding shall be utilized. F. See Specification Section 15300 for spacing requirements of hangers on Fire Protection piping. VALVES SECTION15100 VALVES PART I - GENERAL 1.0 1 RELATED WORK A. Section 15060: Piping and Fittings 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Boller room valves: ASME Boiler Code Specifications. B. Valve bodies, shells, and seats: Factory tested. C. Iron body valves: 1. Pressure containing parts: ASTM A126-73, Grade B. 2. Face-to-face and end -to -end dimensions: ANSI B16.10. 3. Design, workmanship, materials, testing: MSS-SP-70, 71. D. Butterfly valves: 1. Face-to-face and end -to -end dimensions: MSS-SP-67. E. Valve stems: ASTM B584-78, Class 13C (cast silicon brass), ASTIVI B-371-79, Alloy A (rolled silicon brass), or other material equally resistant to dezincification. F. Pressure castings: Free of impregnating materials. G. Valve name or trademark and working pressure stamped or cast into body. H. Standard for 200 PSI and 300 PSI valves with metallic seats: ASTM B61-76. 1.03SUBMrITALS A. Product Data - Submit catalog cuts, specifications, Installation instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of valve. B. Maintenance Data - Submit maintenance data and spare arts list for each type of valve. Include this data in Maintenance Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Ball valves: Kitz, Nibco, Apollo, Milwaukee, Watts. 2.02 MATERIALS A. KITZ, Apollo or Nibco Figure numbers are Indicated below unless noted otherwise: B. Check Valves: 1. Domestic Water: a. 2" and less, Nibco T-413Y-LF or S-413-Y-LF, threaded or solder, Class 150. Lead free NSF/ANSI G61. b. 2-1/2" and up: Nibco Bronze body, cap, and disc, flanged, Class 150. Lead free NSF/ANSI G61. C. Ball Valves 1. General - Select with Full port opening, blow-out proof stem, hard chrome plated forged brass vented ball, adjustable packing nut, rated not less than 600# W.O.G., 150 W.S.P. 2. Domestic Water a. 2" and less, Nibco T685-80-LF or S-685-80-LF, 2-plece, full port, 600 psi, WOG, TFE seats. Lead Free, NSF/ANSI G61. b. 2-1/2" and up, Nibco T-595-Y-LF, Class 125 meeting MSS-SP-72-92. Lead Free, NSF/ANSI G61. 3. Provide extended lever for insulated service. D. Balancing valve: "Circuit Balance Valve" by Armstrong Pumps B&G -Bell and Gossett CB Model. Provide valve with the following items: Connections, with built-in check valve, for portable differential pressure meter. All valves shall be by same manufacturer. 1. 125 pressure rating at 250 degrees F. 2. Internal seals to prevent leakage around rotating element. 3. Provide with Bell and Gossett readout valve RV-125A and readout probe RP-250B as required. 4. Read out kit. E. Valve connections: Two inches and smaller - threaded; 2-1/2 Inches and larger - flanged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Furnish and install valves in each piping connection at each piece of plumbing equipment to allow equipment to be isolated from piping systems. B. Furnish and install valves in plumbing water piping to isolate each floor or main section of the building. Install sufficient number of valves to minimize the portion of the system which must be shut down for service or maintenance purposes. C. Locate valves so as to be accessible by maintenance personnel. D. Plumbing contractor shall provide a complete test and balance report of all domestic hot water return valves and hot water return recircuting pumps indicating flow rates, capacities and pressure. Coordinate with HVAC test and balance contractor. SLEEVES AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS SECTION 15103 SLEEVES AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide sleeves for piping installed under this Division as specified herein. B. Seal pipe penetration as specified herein. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate requirements of through penetration firestopping with Division 7. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Division 7: Firestopping 1.04REFERENCES A. UL Fire Resistance Directory, latest edition. B. ASTM - E814-88: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Firestops. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SLEEVES A. Materials 1. Concrete floors, concrete and masonry walls: 18 gauge galvanized sheetmetal. 2. Drywall partitions: 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet metal. B. Sleeves shall be sized such that the annular space between outside surface of pipe or pipe insulation and the inside surface of the sleeve Is not less than 1/2". Provide larger annular space If required by firestopping product installation instructions. C. Sleeves supporting riser piping 4" and larger shall have three 6" long reinforcing rods welded radically at 120 degree spacing to the sleeve and shall be installed with the rods embedded in the concrete slab. 2.02 ESCUTCHEON PLATES A. Provide B & C No. 10 or equal chrome plated escutcheon plates where pipes penetrate partitions or ceilings in finished areas. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sleeves: 1. Floors: sleeve all pipe penetrations. Extend sleeve 1-1/2" above finished floor, except piping within pipe chases. Sleeve shall be flush with underside of floor. 2. Masonry or concrete walls: sleeve all pipe penetrations. Sleeves shall be flush on both sides of wall. 3. Drywall partitions: sleeve all penetrations of piping in systems over 160 F. 4. Seal voids between outside surface of sleeve and wall, partition or floor. Seals shall be airtight. 5. Install piping, insulation and sleeves in strict accordance with applicable U.L. floor or partition assembly instructions. Coordinate with Division 7 firestop manufacturer's Installation Instructions. B. Penetrations not sleeved or firestopped: 1. Seal voids between pipe and partition. Seals shall be airtight. C. Escutcheon Plates 1. Provide chromium plated escutcheon plates for exposed uninsulated pipes projecting through floors or walls in "finished" spaces. Mechanical rooms, storerooms, electric closets, and janitors closets are not considered "finished" spaces. a. Clearance between sleeve and pipe: Minimum of 1/2 inch for hot piping and 1 inch for cold piping or as otherwise dictated by UL Fire Resistance Directory. 111111, ::,50311 XO 1�0 zqt, 0 q, 00 C"D Zi Q com t:� CM C14 �� t3 t�, " '? 2 Cq C) ri�___1 tu C13 C* czb r,- 1:1 XO a Q) Smith Seckman SSR Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssrlnc.com Firm Cerdfication - EB-00OM7 D�mis Da-da PE-5vm Jobn E. Affould" FE - 33200 Ma JOB# 1137003.0 ill, 3 TA EOF 0 R kV fONAL U) Z 0 LL LU M U) (D Z _J 524 C� C> Q4 LO 0 wow-, &161 Pmjmt No, OM.00 P03 (D 2011 BEI FK Architects, Inc. 15104- PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY 1.03 Section Includes: 1. Penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls. 2. Penetrations In horizontal assemblies. 3. Penetrations in smoke barriers. A. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section "Fire -Resistive Joint Systems" for joints in or between fire -resistance -rated construction, at exterior curtain-wall/floor intersections, and in smoke barriers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. System Schedule: For each penetration firestoppIng system. Include location and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency and the following: I . Documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that Is applicable to each penetration firestopping system configuration for construction and penetrating items. 2. Types of penetrating items. 3. Types of constructions penetrated, Including flre-resistance ratings and, where applicable, thicknesses of construction penetrated. 4. Provide single composite schedule of firestopping systems regardless of installation responsibility. Separate schedules from multiple subcontractors are not acceptable. 5. Size: 8 1/2 by 11 inches in 3-ring binder. 6. Number of submittals: Two copies. a. One copy to be maintained at site and provided to Owner with Operation Maintenance manuals. 7. Where Pro ect conditions require modification to a qualified testing and Inspecting agency's Illustration i for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturers fire -protection engineer as an engineering as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -resistance -rated assembly. C. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. D. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating penetration firestopping has been Installed In compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for penetration firestopping. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements." B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations listed by the following: 3. UL in its 'Fire Resistance Directory." C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site prior to start of mechanical and electrical systems. 1. Discuss firestopping requirements and other preparatory work to be performed by other trades. 2. Review firestopping details and installation sequence for each type of penetration firestopping. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, and personnel to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review required inspecting procedures. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilations or, where this Is inadequate, forced -air circulation. 1.07 COORDINATION A . Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping Is Installed according to specified requirements. B . Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core -drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems, Inc. 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. 3M Fire Protection Products. 2.02 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items, If any. B. Penetrations in Fire -Resistance -Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch wg (2.49 Pa). 1. Fire- resistance -rated walls Include fire walls, flre-barrler walls, smoke-banler walls and fire partitions. 2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch wg (2.49 Pa). 1. Horizontal assemblies include floors and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies. 2. F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 3. T-Rating: At least I hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per UL 1479. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq.ft. (0.025 cu. m/s per sq. m) of penetration opening at 0.30 inch wg (74.7 Pa) at both ambient and elevated temperatures. E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined perASTM E 84. F. VOC Content: Provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. G. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and Inspecting agency for firestopping Indicated. 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following: a. Slag -wool -fiber or rock -wool -fiber insulation. b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire -rated form board. d. Fillers for sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. 2.03 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required)r type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application Indicated. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and frDm penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestopping. C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results: Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of firestopping edge to labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self -adhering -type labels with adhesive capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following Information on labels: 1. The words 'Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: Manufacturer's representative to inspect ten percent ofpenetration firestopping applications, in each phase, and provide written report indicating compliance with manufacturer's systems and deficiencies to be corrected. B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping with other construction only after Inspection reports are issues and installations comply with requirements. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after Installation that ensure that penetration firestopping is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damaqe or deterioration occurs, immediately cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping and install new materials to procluce systems complying with specified requirements. PLUMBING SYSTEMS INSULATION SECTION 15250 PLUMBING SYSTEMS INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed - Equipment, ducts and piping in areas which will be visible without removing ceilings or opening access panels. B. Concealed - Installed above ceiling, in walls or chases. C. Outdoors - Exposed to the weather or ambient conditions. D. Underground - Buried. 1.02 CERTIFICATION/QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Insulation, adhesives, coatings, sealers, tapes, shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke development of 50 or less in accordance with ASTM E-84 and UL 723 B. Materials shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90-A. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation procedures for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Materials for Pipe and Equipment: Provide factory premolded or shop or site mitered segment type insulation for pipe, pipe fittings, and valves. B . Fitting insulation: Same thickness and material as adjoining pipe insulation. C. Flexible Tubular Elastomeric: 1. Provide fire -retardant closed -cell slip-on flexible type. Minimum "R" value of 2.57. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: LS manufactured by K-Flex USA. 3. Use on the following services: Moisture condensate drains - 1" thick, LS 3ft white seal seam. a . D. Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: 1. Acceptable manufacturers: Johns -Manville "Micro-Lok 850"; CertainTeed; Knauf; Owens Coming. Foster Jacket: ASJ fiberglass reinforced kraft paper with aluminum foil and minimum R value of 3.6. 2. Use on the following services: a. Domestic hot water supply piping. Domestic hot water supply piping - 1" thick for piping 2" or less and 1-1/2" thick insulation for piping 2-1/2" and greater. b. Domestic hot water recirculation piping - I" thick. C. Horizontal and vertical rain water leaders and overflow storm and roof drain bodies - 1" thick. d. Horizontal and vertical cold Condensate Piping - 1" thick. 2.03 MATERIALS FOR FITTINGS, VALVES, AND SPECIAL COVERINGS A. For all services, use premolded insulation for pipe fittings, elbows, tees, butterfly valves, and couplings 2-1/2 and larger. Finish shall be as specified under Products above or as specified below. PVC fitting covers may be used over the premolded insulation for: 1. Rainwater and Overflow Storm Piping 2. Domestic Hot Water 3. Domestic Hot Water Recirc. B. PVC fitting covers with fiberglass inserts may be used on piping fittings elbows and valves 2" and less for the following services: 1. Domestic Hot Water 2. Domestic Hot Water Recirc. C. For pipe fittings, valves, strainers, and other irregular surfaces, when inside building or in equipment rooms, cover insulation with white colored woven glass fabric embedded in white vapor barrier coating, Foster 30-35 or equal. Provide removable section for pump, strainer, etc. service requirements. D. For flexible tubular elastomeric pipe and fitting insulation when exposed -to- view inside building or exposed to the weather, finish with two coats of fire retardant self -extinguishing vinyl lacquer type highly flexible coating equivalent to Armstrong "Armaflex Finish", custom color blended to match surrounding surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Deliver and store insulation materials in manufacturers containers and kept free from dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage. B. Complete piping pressure testing prior to applying insulation. C. Apply insulation in workmanlike manner by experienced, qualified, workmen. D. Surfaces shall be clean and dry when covering is applied. Covering to be dry when installed and before and during application of any finish, unless such finish requires specifically a wetted surface for application. E. Adhesives, cements and mastics shall be compatible with materials applied and shall not attack materials in either wet or dry state. F. Stop duct coverings, including jacket and insulation, at fire penetrations of fire or smoke rated partitions, floors above grade and roofs. "Fan -out" or extend jacketed insulation at least 2" beyond angle frames of fire dampers and secure to wall. Maintain vapor barrier. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND EQUIPMENT COVERING A. Where glass fiber or flexible tubular elastomeric Insulation is used on piping sized 2" and larger, insert a section of foamglass or calcium silicate insulation, at hanger or support points, between pipe and metal shield for full length of shield, to prevent crushing of insulation. Where insulation passes through pipe hangers and across trapeze supports, 12" long metal saddles shall be used. Insulation thickness to be same as adjoining glass fiber insulation. On cold pipe, vapor barrier should be carried through the hanger and sealed. Saddles shall be used where rigid foamglass inserts are not acceptable. B. Finish all piping below 7-0" AFF with pvc jacket. C. Apply flexible tubular elastomeric insulation to pipe and fittings with all joints tightly fitted and sealed with adhesive. PLUMBING SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section includes requirements for: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Shock arrestors. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15010: Basic Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 15060: Piping and Fittings D. Section 15100: Valves E. Section 15061: Pipe Hangers F. Section 15250: Mechanical Systems Insulation 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers are indicated in subsequent paragraphs. 2.02 SHOCK ARRESTORS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Wade. 2. Precision Products. 3. Zurn. 4. Sioux Chief 2.03 CLEANOUTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: I . Wade. 2. Zurn. 3. Sioux Chief 4. Josam 5. Jay R. Smith B. Zum model numbers are used below. C. Finished concrete floor: ZB1400-NL cast iron body with round adjustable polished nickel bronze top, ABS plug and carpet marker where required. D. Ceramic tile: ZB1400-TX series, cast iron body, polished nickel bronze top, 1/2" terrazzo recess and closure plug. E. Vinyl tile floor: ZN1400-NL-X series, cast iron body, round nickel bronze top, 1/8" tile recess and closure plug. F. Carpet: ZN1400NL. Inside caulk round brass scoriated frame and cover and prDvide carpet marker. G. Wall: 1440 Cast iron caulking ferrule with stainless round access cover and screws. H. Access covers: Minimum size 12" x 12" located for access to valves, shock absorbers, trap primers, wall cleanouts, etc. I. Furnish cleanouts occurring in waterproof floors with clamping devices. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND TESTING A. Shock Arrestors: 1. Install shock arrestors at each quick closing valves, solenoid type valves, and flush valves, including water closets, urinals, showers, sterilizers, ice makers, hose bibbs, sinks and lavatories. Size shock arrestors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and PDI standards. 2. Install shock arrestors within five feet of valve, provide wall access panel as required. 3. Test and certify shock arrestors by Plumbing and Drainage institute. B. Cleanouts 1. Provide line size cleanouts up to 4"; 4" cleanout for lines larger than 4". 2. Locate cleanouts at all changes in direction greater than 45 degrees and in straight runs as shown 100 feet outside the building on drawing or spaced not greater than required by applicable Plumbing Code. 3. Extend inaccessible cleanouts up through floor and/or wall to provide easy accessibility. PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with provisions of Section 15010. B. Provide plumbing fixtures, trim and related items such as supplies, traps, drains, cleanouts, water closet flanges, boIts, seats and covers, fixture supports and other accessory items. C. Coordinate fixture requirements by reviewing architectural, structural, and equipment drawings. Install fixtures in accordance with Contract Drawings and manufacturer's rough -in drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15400: Plumbing B. Section 15060: Piping and Fittings C. Section 15100: Valves 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with applicable codes and standards enforced by local authorities. B. All barrier free fixtures shall be installed In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Rules and Regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Brass Trim: McGuire Engineered Brass Company, Brasscraft, Zurn. B. Provide fixtures and trim as a complete unit as required in the individual nP" numbers listed on plumbing fixture schedule. C. Pre -fabricated insulation on water lines and p-trap under barrier free lavatories and sinks: Trap Wrap TrueBro, Inc. Handi Lav-Guard McGuire Pro -wrap. D. Thermostatic mixing valves: Symmons. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wall hung lavatories: Furnish complete with floor mounted carriers, Zurn 1231.. B. Countertop sinks: Furnished complete with mounting rings where required. C. Fixture color: White unless specified otherwise. D. Faucets and flush valves: Provide either integral or attached heavy duty supply stops with nipples. E. Plumbing and Medical Gas roughin within wall to fixtures shall be provided with HoldRite Mounting System to secure pipng In place and prevent movement. F. All plumbing fixtures including Vitreous china fixtures shall be provided with anti -microbial finish applied from the factory. G. All plumbing fixtures shall be of high efficiency type. See fixture schedule for more information. H. Caulking: General Electric silicon sanitary sealant or equal. Product shall have no voc's - volatile organic compounds I. Provide treated wood, polystyrene pipe holder or metal backing at wall fixtures and fixture trim connections so piping and connecting faucets and valves are rigid to wall. J. Wrist blade operation: 1. Pull wrist blade to operator to tum on. 2. Push toward splashback to turn off faucet. K. Supply stops shall be heavy duty with wheel handle, NSF/ANSI G61, lead free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. Connect to plumbing fixtures and equipment provided under this and other sections of specification, architectural drawings, and manufacturer's shop drawings. Provide rough -in connections as shown on drawings. B. Use schedule and details on drawings or manufacturer's shop drawings for connection sizes to fixtures. C. Provide separate p-trap for each fixture, floor drain, and piece of equipment. D. Where required by local or state enclay codes, provide H.W. flow limiting devices to lavatories/sinks in accordance with ASHRAE 90-75. E. Install lavatories and sinks with a minimum of 4" clearance on each side, from a wall or partition. F. Coordinate dimensions required for minimum fixture clearances with other Divisions. G. Where automatic electronic flushing devices are specified, coordinate installation with Division 16. H. Caulk around joints at fixtures mounted on wall or floor, or backed up to walls. I. Mount fixtures rigid to walls as shown on drawings or details. 3. Accessories: Factory installed grab bars and curtain rod. K. Gooseneck faucets intended for staff and patient, use shall not contain aerators but shall contain plain end outlet trim ring. L. Contractor shall install fixtures as per manufacturers written instructions. Contractor shall provide all required materials as needed for a complete system. M. Contractor shall provide grout or cement as required for floor mounted carriers as needed. 3.02 TESTING AND CLEANING A. Inspect and test work to insure that it is installed in accordance with drawings and specification and is functioning as designed. Test procedures and pressure as required by other sections. B. Correct all deficiencies found and retest. F, OT, 0", r1d, F/M N - W, 0010, 1-14 �3� CYD CIA zl CV5 ;__4 -4 vz C,0 Cq FZ C C C-q iz.) 004 gx� 4 rk� ceb llz� co IZQ SS)Smith Seckman VI Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certificartion - EB-00OM7 Dennis D&vis PE - 5MM Jobn E. Moulder PE .332M SSR JOB# 1137003.0 J%%%J1111111 S. M0 #. lost \0, 0 40 &P 60 1. 1W . TAT OF ORX % %%% cc ct .2 2 ;Z� U) Z 0 C) LL 5 LU M Cf) 0 Z D _J CL Q6> tq COD C) :3� C� C) Z, P3Z4 L 0 to Nject No, 00000.00 POA (E) 2011 BEI PK Architects, Inc. MEDICAL GAS PIPING AND PIPE LINE COMPONENTS SECTION 15480 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA 101: Life Safety Code (2006). B. NFPA 99: Standard for Health Care Facilities (2005). C. Florida Building Code - 2007 with 2008 & 2009 ammendments. D. Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital and Health Care Facilities - (2006). MEDICAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM FURNISH, INSTALL, AND TEST COMPLETE PIPING SYSTEM FOR 02, AIR, VAC, N20 & N2. SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITH OIL FREE NITROGEN (NF) AND ANALYZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 99. PROVIDE BRAZER PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION TEST RECORDS TO ENGINEER FOR EACH BRAZER USED ON INSTALLATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. BRAZERS SHALL BE QUALIFIED USTC WITH 32 MINIMUM HOURS TRAINING. MEDICAL GAS PIPING: SEAMLESS TYPE "L" (ASTM B819) HARD DRAWN COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS FOR BRAZED CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 99. TYPE 'K' (ASTM B819) COPPER TUBING FOR SYSTEMS OVER 185 PSI & 3" AND LARGER. ALL PIPING PRECLEANED FOR OXYGEN SERVICE (PRECLEANED FOR OXYGEN SERVICE IS NOT REQUIRED FOR VACUUM PIPING). PIPING SHALL BE PRECLEANED AND PLUGGED BY SUPPLIER BEFORE SHIPMENT TO JOB SITE. PIPING ON SITE CLEANING SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. SILVER BRAZING MATERIAL: STAY-SILV-15, SILVALOY-15, AIRCOSIL #15, OR PROS-SILVER-15. SILVER BRAZING ALLOY COMPOSITION: 15% SILVER, 80% COPPER AND 5% PHOSPHORUS, NO CADMIUM. FLUX: DO NOT USE FOR COPPER -TO -COPPER JOINTS. USE FLUX FOR JOINING COPPER TO BRASS OR BRONZE. EXERCISE CARE IN APPLYING THE FLUX TO AVOID LEAVING ANY EXCESS FLUX INSIDE THE COMPLETED JOINTS. UTILIZE UNISTRUT SUPPORTS WITH PHD MANUFACTURING MODEL #2501 - 2514 UNISTRUT CUSHIONED CLAMPS OR PHD MODEL #153 PVC COATED TEAR DROP HANGERS. TAPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. EXPANSION ANCHORS: HILTI KWIK-BOLT, ZINC PLATED, METAL EXPANSION ANCHOR TO BE USED ON EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. ANCHOR TO MEET U.L., ICBO-4627 AND FM LISTINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MEDICAL GAS CERTIFICATION REPORT TO OWNER & ENGINEER PRIOR TO FINAL AHCA INSPECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY EXISTING SYSTEM PRIOR TO CUTTING INTO EXISTING SYSTEM AND SHALL SUBMIT MEDICAL GAS CERTIFICATION TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO ANY NEW INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE COPY OF TESTS FOR ALL STEPS AS OUTLINED IN NFPA 99 IN ADDITION TO MEDICAL GAS CERTIFICATION. LABEL PIPING WITH ADHESIVE LABELS. COLOR CODED PER NFPA 99. LABEL PIPING AT INTERVALS OF NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET, AT LEAST ONCE IN EACH ROOM, AT EACH STORY TRAVERSED BY THE PIPING SYSTEM, AT EACH WALL AND FLOOR SLAB PENETRATION, AT EACH VALVE AND AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION. PROVIDE ARROWS AT EACH LOCATION WHERE LABELED INDICATING DIRECTION OF FLOW. SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED PER NFPA 99. ALL PIPING SHALL BE PRECLEANED AND PLUGGED PRIOR TO SHIPMENT TO THE JOB SITE. JOINTS TO BE MADE WITH 1000 DEGREES F MELTING POINT MINIMUM WITH 15% SILVER BRAZING ALLOY. SYSTEM SHALL BE PURGED CONTINUOUSLY WITH DRY NITROGEN (NF) WHILE BEING ASSEMBLED AND BRAZED. USE OF FLUX IS NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT ON DISSIMILAR METALS. USE SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. PROVIDE HANGERS ON PIPING PER NFPA 99 AND IN EACH ROOM. CROSS CONNECTION TESTING AND CERTIFICATION OF THE NEW AND EXISTING MEDICAL GAS SYSTEM MUST BE PERFORMED BY FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICIANS FROM THE MEDICAL GAS PIPELINE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. MEDICAL GAS VALVE BOXES, VALVES, ALARMS AND OUTLETS SHALL BE BY ONE MANUFACTURER. MEDICAL GAS OUTLETS SHALL BE SQUIRE COGSWELL (OHIO) COMPATIBLE QUICK CONNECT STYLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT OUTLETS MATCH EXISTING HOSPITAL STANDARD PRIOR TO ORDERING. MEDICAL GAS AREA ALARM PANEL SHALL BE BEACON MEDEAS TOTALALERT2 EIGHT MODULE ALARM PANEL WITH GAS SPECIFIC MODULES AS REQUIRED BY MED GAS SCHEDULE. PROVIDE OPTIONAL NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS BOARD CAPABLE OF INTERFACING WITH FACILITY'S ETHERNET AND CAT-5 ETHERNET CABLE. MEDICAL GAS ZONE VALVE BOXES SHALL BE BEACON MEDEAS. VALVE BOXES SHALL INCLUDE 1Y2" PRESSURE GAUGES READING 0-100 PSIG FOR 02, N20 & AIR, & 0-30" HG FOR VACUUM. GAUGES SHALL BE LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF VALVES. PROVIDE PERMENANTLY ENGRAVED LABELS ON ALL MEDICAL GAS ZONE VALVES AND ALARM PANELS TO INDICATE AREA SERVED PER NFPA-99. COORDINATE WITH HOSPITAL STANDARDS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND COORDINATE ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING WITH DIVISION 16 AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED CONDUITS. CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD A LOW VOLTAGE WIRING LICENSE. FLOOR MOUNTED PEDESTAL U.L LISTED NFPA 99 APPROVED - BY AMICO FREEDOM SERIES 9" FLOOR PEDESTAL SHALL BE MADE OF 18 GAUGE 304 STAINLESS STEEL WITH A #4 SATIN FINISH. IT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF HOLDING MEDICAL GAS OUTLETS AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITHIN THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIT. THE ELECTRICAL DEVICES (SIX DUPLEX RECEPTACLES, 20 AMP RED, DEDICATED CIRCUITS) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ELECTRICAL BOX AND CONDUIT AND WIRE AND SHALL BE HOSPITAL ENGRAVED AND ENGRAVED TO INDICATE CIRCUIT. PROVIDE WITH 1- OXYGEN, 1-MEDICAL AIR, 1-VACUUM, 1-SLIDES, 1-N20 & 1 WAGD SQUIRE COGSWELL (OHIO) COMPATIBLE QUICK CONNECT STYLE OUTLETS. COORDINATE MEDICAL GAS OUTLET TYPE WITH OWNER PRIOR TO PURCHASING. PIPELINE PRODUCTS (INCLUDING ALARM PANEL, ZONE VALVE BOX AND OUTLETS) SHALL BE BY BEACON MEDAES, AMICO OR OHIO MEDICAL. ALL PIPELINE PRODUCTS SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. INSTALLATION A. Joints in the piping, except those at equipment requiring screwed connections, shall be made with silver brazing alloy or similar high melting point (above 1000 degrees F) brazing metal. B. Contractor shall provide a copy of the installers brazing certificate to the engineer or, record prior to any installation. Certification and training shall be in accordance with ASME Section 9 or AWS B2.2 and to assure that the pipeline certification report and installation complies with all Chapters of NFPA 99 Latest Edition. C. During the brazing of pipe connections, the interior of the pipe shall be purged continuously with 5 SCFH of oil free nitrogen (NF) to prevent the formation of copper oxide inside the joint. The flow of purge gas shall be maintained until the joint is cool to the touch. Hold pipe full of nitrogen at night. The outside of the tube and fittings shall be cleaned by washing with hot water after assembly, and prior to inspection of joints and pressure testing. D. Threaded joints in piping systems shall be made up with polytetrafluorethylene (such as Teflon) tape or other thread sealants suitable for oxygen service. Apply sealants to the male threads only. E. Sand cloth/sand paper type abrasive cleaning material shall not be allowed. Joints shall be cleaned with scotch brite pads prior to brazing. F. All installation tools shall be cleaned and oil free before installation of piping. Tools shall remain clean during all medical gas system piping installation. G. All piping/valves and components shall be inspected prior to erection if found to be contaminated they shall not be installed in the medical gas piping system. H. All pipe ends shall be cut square, and deburred with a sharp clean deburring tool. Care shall be taken to prevent chips from entering the tube or pipe. I. Support medical gas piping at distances listed per NFPA-99. Piping shall not be supported from other piping. Unistrut type trapeze hangers shall contain plastic inserts to isolate medical gas piping from dissimilar metals and straps. 1. Isolate copper piping from dissimilar metals. Do not use duct tape or electrical tape as an isolation material. Where medical gas piping is in contact with construction materials. Wrap the exposed medical gas piping with 20 mil thick adhesive polyken brand protective wrap. Wrap shall extend 6" either side of contact point. J. After installation of the piping, but before installation of the outlet valves, blow lines clear by means of oil free, dry nitrogen (NF). K. The qualified brazer/certifier shall inspect the piping system for: 1. Flux or flux residue 2. Excessive oxidation of all joints. 3. Presence of unmelted filler metal 4. Failure of the filler metal to be clearly visible all around the joint at interface between the socket and the tube. 5. Cracks in the tube or component. 6. Cracks in the braze filler metal. 7. Failure of the joint to hold the test pressure per NFPA 99 standing pressure test. L. All piping shall be delivered plugged or capped by manufacturer and kept sealed until prepared for installation per NFPA 99 Chapter 5.1.10.1.2. Tape will not be acceptable. M. Joints shall be brazed within eight (8) hours after surfaces are cleaned for brazing, per NFPA 5.1.10.5.3.13. N. After the joint has cooled the purge discharge opening shall be sealed to prevent contamination of the inside of the piping and maintain the nitrogen atmosphere within the piping system per NFPA 99 chapter 5.1.10 section 5.1.10.5.3.13. 0. Piping protection: 1. Piping shall be protected against freezing, corrosion, and physical damage. 2. Piping exposed to physical damage shall be adequately protected. 3. Medical gas piping shall be protected from contact with concrete floor slabs and other building materials, acceptable means shall be Polyken brand 20 mil thick adhesive wrap, extending 6" either side of contact surfaces. INSTALLER PERFORMANCE TESTING A. AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE PIPING AND VALVES, BUT BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE SERVICE OUTLETS, ALARM ACTUATING SWITCHES AND GAUGES, AND BEFORE PIPING AND VALVES ARE CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING THE LINE SHALL BE BLOWN CLEAR BY MEANS OF OIL -FREE, DRY NITROGEN (NF). B. NEXT, WITH STATION OUTLETS WITH TEST CAPS IN PLACE EACH SECTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO A TEST PRESSURE OF ONE AND ONE-HALF (1-1/2) TIMES THE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 150 PSIG, WITH OIL -FREE, DRY NITROGEN. AT NO TIME SHALL ANY TWO (L3 MEDICAL GAS PIPELINES BE INTERCONNECTED FOR TESTING SUCH AS A PIPING ti MANIFOLD. MAINTAIN TEST PRESSURE FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS. THEN EACH JOINT SHALL BE EXAMINED FOR LEAKAGE BY MEANS OF SOAPY WATER OR OTHER EFFECTIVE MEANS OF LEAK DETECTION SAFE FOR USE WITH OXYGEN. C. REPAIR LEAKS AND RETEST THE SECTION. Y D. AFTER COMPLETING THE TESTING OF EACH INDIVIDUAL PIPING SYSTEM, ALL F� OF THE MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO A PRESSURE TEST AT ONE Qi o AND ONE-HALF (1-1/2) TIMES THE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, BUT NOT LESS �4 THAN 150 PSIG. THE TEST GAS SHALL BE OIL -FREE, DRY NITROGEN (NF). THE , N MAIN LINE SHUT-OFF VALVE SHALL BE CLOSED DURING THE TEST. o E. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE ABOVE TEST PROCEDURE THE FINISHING ASSEMBLIES ,Sze OF ALARMS, AND ALL COMPONENTS (E.G. PRESSURE SWITCHES, GAUGES, RELIEF v a- O ' VALVES, ETC.) SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ALL MEDICAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL r � a, BE SUBJECTED TO A 24 HOUR STANDING PRESSURE TEST AT 20% ABOVE THE NORMAL ;� ^ OPERATING LINE PRESSURE. THE MAIN LINE SHUT-OFF VALVE SHALL BE CLOSED O Cq Cq DURING THIS TEST. � � •� � v o F. LEAKS, IF ANY, SHALL BE LOCATED, REPAIRED, AND THE SYSTEM RETESTED. r-�.�r�.'�� Rf G. PURGE TESTING OF EACH MEDICAL GAS OUTLET AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 225 LPMw, U� SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH A WHITE CLOTH LOOSELY HELD OVER THE ADAPTOR UNTIL PURGE PRODUCES NO DISCOLORATION OF THE WHITE CLOTH. v Pq Vwwa H. TO DETERMINE THAT NO CROSS CONNECTION TO OTHER PIPELINE SYSTEMS EXISTS, REDUCE ALL SYSTEMS TO ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE. DISCONNECT ALL SOURCES TO TEST GAS FROM ALL OF THE SYSTEMS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE ONE SYSTEM TO BE CHECKED. PRESSURE THIS SYSTEM WITH OIL -FREE, DRY NITROGEN (NF) TO A PRESSURE OF 50 PSIG. Smith WITH APPROPRIATE ADAPTERS MATCHING OUTLET LABELS, CHECK EACH INDIVIDUAL Seckman STATION OUTLET OF ALL SYSTEMS INSTALLED TO DETERMINE THAT TEST GAS IS BEING Reid, Inc. DISPENSED FROM ONLY THE OUTLETS OF THIS SYSTEM. 600 West Hillsboro, suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE FAX: www.ssr-inc.com66 Firm certfficWon- EB-0000357 A. Perform mechanical check of all medical gas outlets prior to the J� �- certification inspection. An necessary repairs or rework shall be done prior to system certification inspection. Check to include: MRJOB # 1137W3.0 1. Outlets properly supported. 2. Installation complete. 3. Appropriate adapters fit and securely lock in place. B. Medical gas system suppliers and/or certification company and Plumbing Contractor sign Medical Gas Pipeline Inspection Agreement describing service to be performed by the medical gas system supplier, services not performed by the medical gas system supplier, price quotation, and exceptions affecting quoted price. C. The Contractor shall provide a qualified certifier to perform pipeline certification inspection and to provide report and certification in accordance with previously signed agreement. which shall be a 3rd party. 1. Any discrepancies discovered during the inspection shall be noted, corrected, and any and all portions of the system affected by corrective action shall be retested and findings recorded after retest. J%t,11111111111111i D. Provide representative who shall serve as customer contact person and who ` � M �O�N',;;E.OU� shall witness the certification inspection and certify that all outlets have been �•��G checked and are in accordance with inspection procedure and findings as witnessed. ,ie_ E. Hospital Maintenance Department to provide representative who shall witness the certification and certify that all spaces and the outlets have been checked in accordance with inspection procedure. F P � F. All air, o2 & N20 outlets shall be tested to deliver 3.5 SCFM at 50 psi with a �� �O R 10•- �S ....sell. maximum pressure drop of 5 psi. These tests shall be performed with oil -free, dry �, Otv,At.. nitrogen (NF). rt;yl�t�t� G. Each medical gas outlet shall be purge tested to verify that a minimum of 35 cubic feet of oil free dry nitrogen (NF) shall be filtered through a clean white 0.45 micron filter at a minimum flow of 3.5 SCFM. Filter shall not accrue more than 0.1 mg of matter. This test shall be performed at twenty-five percent of the zones for each gas type. Samples taken within each zone shall be taken at the outlet furtherest from the zone valve. H. For clinical air, o2, & N20 systems measure and record the dewpoint, total hydrocarbons, and halogenated hydrocarbons. The maximum allowable variation for each parameter shall be: 1. Dewpoint:.5 degrees C @ 50 PSI co 2. Total hydrocarbons: 1.0 PPM 3. Halogenated hydrocarbons: 2.0 PPM 4. Tests shall be performed on the outlet most remote from the source and compared with source gas tests. The two test shall not exceed the measurements outlined above. These tests shall be performed with oil -free dry nitrogen (NF). I. The valves shall be tested to verify proper operation and rooms or areas of control. I I Each valve shall be labeled for the rooms or area they control. J. The alarm panels wiring shall be tested to ensure that all components are I I functioning properly. The alarm panels shall be tested per N.F.P.A. 99C. K. The certifier shall furnish copies of Medical Gas Pipeline Inspection Report and Medical Gas Pipeline Certification. Transmit a copy of the report and certification to each of the following parties prior to 100% AHCA Inspection. 1. Contractor 2. Owner's Construction Manager 3. Architect 4. Consulting Engineer 5. Hospital L. The following procedure should be followed in addition to the above on extensions to existing systems, prior to 100% AHCA Inspection. 1. Contractor shall, with adequate advance notice, request that certifier or inspection team be on -site when old piping is cut -in for installation of new lines. 2. Contractor shall arrange to have certifier or inspection team on -site when the existing piping is cut into for installation of new lines. 3. Main line shut-off valves shall be installed in new piping as close as possible to point to cut -in to previously installed piping. 4. After verification of proper labeling, pressure and proper gas distribution of previously installed piping and after cut -in procedure, the aforementioned valves shall be considered the "service shutoff" of supply for the new piping. Contractor shall lock or remove the handles from these valves and turn over to the Owner. 5. Before connection to the existing system and before system is put into service, the system shall be pressure tested, purged, outlet flow, tested, and gases analysed per NFPA 99. 6. After re-establishing pressure in each previously installed supply line after "cut -in", the previously installed outlets immediately upstream for each gas and for each cut -in point shall be opened to ensure that the proper gas is being delivered. Gas should be bled to atmosphere prior to analyzation to ensure purging from point of cut -in to test point. 7. Contractor shall provide copy of tests of medical gas system prior to medical gas certification process. M. The presence of the desired gas shall be confirmed with the combined use of an analyzer designed to measure the specific gas dispensed, and a pressure gauge attached to an appropriate adaptor with results tabulated below: 1. Oxygen: 99-100% Oxygen, Pressure: 50 psi, +/-5 psi 2. NITROUS OXIDE: 99-100% NITROUS OXIDE, PRESSUE:.50 PSI +/-5 PSI. 3. Vacuum: Pressure -Negative 4. Medical Air: 19.5%-23.5% oxygen, Pressure: 50 psi, +/- 5 psi. n. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MEDICAL GAS CERTIFICATION OF EXISTING SYSTEM PRIOR TO BREACHING WHICH SHALL INCLUDE FIVE (5) OUTLETS OF EACH GAS AND VACUUM. THE GAS OUTLETS SHALL BE TESTED AT THE END OF THE SYSTEM AND THE VACUUM OUTLETS SHALL BE TESTED UPSTREAM OF SYSTEM TIE-IN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COPY OF TEST TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO BREACHING SYSTEM. 3.02 CROSS CONNECTION TESTING AND CERTIFICATION A. Cross connection testing and certification of the medical gas system must be performed by party technically competent and experienced in the field of medical gas pipeline testing. B. Medical gas system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 99, Latest Edition, Section 5 . C. In addition to cross connection testing, this specification shall require the technical certifier to test each individual pipeline systems component for performance to design specifications and make any necessary adjustments to ensure a complete and working system. D. The system shall be tested for cross connection in one of the following methods: 1. Test one pipeline system at a time at 50 psi while the others are at atmospheric pressure including the vacuum system. 2. Reduce the pressure in all medical gas systems to atmospheric pressure. Increase the test pressure to the piping to the following pressures: a. Oxygen: 50 psi b. Compressed Air: 60 c. Any medical -surgical vacuum system shall be in operation at same time that medical gases are tested. D. NITROUS OXIDE: 40 PSI E. Obtain and present to the Owner a complete bond report of pipeline certification from the equipment manufacturer. This letter of certification shall indicate: 1. That the system is free of crossed connections. F. A CERTIFICATION SHALL BE DONE FOR EACH PHASE b Z O Q U_ LL U LU a_ W 0 Z m 2 J Q_ ZF do CLOSEOUT CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS BUILT DRAWINGS IN AUTOCAD FORMAT AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. Project No. 00000.00 POm5 D 2011 BEI PH Architects, Inc. rxwA"(1Ai&"'A0 C� ti C� O.) 0 �A Cv1z o a' CCU � o � ti o� owaa SSR RSmitheckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE . 58W John E. Moulder PE . 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 Cn 0 �12 z m Z) J i z 0 J 0 w Q J 0 0 J LL U) LL lk'OF b IX Project No. 00000.00 P1.1 D 2011 BII,/ PK Architects, Inc. GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES FOR DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, ETC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON ARCH. DRAWINGS. 2. THE HOSPITAL IS OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE TO PERFORM WORK WITHIN ACTIVE PATIENT CARE AREAS. CONTRACTOR SHALL: A. COORDINATE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS WELL IN ADVANCE WITH OWNER. B. PERFORM WORK AT SUCH TIMES AND UNDER SUCH CONDITIONS AS PRESCIBED BY OWNER. C. PERFORM WORK WITHIN THE GUIDELINES OF THE ICRA REPORT PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT BY THE OWNER. D. SEQUENCE DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE NUMBER & DURATION OF SHUTDOWNS REQUIRED. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS (STRUCTURE, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC.). PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL NEW VALVES AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS, AS REQUIRED, FOR VALVES LOCATED ABOVE HARD CEILINGS. 5. ALL WASTE, STORM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 2- & LESS TO BE SLOPED a 1/4/FT. ALL WASTE, STORM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 21/1 & LARGER TO BE SLOPED a I/d/FT. 6. WORK MAY NOT BE LIMITED TO SCOPE OF WORK OR PHASING AREAS INDICATED, BUT ALSO MAY INCLUDE WORK OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF WORK OR PHASING AREAS AS INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 7. PIPING SHOWN IS ROUTED AT 1ST FLOOR CEILING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. S. CONTRACTOR SHALL OFFSET NEW WASTE PIPING DROPS AS REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURAL JOISTS. 9. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING STACKS AND RISERS LOCATED IN EXISTING WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED, AND PROVIDE NEW OFFSETS AT CEILING ABOVE AND CEILING BELOW TO NEW STACK OR RISER LOCATION COORDINATED WITH FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL SAW CUT CONCRETE 1ST FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK SHOWN. PATCH WITH SIMILAR MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SLOPE, INVERT AND CONDITION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND SANITARY PIPING PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY NEW WORK PIPE INSTALLATION BELOW SLAB, AND PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING SLAB. SCOPE PIPE WITH CAMERA TO DETERMINE CONDITION OF PIPE, IF DETERMINATION CAN NOT BE MADE. SAW CUT SLAB FIRST AT AREA OF NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION TO DETERMINE EXISTING PIPE CONDITION. KEYED NOTES: 0 EXISTING WASTE PIPING WITHIN CEILING TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW WASTE PIPING. HANG TIGHT TO SLAB AND REROUTED TO ACCOMODATE NEW CEILING HEIGHTS, ABOVE CEILING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING PIPE SIZES. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW PIPING, AS FEASIBLE, PRIOR TO DEMOLITION TO MINIMZIE DOWNTIME OF WASTE PIPING SYSTEM SERVING ABOVE. OPROVIDE 11 PUMPED CONDENSATE LINE FROM 9 TON CRAC UNIT. RUN CONDENSATE TO NEAREST RAINWATER LEADER AND TURN DOWN A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTION IN VERTICAL. INSTALL CHECK VALVE. OPROVIDE COOLING COIL CONDENSATE TRAP (SEE DETAIL) UNLESS CRAC UNIT INCLUDES INTERNAL TRAP. OINSTALL DRIP TROUGH BELOW WASTE PIPING (SEE DETAIL). ROUTE 1- DRAIN LINE FROM TROUGH TO SPILL OVER NEAREST SINK AS SHOWN. OTURN DOWN DRAIN LINE 11 BELOW CEILING WITH CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEON TO SPILL OVER EXISTING CLINICAL SINK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CLINICAL SINK WITHIN ROOM AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCH/ENGR. 211 2- � f P-26 \' W CO 2' GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL SANITARY PIPING 21 & LESS TO BE SLOPp a 1/4/FT. ALL SANITARY PjP NG 21/2 & LARGER TO BE SLOPED %/FT. 2. PROVIDE CLEANOUTS AT BASE OF ALL STACKS. c� v 0 o � rn t3 ep �o o�U w Smith Reckman SS-11 Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSBJOB # 1137003.0 00 E M TATE OF all"OR,1 � ONAi. %% � SANITARY RISERCD NO SCALE A A GENERAL NOTE: WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SPECIFIED REQUIRES NO SERVICING PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTION. PCN/ FIG. NO. P.D.J. SYMBOL FIXTURE UNIT RATING A SIZE B SIZE C SIZE 5005 A 1-11 1 4 3 5010 B 12-32 1 5 3 5020 C 33-60 1 6 3 5030 D 61-113 1 7 3 5040 E 1 114-154 1 1 1 8 1 3 5060 1 F 1 155-3301 1 1 9 3 1/9 DOMESTIC WATER RISER NO SCALE FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - PLUMBING 111111111 1 0' 1' 2' 4' 8' 12' LEGEND L DESCRIPTION rCONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION CONNECT TO EXIST. AT THIS POINT KEYPLAN 31,4 0 P4 ,o bA ze Project No. 00000.00 P2ml © 2011 BHI PK Architects, Inc. 00 u r� CID O yam^ O �O O --� yQ�aj O r-�q owwa SS13L Smith Reckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Cerlifieation - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 58W John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 p • ST�Z TE OF R IV /�ONAl.�E��`• b CD z m z O U) z O U w z Q J CL LL O O w J Q LL Q CL Ex Project No. 00000.00 P2m2 cQ 2011 BHI PK Architects, Inc. a - a-- " ro/Ag 0 �4 t Z� a 04 SSAL Smith Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 585M John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 ��{l1111//l M •� r r TATE OF 1�NAi '-'* b COD U O c 9 c A X, 0 O P4 O . N Project No, 00000.00 P11 © 2011 BH,, PK Architects, Inc. S I U d,;s t 70 CAJ 5071 F-Rating = 2 Hour T-Rating = 0 Hour 0, 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, 011, 44122 Drawing not to scale Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2" thickness Metallic Pipe: Steel Pipe - 12" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. (D Pipe Covering - Nom. 3" thick Cellular Glass Insulation. The annular space shall be min. 0" to max. 1- 1 /4" within the firestop system. Metal Jacket - Min. 12" long jacket formed of min. 26 gauge steel cut to wrap tightly around the pipe insulation with a min. 2" lap. Secure using hose clamps located 3" from each end of thejacket. Positionjacket flush with surface of floor, or both surfaces of a wall. Q TREMstop, WBM - Min. I" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. A min. 1/2" diam. cant bead of sealant shall be applied at the insulation/concrete interface at the point contact locations. C, ev a Ivi'l t 00 CAJ 5089 F-Rating = 2 Hour T-Rating = 1/2 & I Hour 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2" thickness G) Metallic Pipe: > Steel Pipe - 8" diam. (or smaller) Sch.40 (or heavier) steel. > Iron Pipe - 8" diam. (or smaller) cast or ductile iron. > Copper Pipe - 4" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper. > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. Pipe Covering - Nom. 1 " thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. Firestop, Treatment: Pipe Type Annular Space, in. T Rating, H Steel Pipe 1/2 to 1 1 Iron Pipe 1/2 to 1 1 Copper Pipe 3/8 to 1-1/2 1/2 Copper Tube 3/8 to 1-1/2 1/2 Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pcfl fmnly packed into opening as a permanent form. TREMstop Acrylic - Min. 1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top of floor or both sides of wall. 'a.s S I fi Q 'Sys t 70 CA-T -5067 F-Rating 1-1/2 & 2 Hour T-11? a+;,n 1 /1 1 R, I - 1 /1 TJrvviv 9mme 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale (D Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2" thickness Metallic Pipe: > Steel Pipe - 10" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 10 (or heavier) steel. > Copper Pipe - 4" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper. > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type M (or heavier) copper tubing. Q Pipe Covering - Fiberglass insulation, see table below for thickness and annular space. Max. Pipe P�W'ie C eri!lg Annular Space Packin Material Min. Sealant F-Ratin T-Rati c v s, Thckg 9 Mg Diam., m. L�e in. in. - ness, in. Thickness, in. Hr. Fir. 3 1 1/4 to 1-3/8 3-1/2 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 3 1 1/4 to 5/8 3-1/2 1/4 1-1/2 1/2 4 1/2 1/4 to 5/8 4-1/4 1/4 2 1/2 10 1 1/2 to 1 4-1/4 1/4 2 1 10 2 1/2 to 3/4 4-1/4 1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 Packing Material - Mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pcf) firmly packed into opening to the minimum required thickness in the table above. FYRE-SIL and FYRE-SIL S/L - Min. thickness of sealant as specified in the table above, applied within opening flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall. NOTE: Apply FYRE-SIL S/L to Floor Applications Only. v 'ri-S t7o CAJ 5023 F-Rating = 3 Hour T-Rating = 1- 1/2 Hour VmMme 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2" thickness Metallic Pipe - 6" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 40 (or heavier) steel pipe. The nom. annular space of I 1/ 16" is required in the firestop system. Pipe Covering - Nom. 1 " thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of CERABLANK-ET-FS or ceramic fiber insulation (min. 6.0 pcf) firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. FYRE-SHIELD - Min. 1-1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. .3.0, S I fi ov vys t eo CAJ 5111 F-Rating = 2 Hour T-Rating = I Hour 9d9mme 3 73 5 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale (DPre-Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2" thickness (DMetalhc Pipe: A) Steel Pipe - 2 " diam. (or smaller) Sch. 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B) Iron Pipe - 2 " diam. "or smaller' ) cast or ductile iron pipe. C) Copper Tubing - 2" diam. (or smaller) Type K (or heavier) copper tubing. D) Copper Pipe - 2" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. (D Pipe Covering - Nom. 3/4" thick AB/PVC flexible foam insulation. The annular space shall be min. 1/8" to max. 1/4" within the firestop, system. TREMstop IA - Min. I" thickness of sealant applied within opening, Rush with the top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. Additional fill material to be installed such that a min. 1/4" crown is formed around the penetrating item. \,a's S I f.1-0 C , V UL0 &,S,yqt eo` steo CAJ 8057 F-Rafing 2 Hr. T-Ra" 0, (11 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale (D Pre -Rated Concrete Floors or Block Walls Min. 4-1/2" thickness Max. Area of Opening = 60 sq. in., with a Max. Dimension of 12". Q Metallic Pipe: A) Steel Pipe - 3" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 40 (or heavier) steel pipe. B) Conduit - 3" diam. (or smaller) EMT or steel conduit. C) Copper Tubing - 3" diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. D) Copper Pipe - 3" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. E) Iron Pipe - 3 " diam. (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. The annular space between pipes and openings is min. 1/4" to max. 15/16". Q Pipe Covering - Nom. 3/4" thickness of flexible foam (AB/PVC) pipe insulation. TREMstop WS - Inturnescent wrap strips wrapped around pipe covering (item 3) two times. Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pco firmly packed into the opening as a permanent form. FYRE-SIL - Min. 1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top surface of floor or both sides of wall assembly. UL DETAIL NOTES DETAILS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TRADES WITH UL APPROVED METHODS OF SEALING. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, VOLUMES 2A-2B uPENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULEI FOR CONSTRUCTION METHODS. CONTACT ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR ANY CONFLICTS OR CLARITY. '-ON BOX .ECTRICAL CEILING FINISHED FLOOR LAVATORY NOTE: COORDINATE 110 V. ELECT. JUNCTION BOX W/TRANSFORMER LOCATION. MOUNT TRANSFORMER ABOVE CEILING. PHOTO -EYE TEMPERED WATER ROUGH -IN WIRE SUPPORT HANGER FOR DRIP TROUGH ON 18" CENTERS RUN A I" DRAIN LINE FROM \'DRIP TROUGH TO BEYOND ROOM SERVED AS SHOWN ONTLANS TYPICAL PIPE HANGER WASTE LINE AS SHOWN ON PLANS 18 GAUGE GALV. FABRICATED SHEET METAL DRIP TROUGH NOTE: PROVIDE END PLATES WELDED TO BOTH ENDS OF DRIP TROUGH. DRIP TROUGH SECTION LINE PRESSURE ALARM VALVE BOX r'- A C NOTES: 1. LINE PRESSURE ALARM (L.P.A.) PANELS ARE NOT TO BE LOCATED OVER ZONE VALVE BOXES (Z.V.B.) 2. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MEDICAL GAS MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAIL SCALE: NONE HANGER ROD. PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH COMPRESSION STRENGTH INSULATION AT EACH HANGER POINT. INSULATION MAY BE HALF ROUND OR FULL ROUND AND EXTEND 2'BEYOND GALVANIZED SHIELD EACH WAY. LULr-----U /-GALVANIZED SHIELD UNINSULATED COPPER LINES PIPE CLAMPS WITH CUSHIONS ,--HANGER 'PHD' MANUFACTURING MODEL ROD 2501-2514 -Ah \-METAL CHANNEL STRUT INSULATED PIPE �LINE WITH P PIPE CLAMP. PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD ON 3" NOTESs AND LARGER. 1. TRAPEZE HANGERS SHALL NOT BE USED ON STORM, OVERFLOW STORM OR SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS. 2. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF A WALL WHERE THE PIPING PENETRATES THE WALL. 3. ALL INTERIOR HANGERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED INCLUDING THREADED RODS, NUTS AND BOLTS. 4. ALL PLUMBING TRADE ITEMS SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY AND RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER TRADES. (DO NOT HANG PLUMBING ITEMS FROM ANOTHER TRADE.) TRAPEZE PIPE HANGER SCALE: NONE N 0 T E ELEVATE A/C UNIT SUFFICIENT DISTANCE ABOVE FLOOR OR ROOF TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF TRAP WITH ADEQUATE DIMENSIONS TO WITHSTAND SYSTEM OPERATING PRESSURE. COORDINATE WITH DETAIL FOR A\C UNIT MOUNTING. PERFORATED VENT CAP 121FROM BOTTOM OF HIGHEST DRAIN PAN OR RISER SEE SPECIFIATIONS FOR PIPING MATERIAL. CLEAN -OUT -DRAIN PAN PLUG CONNECTION 122 TEE F FUNION I I.- T �E � H � MINIMUM FULL 2 CONNECTION SIZE X I UN,I, 0 0 L -ELBOW OR OR ROOF BOTTOM LAVATORY FAUCET MAXUNE L VALVE HOT WATER VALVE TANK, HEATER, TEMPERED ETC. HOT SUPPLY MAIN HOT SUPPLY VALVE COLD SUPPLY NOTES: 1. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS 2. SET TEMPERATURE TO 1100 MAXIMUM PER FBC. MIXING VALVE PIPING AT FAUCETS PIPE HANGER RING I.T.T. GRINNELL FIG.69 PIPE HANGER RING PIPE I.T.T. GRINNELL FIG.260-/ T PIPES 21/2" & SMALLER PIPES 3" & LARGER NOTE: 1. PROVIDE COPPER PLATING ON HANGER BETWEEN STEEL AND COPPER WHERE UNINSULATED COPPER PIPING IS USED. 2. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF A WALL WHERE THE PIPING PENETRATES THE WALL. 3. ALL INTERIOR HANGERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED INCLUDING THREADED RODS, NUTS AND BOLTS. 4. ALL PLUMBING TRADE ITEMS SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY AND RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER TRADES. (DO NOT HANG PLUMBING ITEMS FROM ANOTHER TRADE.) U.L./F.M. APPROVED CONCRETE INSERT PIPING HANGER DETAIL CONDENSATE TRAP SCHEDULE C TOTAL HEIGHT OF TRAP = X+H+(11/2 x PIPE DIAMETER) FOR DRAW THRU UNITS FOR BLOW THRU UNITS HX= MIN. '�VH (PREFERRED X=H) �= I H= NEGA E STATIC PRESSURE +11 X= FAN STATIC PRESSURE +1' H= MIN. 11 AHU IDENTIFICATION k f1r, TONNAGE PIPE DIA. (INCHES) AHU NEGATIVE STATIC PRESS. (INCHES) FAN STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES) X (INCHES) H (INCHES) TOTAL HEIGHT (INCHES) CRAC-1 9 11 IS N/A 2.75' 5.5' 10.125' AHU-I 7 11/4' 2.5' N/A 1.75' 3.5' 7.125' 0�1111 rwo I ci RI 4� b.0 Q t 3_, cc C-4 CM N gg 10710, 1:2 2! .4 Smith Seckman SS11 Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Fh-m Catifliestion - ES40OW7 Dennis Davis PE - 58M John 1E. MouMer PE - W= &IM JOB# 11370M.0 % J%%J1111111 Mo a E EOF J*If ONAL 00 Z. W z J� C4 PIPE SUPPORT U) _J LTURN PIPE DOWN AT NEAREST CONDENSATE DRAIN, WITH MIN OF I -INCH AIR GAP UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON PLANS. SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR CONTINUATION. IUL1 0 NOTE: (D 1. CONDENSATE TRAPS SHALL BE MADE UP OF UNIONS IN EACH SIDE OF TRAP,AND SHALL z BE COMPLETELY REMOVABLE FOR CLEANING. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMONSTRATE TRAP REMOVAL PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTAN 2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURIER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. _J a_ COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN COD to Nject No, 00000.00 P5ml @ 201111.111 PK Architects, Inc. HVAC GENERAL NOTES AHU OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION DRAWING INDEX 1. HVAC DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE AND REPRESENT EXISTING CONDITIONS BASED ON DRAWINGS AND SITE OBSERVATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL ACTUAL CONDITIONS INCLUDING, DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS AND SIZES. 2. DUE TO DRAWINGS BEING DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE RISERS AND DROPS ARE NOT SHOWN - CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THESE IN THE BID - WHERE POSSIBLE ALL RISERS AND DROPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED USING 45 DEGREE OR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NECESSARY DUCTWORK TRANSITIONS AND PIPING INCREASERS/REDUCERS AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR ACTUAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING CONNECTIONS SIZES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE SHOWN. 4. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS AT ALL LOW PRESSURE BRANCH DUCTS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES AND TO ALL LOW PRESSURE BRANCH DUCTS TO REHEAT COILS. PROVIDE DAMPERS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO MAIN IN BRANCH CONNECTION. SEE DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. SCHEDULE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH THE OWNER WELL IN ADVANCE. 6. ALL FINISHES AND SURFACES TO REMAIN WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 7. DO NOT BLOCK TUBE PULL OR SERVICE SPACE ON EQUIPMENT WITH PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC.. (FLANGED OR REMOVABLE SECTIONS MAY BE USED IN SOME INSTANCES WHERE TIGHT CLEARANCES EXISTS). 8. NO PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED UNTIL IT IS COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AFFECTED. PROVIDE ALL OFFSETS REQUIRED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES; EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH THE STRUCTURE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE SHOWN. 9. IF NO SIZE IS SHOWN FOR DUCT SERVING DIFFUSER OR GRILLES, USE SIZE SHOWN ON DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE. 10.DUCTWORK ROUTED PARALLEL TO A WALL, RATED OR CORRIDOR SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH MINIMUM 6' CLEARANCE TO ALLOW FOR INSPECTION OF WALL PENETRATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 12' CLEARANCE WHERE POSSIBLE, COORDINATE. PIPING HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY HWR HOT WATER RETURN REDUCER SHUT-OFF VALVE �''v CONTROL VALVE STRAINER -�bF- PLUG COCK III H COMPANION FLANGE UNION CHECK VALVE GUIDE i GAUGE &GAUGE COCK THERMOMETER X_ ANCHOR LL REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE HG REFRIGERANT HOT GAS LINE 11. REFER TO DETAIL SHEETS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE LIST OF EQUIPMENT AND ITEMS TO BE REMOVED TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS THAT THE OWNER WISHES TO RETAIN SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO OWNER AND THE REMAINDER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN A PROPER MANNER BY CONTRACTOR. 13. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL WORK NECESSARY TO PREPARE THE STRUCTURE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND/OR DEMOLITION WORK OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. ALL HOLES, OPENINGS AND ANY DAMAGED MATERIALS OR SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED AND FINISHED TO MATCH EXISTING. 14. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 241 AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER. 15. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FILTERS ON ALL RETURN AIR GRILLES AND TRANSFER OPENINGS IN THE WORK AREA. 16. EXISTING SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE RECORD DRAWINGS. THIS INFORMATION IS ONLY PARTIALLY VERIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY AND INVESTIGATE ALL CONDITIONS THAT AFFECTS THE WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THE BID. 17• INSTALL AHU CONTROL PANELS TO PROVIDE FOR 3'-0' MIN. CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF PANEL. 18. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS, LOW RETURN AIR GRILLES AND LOW EXHAUST GRILLES SHALL BE 6' TO 8' AFF TO BOTTOM OF GRILLE. 19. ALL DIFFUSERS IN SAME SPACE SHALL HAVE THE SAME FULL FACE SIZE USING LARGEST SIZE REQUIRED FROM DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE. 20. PROVIDE CLEAR ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, AND VALVES. 21. PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS CERTIFIED DATA (NOA) OR CALCULATIONS ON ALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT DURING SUBMITTAL PHASE, WHICH INDICATES THAT THE EQUIPMENT CAN WITHSTAND A WIND LOAD REQUIRED BY THE FSBC. 22. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING MATERIALS SHALL BE PROTECTED WHILE BEING SHIPPED TO THE SITE, STORED ON SITE AND AS INSTALLATION PROGRESSES. DUCTWORK AND PIPING STORED ON SITE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION SHALL BE OFF THE FLOOR. PIPING SHALL BE END CAPPED. COVER ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES AFTER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT START UP AND TEST AND BALANCE. 23. INSTALL INTAKE AND EXHAUST PROTECTIVE SCREENS PER FMC TABLE 401.6 FOR EQUIPMENT. HVAC LEGEND DUCTWORK ® SUPPLY DUCTWORK RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCTWORK ® FD FIRE DAMPER ® SD SMOKE DAMPER ® FSD COMBINATION FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER t� 340 SUPPLY DIFFUSER & AIR QUANTITY 120 R. RETURN GRILLE & AIR QUANTITY 160 E. EXHAUST GRILLE & AIR QUANTITY (D THERMOSTAT (ADJUST.) THERMOSTAT (CON- T C CEALED / KEY OPER.) HO HUMIDISTAT 10000 �- REHEAT BOX & SYMBOL 010f__ REHEAT COIL FID DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR R• �- RISE IN DUCTWORK D. I DROP IN DUCTWORK - CONICAL TEE CONN. (-- - BELLMOUTH CONN. 450 THROAT TAP ED BRANCH CONNECTION W RADIUS ELBOW R/W=1.5 R E:Q TURNING VANES IN ELBOW DIVIDED FLOW FITTINGS I.V.D. MANUAL VOL. DAMPER V.F.D. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS MAY APPLY. THE USE OF NEW OR EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNITS DURING CONSTRUCTION IS PROHIBITED UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND THE PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH ARE FOLLOWED RIGIDLY. 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE INTERIOR OF ALL DUCTWORK AND AIR HANDLING UNITS FROM THE ACCUMULATION OF DIRT AND DUST USUALLY ASSOCIATED WITH THE FINISHING STAGES OF THE CONSTRUCTION WORK. 2. DUCTWORK STORED ON SITE AWAITING INSTALLATION SHALL BE CAREFULLY EXAMINED AND THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE PLACEMENT IN ITS FINAL LOCATION. THE ENDS OF DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLOSED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. THE AIR HANDLING UNITS WILL BE ALLOWED TO OPERATE DURING THE FINISHING STAGES OF THE GENERAL WORK PROVIDED THE PRE -FILTERS ARE IN PLACE AND THE ENDS OF ALL RETURN AIR INLETS ARE COVERED WITH ROLL -UP FILTER MATERIAL. 4. WHEN THE SPACE IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL FILTERS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACE THEM WITH NEW FILTERS. 5. USE OF NEW AHU'S DURING CONSTRUCTION IS NOT ALLOWED. MECHANICAL AS-BUILTS NOTE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUMBIT MECHANICAL AS BUILT PLANS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. COMPLETION IS DEFINED AS THE OWNER RECIEVING A 'CO' AND MECHANICAL INSPECTOR HAS FINALIZED AND APPROVED THE INSTALLATION. AS BUILTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN ELECTRONIC FASHION IN EITHER AUTOCAD FORMAT OR SCANNED FILES IN PDF FORMAT. AS BUILTS SHALL BE LEGIBALE AND NEAT. AS BUILTS WILL BE RETAINED BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR RECORDS OF CHANGES TO THE SYSTEM. AS BUILTS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER THROUGH ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. EARANCE BELOW RAISED ROOF UNTED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT F WIDTH OF MECHANICAL UNIT MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE ROOF SURFACES (INCHES) (INCHES) < 24 14 24< 36 18 36< 48 24 48< 60 30 z 60 48 SHEET SHEET TITLE NUMBER MO.1 I MECHANICAL LEGENDS, NOTES, AND INDEX MO.2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES MO.3 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M1.0 CONSTRUCTION ZONE VENTILATION PLAN M1 J FIRST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - MECHANICAL M2.1 FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - NEW CONSTRUCTION - MECHANICAL M2.2 PARTIAL ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL M3.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS M3.2 MECHANICAL DETAILS M4.1 MECHANICAL CONTROLS MECHANICAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS TO REMAIN IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE CONDITION OF, EXACT SIZES AND LOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT AND PIPING ETC. BEFORE DEMOLITION WORK IS BEGUN. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN PLANS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS TO THE OWNER AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK. 2. REMOVE THE INDICATED HVAC ITEMS AS SHOWN ON PLANS, THIS INCLUDES ALL HANGERS, STRAPS AND RELATED MATERIAL. AS DIRECTED THIS MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE OR TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER (AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER). 3. CAP AND SEAL AIR TIGHT ALL POINTS AT WHICH DUCTWORK IS REMOVED FROM DUCTWORK THAT WILL REMAIN. 4. PATCH AND MATCH OPENINGS IN WALLS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE WALL WHERE AIR DEVICES, DUCTS, PIPING, ETC. HAVE BEEN REMOVED. (MAINTAIN THE EXISTING RATINGS). 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AND INDICATE ROUTING OF NEW DUCTWORK BEFORE FABRIC4TION BEGINS AS RISES AND DROPS MAY BE NECESSARY DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 6. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 241 AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER. TEST & BALANCE NOTES 1. PRECONSTRUCTION: PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY HVAC WORK AN INDEPENDENT AABC OR NEBB CERTIFIED T&B CONTRACTOR SHALL MEASURE AND DOCUMENT, IN A TYPED REPORT THE AIRFLOW QUANTITIES PROVIDED OR EXHAUSTED BY ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DUCTS TO REMAIN THAT SERVE OR ARE SERVED FROM THE RENOVATED AREA. SUBMIT TYPE WRITTEN DATA TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS REQUIRED: - AIR FLOW OF ALL AIR DEVICES IN RENOVATED AREA(S). - AIR FLOW (TRAVERSE) AT MAINS AND BRANCH DUCTS SERVING THE RENOVATED AREA(S). - AIR FLOW AT UNITS (TRAVERSE) AT MAINS AND BRANCH DUCTS SERVING THE RENOVATED AREA(S). - SUCTION AND DISCHARGE STATIC AT UNITS SERVING THE RENOVATED AREA(S). - MEASURED FAN RPM, MOTOR AMPERAGE FOR ALL UNITS SERVING THE RENOVATED AREA(S). - PROVIDE EXISTING UNIT AND MOTOR NAME PLATE DATE. 2. FINAL CONSTRUCTION: UPON COMPLETION OF THE HVAC RENOVATION WORK, THE SAME CONTRACTOR SHALL REBALANCE THE NEW AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DUCTS TO PROVIDE INDICATED AIR QUANTITIES TO THE RENOVATED SPACE. ANY ADDITION OF DAMPERS, ADJUSTMENTS, (FAN SPEED, CHANGE OUT OF PULLEYS, ETC.) REQUIRED FOR THIS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL. 3. FINAL REPORT: SUBMIT FINAL TEST AND BALANCE REPORT TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE ONE WEEK PRIOR TO FINAL AHCA INSPECTION FOR EACH PHASE. 4. NOTE: IF PRE -TAB IS NOT COMPLETE IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER TO RESOLVE ANY TEST AND BALANCE ISSUES AT THE END OF THE PROJECT. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL NOTES 1. PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM MAY CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (ASBESTOS). COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION AND TYPES OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. 2. THE OWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION, REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AND IS NOT TO BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED AS SUCH. 3. IF ANY MATERIAL APPEARS TO CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AND WAS NOT PREVIOUSLY IDENTIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO INFORM THE OWNER TO RECEIVE INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO PROCEED. SCOPE OF WORK ANGIO SUITE UPGRADES: EXISTING AHU SERVING AREA TO BE REBALANCE TO ALLOW FOR EXTERIOR EXHAUST FOR ICRA REQUIREMENTS. ADDITION OF NEW DX AHU/CU ON ROOF. SYSTEM IS A SEPARATED AHU AND CONDENSER UNITS. ADDITION OF A NEW EXHAUST FAN TO SERVER ANGIO PROCEDURE ROOM. ADDITION OF NEW DX CRAC UNIT FOR ANGIO CONTROL ROOM. NEW S/A, R/A, AND E/A DUCTWORK. NEW CONTROLS TO BE TIED INTO EXISTING CONTROL SYSTEM. NJ, 08 !�Iwl c� COD v o o � rn OC-4� SS'PSmith %L Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certificebm - EB4000867 DenDavie PE - 63633 John E. mmmer PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 0 E OP,; "®NALi,�`�'�`� .o x b t O c A COD N X W Z •� CD >Z Cn Z W C7 LLI J J U_ Z O Q O 2 W O byp � •N Project No. 00000.00 © 2011 BHI PKArchitects, Inc. 0 0 0 0 O C , L____ V O AHU COMPONENT DIAGRAM 0 DISCHARGE PLENUM O 95% (MERV-15) 12' CARTRIDGE FINAL FILTER W/ACCESS DOOR 0 DIFFUSER 0 FAN W/ACCESS DOOR O VFD CONTROLS W/ACCESS DOOR @COOLING COIL W/ACCESS DOOR O FILTER MIXING PLENUM W/ACCESS DOOR 2'. 30% (MERV-8) PRE —FILTERS. O CONDENSATE DRAIN O9 ROOF CURB AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT SUPPLY AIR NEW RETURN AIR NEW EXHAUST AIR NEW OUTSIDE AIR NEW RTU-1 2250 1650 — 600 EF-1 — — 600 — TOTAL HOT WATER REHEAT COIL SCHEDULE MAX. WTR. PRESS. DROP = 5 FT. MAX. A.P. DROP = .25' W.C. MAX. FACE VELOCITY TRANSITION DUCT TO = 600 FT/MIN. ACCOMODATE COIL AS REQUIRED. (DENT. CFM RANGE COIL SIZE EAT/LAT MBH GPM @ 140OF HOT WATER BRANCH PIPE SIZE MIN. ROWS/ MAX. FPI REMARKS RHC-1 175-325 9x9 55/85 10.5 1.0 3/4 2/12 PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTING FLANGE RHC-2 111825-240� 48x12 1 55/85 1 77.7 1 7.75 1' 2/12 1 PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTING FLANGE ci 0 o o� C,5 U Smith SSIL Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-OOOOBb7 Derma Davie PE - 5&%s John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 113700U •......• w w STATE OF jt'r,ONAL� w J W 2 U) J Q U_ Z Q 2 U W 2 z Project No. 00000.00 MOm2 c02011 BHI P%Architects, Inc. 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A. CODES & REFERENCES 1. FLORIDA STATE BUILDING CODE 2007 (WITH 2O09 AMENDMENTS). 2.SMACNA 3. NFPA 101 (2006) 4. NFPA 90A (2002) 5. NFPA 99 (2005) 6.2006 GUIDELINES FOR DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION OF HEALTHCARE FACILITIES. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS COMPLETE AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY AND USE BY OWNER. THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: a. REMOVAL, RELOCATION AND RE -INSTALLATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. b. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING OR NEW EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. c. MODIFICATION OF EXISTING CHILLED OR HOT WATER SYSTEMS, STEAM SYSTEMS, CONDENSATE DRAINAGE, DUCTWORK, TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND LIFE -SAFETY SYSTEMS. d. CUTTING AND PATCHING TO REMOVE EXISTING OR INSTALL NEW WORK. e• CLEANING AND TESTING. f. INSTRUCTION TO OWNER'S PERSONNEL. 2. PROVIDE ALL BUILDING PENETRATIONS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE PROJECT. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PATCHED AND SEALED WATERTIGHT. MAINTAIN FIRE RATINGS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE. 3. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DUCT, EQUIPMENT, PIPE SUPPORTS AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL CODES. C. REQUIRED SHOP DRAWINGS 1. INSULATION. 2. AIR DEVICES. 3. VALVES. 4. DUCTWORK COORDINATION DRAWINGS. 5. CONTROLS. 6. AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT. 7. HEATING COILS 8. FANS. D. MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1. PROVIDE MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT CONTAINING ALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA, SUBMITTALS, WARRANTEES, DIAGRAMS, INSPECTION REPORTS AND VALVE LISTS IN A 3 RING BINDER WITH POCKETS FOR DRAWINGS. PROVIDE OWNER WITH MINIMUM OF 2 COPIES. E. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CHANGES MADE TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ENGINEER 2 SETS OF COMPLETED RECORD DRAWINGS. 3.THE PROJECT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE UNTIL ACCURATE RECORD DRAWINGS ARE DELIVERED. F. SUBSTITUTIONS 1. EQUIPMENT AND DESIGN OF SYSTEMS INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND WITHIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS 'SPECIFIED STANDARD' OF QUALITY. NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER 10 DAYS PRIOR TO BID DATE. 2.ANY DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT THAT AFFECTS THE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND EQUIPMENT VENDOR WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. G. WIND LOADS 1. ALL EQUIPMENT MOUNTED OUTSIDE SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH A NOA (NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE) FOR WINDSTORM OR BE FURNISHED WITH AN ENGINEERED DETAIL DESIGNED FOR THE LOCAL WIND RATE. 15050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. ACCESS PANELS - FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 1. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL SERVICEABLE EQUIPMENT IN WALLS AND CEILINGS. 2. MICOR STYLE M FOR DRYWALL. 3. MICOR STYLE K FOR PLASTER. 4. MINIMUM SIZE 16'xl6' . 5. NYSTROM, KARP, J.L. INDUSTRIES OR WILLIAMS PAINT. B. LABELING 1. PROVIDE RIGID PLASTIC EMBOSSED EQUIPMENT NAME TAGS FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT AND DISCONNECTS. SETON NAMEPLATE CORPORATION. 2. PAINT ALL MECHANICAL PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS, BOILER ROOMS AND WHERE EXPOSED OR OUTDOORS. MATCH EXISTING COLOR CODES USED ON SIMILAR SYSTEMS. 3. PROVIDE VALVE TAGS ON ALL NEW AND RELOCATED VALVES. VALVE TAGS SHALL MATCH TAGS USED AT THE EXISTING FACILITY. TAGS SHALL BE SECURED TO VALVES WITH BRASS CHAINS. PROVIDE UPDATED INFORMATION ON ALL NEW VALVES TO THE EXISTING VALVE CHART. 4• PROVIDE SETON SNAP ON PIPE LABELS ON ALL NEW PIPING. PIPE LABELS TO MATCH SIZE AND TYPE USED AT THE EXISTING FACILITY AND COMPLY WITH ANSI Al 3.1. LABELS SHALL BE APPLIED CLOSE TO VALVES, CHANGES IN PIPE DIRECTIONS, BRANCHES, PIPES PASSING THROUGH WALLS OR FLOORS AND EVERY 20 FEET IN STRAIGHT RUNS OF PIPING AND AT LEAST ONE TIME PER ROOM. C. FLASHINGS AND COUNTER FLASHINGS 1. FURNISH MATERIALS AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF ROOF BY ALL DUCT AND PIPE. 2. SHEET METAL - 24ga. ASTM A525 . 3. SHEET LEAD 6 Ibs PER SO. FT. (WHERE ALLOWED) 4. STAINLESS STEEL 20 ga. 5. SHEET COPPER 24 oz PER SQ. FT. D. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS CLEANING 1. CLEAN AND TOUCH UP ALL FACTORY FINISHES. 2.FLUSH ALL HVAC SYSTEMS BEFORE CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT. 3.CLEAN ALL CLOSED HVAC SYSTEMS WITH ALKALINE CLEANER CIRCULATED FOR 72 HOURS. 4. PRESSURE TEST ALL MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS. a• WATER SYSTEMS 150 psi FOR SIX HOURS. E. CLEANING TESTING AND ADJUSTING 1. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, AT HIS EXPENSE, SHALL CLEAN, REPAIR, ADJUST, CHECK, BALANCE AND PLACE IN SERVICE THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS HEREIN SPECIFIED WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND PIPING. HE/SHE SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS REQUIRED TO PERFORM TESTS REQUIRED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND BY THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 2.NO WORK SHALL BE COVERED OR CONCEALED UNTIL PROPERLY INSPECTED AND TESTED. F. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DUCTWORK, PIPE SUPPORTS, HANGERS, RODS, CLAMPS AND ATTACHMENTS TO PROPERLY INSTALL AND SUPPORT DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 2. PROVIDE ANY ANGLE IRON OR UNISTRUT AND SUSPENSION RODS REQUIRED TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK. 3. ALL SUPPORTS EXPOSED TO OUTDOORS SHALL BE CLEANED, PRIMED AND PAINTED TO PREVENT RUSTING. FINISH COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER. 4. THE USE OF BAILING WIRE OR PERFORATED METAL STRAPPING IS NOT PERMITTED FOR SUPPORTS. G. WARRANTY/GUARANTEE 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY/GUARANTEE AND MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF WORK AND MATERIALS AND KEEP SAME IN PERFECT REPAIR AND CONDITION OF THE PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. 2. DEFECTS OF ANY KIND DUE TO THE FAULTY WORK OR MATERIALS APPEARING DURING THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD MUST BE IMMEDIATELY MADE GOOD BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AND ENGINEER. SUCH RECONSTRUCTION AND REPAIRS SHALL INCLUDE DAMAGE TO THE FINISH OR FURNISHING OF THE BUILDING RESULTING FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFECT OR REPAIR THERETO. 15060 - PIPING A. DO NOT USE MECHANICALLY COUPLED JOINTS OR T-DRILLED TEES ON HVAC SYSTEMS. B. SCHEDULE 40 ASTM A53 GRADE B SEAMLESS BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH CLASS 150 LONG RADIUS STEEL FITTINGS USED FOR: 1. HEATING HOT WATER 2' BELOW, THREADED JOINTS, ABOVE 21/1 WELDED JOINTS. C. TYPE L HARD COPPER PIPE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND SOLDERED JOINTS USED FOR: 1. HVAC HEATING HOT WATER UP TO 11/2 OPTION UP TO 21/1. D. PVC PIPE IS NOT TO BE USED ON MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 15065 - REFRIGERATION PIPING SYSTEM 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. PIPING, VALVES AND FITTINGS FOR REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 1.02 SAFETY CODE A. COMPLY WI TH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI B 9. 1, CODE FOR REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS. 1. 03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMI T FOR REVI EW MANUFACTURER' S PRODUCT DATA FOR REFRI GERANT PI PI NG SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 2.01 MATERIALS A. PI PI NG: TYPE is L' ACR HARD COPPER, ASTM B88. B. FITTINGS: WROUGHT COPPER. C. SOLDER: SILVER SOLDER 15% HAVING A MELTING POINT OF 1125' F OR HIGHER. ALL BRAZING SHALL BE UNDER A NITROGEN PURGE. D. SERVICE VALVES: HENRY VALVES OR EQUAL. PROVIDE PACKED TYPE RECEIVER, PURGE, AND GAUGE VALVES WITH VALVE STEM SEAL CAP PARTS. 1. VALVES UP T05,6' OD: HENRY FIGURE 516 OR EQUAL, DIAPHRAGM TYPE. 2. VALVES LARGER THAN5,5' OD: HENRY FIGURE 203 OR EQUAL. E. REFRIGERANT FILTER DEHYDRATOR AND MOISTURE INDICATOR 1. DEHYDRATOR: SPORLON CO. CATCH-ALL, OR EQUAL, WITH REPLACEABLE CORE, TYPE, OF SIZE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR MAXIMUM DESIGN TONNAGE. 2. MOISTURE INDICATOR: SPORLAN CO. SEE -ALL, TYPE SA-125, OR EQUAL. F. ESCUTCHEONS: CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS SIZED FOR PIPE. 1. PIPING SHALL BE RACKED AND SUPPORTED WITH UNI STRUT. REFER TO DETAILS. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. MAKE SOLDER JOINTS WITH NITROGEN PASSING THROUGH JOINTS BEING SOLDERED. INSURE A CLEAN, TIGHT SYSTEM. PULL A CLEAN RAG THROUGH EACH PIECE OF TUBING AFTER CUTTING OR REAMING. 3.02 LEAK TESTING A. TEST FOR LEAKS BY USE OF NI TROGEN AND A LI QUI D SOAPSUDS SOLUTION. CORRECT LEAKS FOUND. B. EVACUATE SYSTEM TO 20' VACUUM AND CHARGE WI TH REFRI GERANT UNTI L A PRESSURE OF 15 PSI G IS REACHED. THEN TEST FOR LEAKS USING A HALIDE LEAK DETECTOR. CORRECT LEAKS FOUND. C. PRESSURIZE SYSTEM, WITH REFRIGERANT AND NITROGEN, TO 300 PSI G ON THE HI GH SI DE, AND 150 PSI G ON THE LOW SI DE, AND TEST FOR LEAKS. CORRECT LEAKS FOUND. 3. 03 SYSTEM DEHYDRATION A. DEHYDRATE SYSTEM BY 'DOUBLE DEHYDRATION' METHOD. B. USE A SUITABLE VACUUM PUMP. EVACUATE SYSTEM TO A VACUUM OF 0.2' HG ABSOLUTE AND OPERATE PUMP FOR EIGHT HOURS WHEN THAT PRESSURE IS REACHED. EVACUATE SYSTEM TO A VACUUM OF 0.2' HG ABSOLUTE AND OPERATE PUMP FOR FOUR HOURS. 3. 04 CHARGING SYSTEM A. WHEN SYSTEM DEHYDRATION IS COMPLETE AND ALL LEAKS ARE CORRECTED, CHARGE SYSTEM WITH REFRIGERANT. 3.05 SAFETY CODE A. SYSTEM SHALL BE I N ACCORDANCE WI TH ANSI B9. 1 CODE FOR REFRI GERATI ON SYSTEMS. 15100 - VALVES A. NIBCO, STOCKHAM, CRANE, MILWAUKEE, APPOLLO OR KITZ. B. HVAC WATER VALVES (NIBCO NUMBERS INDICATED BELOW). 1. SHUT OFF BELOW 3' FIGURE T585-70 OR S585-70, 2 PIECE, FULLY PORTED 600 psi, BALL VALVE. PROVIDE RAISED STEM HANDLE FOR INSULATION. 2. SHUT OFF 3' AND ABOVE FIGURE LD-2000, LUG STYLE, 200 psl. CLASS 125, EPDM LINER, ALUMINUM BRONZE DISC. BUTTERFLY VALVE. PROVIDE WORM GEAR OPERATOR OVER 51. PROVIDE RAISED STEM HANDLE FOR INSULATION. C. HVAC STEAM VALVES (NIBCO NUMBERS INDICATED BELOW). 15103 - SLEEVES A. SLEEVES TO BE 18 GAUGE SHEET METAL OR SCHEDULE 40 PIPE. SLEEVE THE FOLLOWING: 1. MASONRY WALLS SLEEVE ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS. 2. FLOORS SLEEVE ALL HVAC PIPING. EXTEND SLEEVES 1/¢ ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (20 ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN MECHANICAL ROOMS). 3. FIRE RATED DRY WALL PARTITIONS SLEEVE STEAM SUPPLY AND RETURN AND HEATING WATER. 4. NON -FIRE RATED PARTITIONS NO SLEEVES REQUIRED. SEAL WALL TO INSULATION. 5. USE U.L. LISTED ASSEMBLY FOR ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED CONSTRUCTION. 15242 - VIBRATION ISOLATION A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. MASON INDUSTRIES. 2. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL. 3. KORFUND. 4. AMBER BOOTH. B. MASON TYPE SLF CONTROL FOR AIR COMPRESSOR, AHU'S (UNLESS INTERNAL). CENTRIFUGAL FANS. C. MASON SUPER W RUBBER PAD FOR HVAC PUMPS, CHILLERS, AHU'S (IF INTERNAL). D. MASON TYPE HS CEILING FOR SUSPENDED FANS AND AHU'S. E. MASON PC30N CLOSEST 2 HANGERS TO AHU'S AND PIPING WITHIN 20 PIPE DIAMETERS OF PUMPS. F. INERTIA BASES WHERE SCHEDULED OR SHOWN. 15250 - INSULATION A. INSULATION, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, SEALERS, TAPES, ETC. SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT OF 50 OR LESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84, NFPA 225. UL 723 AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 90A. ALL INSULATING R-VALUES TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA ENERGY CODE. B. FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION, JOHNS MANVILLE MICRO-LOK 850, CERTIANTEED, KNAUF, OWENS CORNING. JACKET: ASJ KRAFT PAPER WITH ALUMINUM FOIL. 1. HEATING HOT WATER 2' AND UNDER - 1' THICK. 2. HEATING HOT WATER 21/1 AND OVER 11/1 THICK. C. FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, ARMSTRONG 'AP ARMAFLEX', MITCHEL, RUBATEX (NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER): 1. CONDENSATE DRAINS - 3/4 THICK. 2. REFRIGERATION HOT GAS LINES: 3/4 THICK D. BLANKET TYPE DUCT INSULATION, JOHNS MANVILLE, CERTAINTEED, KNAUF, OWENS CORNING, MINIMUM R=6.0, FOIL FACED KRAFT VAPOR BARRIER : GLASS FABRIC & MASTIC ALL JOINTS. 1. ALL SUPPLY, OUTSIDE AIR AND RETURN WHERE CONCEALED FROM VIEW, R-6 . E. SEMIRIGID BOARD TYPE DUCT INSULATION 1.51b DENSITY, CERTAINTEED 1B-300, JOHNS MANVILLE, KNAUF, OWENS CORNING: GLASS FAB & MASTIC ALL JOINTS. I. ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND OUTSIDE AIR WHERE EXPOSED AND IN MECHANICAL ROOMS. 2. MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS AND R VALUES ARE AS FOLLOWS: a. SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR IN UNCONDITIONED SPACE: 2' (R-6 MINA.) b. SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR IN CONDITIONED INTERIOR SPACE: 1.5' (R-4.2 MINA.) c. OUTSIDE AIR: 2' (R-6 MINA.) F. OUTSIDE INSTALLATION: 1. PIPE INSULATION COVER WITH 18 ga. STAINLESS STEEL COVER. SUBSTITUTE CELLULAR GLASS OF EQUIVALENT R VALUE FOR FIBERGLASS. 2. DUCT INSULATION CLOSED FOAM POLYISOCYANURATE 2' OR FOAM GLASS 3' THICK (R-8 MIN) COVER WITH GLASS CLOTH AND SEALER AND COVERED WITH LAMINATED ALUMINUM POLYESTER FIRM OR ALUMINUM METAL JACKET. 15515 - HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES A. MANUFACTURERS: BELL & GOSSET ITT, PETERSON ENGINEERING CO., TRERICE CO., TACO, THRUSH, ARMSTRONG, WHEATLY. B. PROVIDE PETE'S PLUGS AT ALL REHEAT COILS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. C• PROVIDE MANUAL AIR VENTS AT ALL HIGH POINTS AND MANUAL DRAIN VALVES AT ALL LOW POINTS. D. BALANCING VALVES - ARMSTRONG CBV OR TOUR & ANDERSON, INC., STA-D AND STA-F CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES, WITH PROVISION FOR CONNECTING PORTABLE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE METER. 15910 - SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES A. AIR INLETS AND OUTLET. 1. REFER TO SCHEDULE. 2. ALL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. 3. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: TITUS, PRICE, METAL-AIRE, CARNES, ANEMOSTAT, NAILOR, PQTTORFF. B. FIRE DAMPERS 1. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE TYPE 'B' CURTAIN TYPE, SUITABLE FOR EITHER VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION, WITH 20 GAUGE STEEL CHANNEL FRAMES, 24 GAUGE STEEL BLADES AND 18 GAUGE STEEL ENCLOSURE WITH DUCT COLLARS. ALL PARTS GALVANIZED MILL FINISH. 2. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE EQUAL TO RUSKIN TYPE IBD2 FOR WALLS UP TO 2 HOURS. 3.INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-90A, TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL SAFETY STANDARD 555. 4. FURNISH FIRE DAMPERS AND ACCESS DOORS IN ALL DUCTS PENETRATING ANY RATED CONSTRUCTION AND WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 5. USE FOLDING BLADE TYPE 'Cl IN HIGH VELOCITY ROUND DUCTS. USE FOLDING BLADE TYPE FOR SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR DUCTS, AS DETAILED. 6.FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BEAR THE 1 HOUR UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY UL SAFETY STANDARD 555, RATED PROTECTION REQUIRED, 1650 F FUSIBLE LINK. 7. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE RUSKIN, AIR BALANCE, GREENHECK, NAILOR. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS 1. TYPE 'B' FOR ALL LOCATIONS, WITH ACCESS DOORS. ALL DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-90A AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL SAFETY STANDARDS 555S. 2. ALL DAMPERS SHALL BEAR THE UL SAFETY STANDARD 555S LABEL FOR THE COMPLETE ASSEMBLY. DAMPERS SHALL BE RATED FOR 11/2 HOUR PROTECTION WITH 1650F FUSIBLE LINK, LEAKAGE CLASS 3 EQUAL TO RUSKIN FSD-36. MOTOR OPERATOR PNEUMATIC TO MATCH EXISTING OR ELECTRIC VOLTAGE SHALL BE 24 VOLT UNLESS INDICATED ON PLANS. COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM CONTROL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, SLEEVES FOR FIRE DAMPERS AND FIRE SMOKE COMBINATION DAMPERS SHALL BE THE RIGID TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDED IN SCHEDULE 2 OF SMACNA PUBLICATION FOR 'FIRE DAMPER AND HEAT STOP GUIDE FOR AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS'. USE 16 GAUGE FOR DUCTS 24' OR LESS IN DIAMETER OR EITHER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION AND 14 FOR DUCTS OVER 241. PROVIDE MINIMUM 18' LONG SLEEVES. C. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 1. TO BE FLEXMASTER 8MM OR THERMAFLEX M-KE. 2. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ACOUSTICAL LOW PRESSURE TYPE FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH AN R VALUE OF 6.0 OR GREATER AND COPOLYMER SEAMLESS OUTSIDE SLEEVE. THE ENTIRE FLEXIBLE DUCT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL-181 CLASS 1 AIR DUCT MATERIAL. THE LENGTH OF ANY FLEX DUCT SHALL BE MAXIMUM 8'-0', MINIMUM 4'-0'. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL MEET THE FLORIDA MODEL ENERGY EFFICIENCY CODE. ALL JOINTS AT CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED WITH GLASS, FABRIC AND MASTIC. D. BALANCING DAMPERS (RUSKIN MD-35 SERIES) 1. GENERAL -IN ALL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS, PROVIDE DAMPERS FOR PROPER CONTROL AND BALANCING OF AIR QUANTITIES. CONCEALED DAMPERS SHALL HAVE CONCEALED DAMPER REGULATOR. ALL COMPONENTS FOR PROPER OPERATION; (I.e. GEARS, LINKAGES, CABLE, ETC.) SHALL BE INCLUDED. 2. TYPE: FACTORY MANUFACTURED ONLY, OPPOSED BLADE FOR 12' AND LARGER AND SINGLE BLADE UP TO 1l' IN HEIGHT. 3. MATERIAL: STEEL, 3V TYPE BLADES MOUNTED IN STEEL CHANNEL FRAME. 4. SHAFT: 3/8 SQUARE ROD OPERATOR WITH END BEARINGS AND GASKET SEAL AT DUCT PENETRATIONS. TERMINATE SHAFT IN DAMPER FRAME WITH BUSHINGS. 5. OPERATOR: LOCKING QUADRANT HANDLE WITH DAMPER POSITION INDICATOR AND INSULATION STAND OFF MOUNTING BRACKET FOR EXTERNALLY INSULATED DUCTWORK. 6. MANUFACTURER: RUSKIN MODEL MD-35 SERIES OR EQUAL BY AIR BALANCE, INC. OR GREENHECK. E. ACCESS DOORS 1.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: a. RUSKIN MODEL ADH22. b. VENCO CAD-10. c. GREENHECK HAD-10. 2. SIZE ACCESS DOOR AS FOLLOWS: a. DUCT SIZES UNDER 12% DOOR SIZED SUFFICIENT TO EQUIPMENT OR REPLACE FUSIBLE LINK. ba DUCT SIZES 12' TO 20% 12'xl2' DOOR. c. DUCT SIZES 20' TO 36% 18'xl8' DOOR. d. DUCT SIZES 36' AND ABOVE: 24'x24' DOOR. 3. USE DOUBLE PANEL CONSTRUCTION, TWO SHEETS OF AT LEAST 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 1' THICK INSULATION BETWEEN PANELS. 4. MOUNT DOORS IN A RIGID FRAME OF AT LEAST 22 GAUGE FORMED GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM. 5. PROVIDE LATCHES THAT PERMIT EASY REMOVAL OF ACCESS DOOR WHILE MAINTAINING POSITIVE CLOSING AND MINIMUM LEAKAGE. 6. PROVIDE SPONGE RUBBER GASKETS FOR ALL DOORS. 7. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A, IDENTIFY EACH ACCESS DOOR WITH 1/1 HIGH STENCILED LETTERS AS 'FIRE DAMPER', 'SMOKE DAMPER', OR 'COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER'. F. BRANCH CONNECTIONS -CLINCH LOCK TYPE NOT PERMITTED. 15970 - TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. EXTEND EXISTING CONTROL SYSTEM TO NEW EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDE ALL MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. B. AIR HANDLING UNIT AND CONSTANT VOLUME REHEAT BOXES 1. THE EXISTING CONTROL SYSTEM IS TO BE MODIFIED BY THE OWNERS EXISTING CONTROL VENDOR. 2. AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE FULLY PROPORTIONING WITH MODULATING PLUG OR V-PORT INNER GUIDES OR LINEAR CHARACTERISTIC BALL TYPE. THE VALVE SHALL BE QUIET IN OPERATION AND FAIL-SAFE IN THE NORMALLY 'COOLING' POSITION IN THE CONTROL EVENT OF CONTROL FAILURE. CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE SIZED BY THE CONTROL MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE WARRANTED TO MEET THE HEATING AND COOLING LOADS AS SPECIFIED. CONTROL VALVES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PRESSURE CONDITIONS AND SHALL CLOSE AGAINST THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INVOLVED. VALVE OPERATORS SHALL BE OF THE PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRIC 24 VOLT TYPE. BODY PRESSURE RATING AND CONNECTION TYPE (SCREWED FLANGED OR FLANGED) SHALL CONFORM TO PIPE SCHEDULE ELSEWHERE IN THIS SPECIFICATION. 3.CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING REQUIRED FOR THE CONTROL SYSTEM TO OPERATE. IF THE JOB CONTAINS SMOKE DAMPERS THEY SHALL ALSO BE WIRED BY T.C.C. 4. MOUNT THERMOSTATS 48' A.F.F. ALIGN WITH LIGHT SWITCHES, DOOR SWINGS AND OTHER WALL MOUNTED DEVICES. 5. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF THERMOSTATS WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15990 - TEST AND BALANCE A. PROVIDE COMPLETE TEST AND BALANCE OF ALL WATER AND AIR SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEBB (NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU) OR AABC (ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL) STANDARDS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL: 1. VISIT SITE AT START OF PROJECT AND COORDINATE REQUIRED BALANCING EQUIPMENT AND DAMPERS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. AIR SYSTEMS: a. MAKE CHANGES TO BELTS, PULLEYS, DAMPERS, VOLUME BOXES, ETC. TO OBTAIN DESIGN CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED BY TAB PROCEDURES. b. BALANCE SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS WITHIN 10% OF DESIGN WHILE MAINTAINING REQUIRED PRESSURE RELATIONSHIPS. RECORD DESIGN AND ACTUAL TOTALS. c. MEASURE AND REPORT FAN RPM, FAN SUCTION PRESSURE, FAN DISCHARGE PRESSURE, FAN TOTAL PRESSURE AND PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COMPONENTS. DESIGN AND ACTUAL SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE AND EXHAUST AIR. d. ACTUAL AND DESIGN NAMEPLATE AMPERAGE ON FAN MOTORS. e. PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. f. ADJUST FANS FOR LOWEST STATIC PRESSURE REQUIRED TO DELIVER TO OUTLETS AS NOTED IN NEBB OR AABC PROCEDURES. 3. WATER SYSTEMS: a. ADJUST AND RECORD ACTUAL GPM AND SYSTEM SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PRESSURES (STATIC AND OPERATING). B. DESIGN AND ACTUAL GPM AND TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE ACROSS COILS. 4. CONFIRM OPERATION OF ALL CONTROLS, MANOMETERS AND SENSING DEVICES. 5. ON AHCA REVIEWABLE PROJECTS PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT AT LEAST ONE WEEK BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION AND PROVIDE A TECHNICIAN DURING FINAL INSPECTION OF PROJECT. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL SHEAVE CHANGE OUT AND ADJUSTMENT FOR MAXIMUM AMPRAGE TO INCLUDE DIRTY FILTER ALLOWANCE LOADING ALLOWING THE VFD TO RAMP UP IN RESPONSE TO FILTER LOADING. c> 421 N 0 o CI; v� �CID aq ti �w d �� o 0waa Smith Wk Seckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE . 58N8 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 K A O O Q4 O to Project No. 00000.00 M03 D 2011 BHI PK Architects, Inc. 'SEE DETAIL k ----------------- I CONSTRUCTION ZONE VENTILATION PLAN PROVIDE FSD OR FD WHERE DUCT RUNS THROUGH RATED WALLS. COORDINATE IN FIELD WITH SITE CONDITIONS AND CONTRACTORS ROUTING. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS POWER FOR FSD'S. FSD'S SHALL BE WIRED TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND SHALL CLOSE WHEN FIRE ALARM IS INITIATED. MVD MVD CONSTRUCTION AREA AIRFLOW TEE FITTING METAL FLEX DUCT (TYP.) A. I PORTABLE AIR SCRUBBER I per WITH HEPA FILTER ADJACENT SPACE TRANSFER AIR BACK TO CONSTRUCTION AREA 12x12 LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER l is 1 i i I I : -- — -- -- - — - ----- - — -- �i ------------- i N F F_^ UNj%1"MfAVL rnvm 1 NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE MACHINE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 1. ROOM PRESSURE MONITOR - ABATEMENT TECHNOLOGIES MODEL HCRPM-3N2 (800-634-9091) OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE WITH THE FOLLOWING FEATURES: A.) WALL MOUNT, LCD DISPLAY, 12 TO 24 VAC, 400 MILLI AMPS. FURNISH WITH 120/24VAC PLUG-IN TRANSFORMER. B.) ACCURACY +/- 1 % OF SCALE, ALARM ACCURACY +/- 1 % OF SETPOINT. C.) LOCAL/REMOTE AUDIO/VISUAL ALARM WITH SPDT RELAY FOR REMOTE. CONTACTS RATED FOR 10 AMPS AT 250 VAC. D.) ADJUSTABLE ALARM DELAY SET FOR THREE MINUTES, MAXIMUM FIVE MINUTES. E.) AUTO CALIBRATION WITH DATE AND TIME MEMORY OF ALARMS. F.) RANGE OF MEASUREMENT +/- 0.10 INCHES OF WATER COLUMN. 2. PORTABLE AIR SCRUBBERS - ABATEMENT TECHNOLOGIES MODEL HEPA - AIRE PAS (800-634-9091) OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE WITH THE FOLLOWING FEATURES: A.) U.L. OR E.T.L. LISTED. B.) STAINLESS STEEL CABINET WITH INTEGRAL TRANSPORT DOLLY AND EXHAUST COLLAR. C.) UP TO FOUR STAGES OF FILTRATION WITH ZERO BYPASS CABINET CONSTRUCTION. a.) FIRST STAGE 1' PARTICULATE FILTER. b.) SECOND STAGE 2' PLEATED FILTER. c.) OPTION CARBON FILTER TRACK. d.) 99.97% EFFICIENT DOP HEPA FILTER. D.) FILTER CHANGE INDICATOR LAMPS FOR PRE -FILTER AND FINAL FILTERS. E.) POWER CORD FOR 120 VAC POWER CONNECTION, OPERATING HOUR METER, TWO SPEED OR VARIABLE SPEED BLOWER. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE O HCRPM-3NA ROOM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL MONITOR WITH REMOTE ALARM. OB PAS MODEL 2400 RATED AT 2100/700 CFM. FILTRATION REQUIRED Ca/Cb/Cd, 120VAC,12 AMPS PAS MODEL 1200 RATED AT 900/150 CFM. FILTRATION REQUIRED Ca/Cb/Cd, 120VAC, 4 AMPS OD PAS MODEL 600 RATED AT 600/50 CFM. FILTRATION REQUIRED Ca/Cb/Cd, 120VAC, 2 AMPS NOTE: AIRFLOW REDUCTION ALLOWANCE OF 15% FOR EXHAUST DUCT COLLAR AND 25 FEET OF FLEX EXHAUST DUCT. ALLOW AN ADDITIONAL 15% REDUCTION IN AIRFLOW FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 25 FEET OF FLEX DUCT. PAS MODEL 1200 REQUIRES A 10' ROUND CONNECTION COLLAR AND PAS MODEL 2400 REQUIRED A 12' ROUND CONNECTION COLLAR. CONSTRUCTION ZONE NEGATIVE PRESSURE 1. MINIMUM NEGATIVE PRESSURE IN CONSTRUCTION ZONE PER OWNER'S ICRA REQUIREMENTS = 0.02' WG 2. ADJUST DISCHARGE AIR VOLUME ON HEPA NEGATIVE PRESSURE MACHINE TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 0.02' WG NEGATIVE PRESSURE AS MEASURED BY ROOM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL MONITOR(S) UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.04' WG NEGATIVE PRESSURE 3. DISCHARGE AIR TO ADJACENT ZONE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THE AIR IS PASSED THROUGH A HEPA FILTER PER OWNERS ICRA REQUIREMENTS. CONSTRUCTION ZONE VENTILATION ESTIMATED VOLUME = 16,200 CU. FT. HEPA SCRUBBER AIR CHANGES PER OWNER'S ICRA REQUIREMENTS = 10 AIR CHANGES PROVIDES: 2 x 1350 CFM x 60 MIN _ 10 AIR/CHG 16,200 CU. FT. INLET PLENUM I 2x12 LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM THE OWNER A COPY OF THE INFECTION CONTROL RISK ASSESSMENT (ICRA) PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE REPORT AND PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL STRICTLY ADHERE TO THE LIMITS OF THE CONSTRUCTION AREA, AND WHERE PHASING APPLIES SHALL ADHERE TO THE PHASING PLAN. ANY WORK OUTSIDE THE CONSTRUCTION AREA SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICRA REPORT, UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OR OTHER DESIGNATED ICRA COMMITTEE OFFICER. 2. TO THE EXTENT THAT IT IS REQUIRED BY THE ICRA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENDEAVOR TO MAINTAIN EXISTING LEVELS OF INDOOR AIR QUALITY IN AREAS SURROUNDING AND ADJACENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE, AND ELSEWHERE IN THE FACILITY. IT SHOULD BE ANTICIPATED THAT THE ICRA REPORT WILL REQUIRE MEASURES TO THIS EFFECT INCLUDING ERECTION OF CONSTRUCTION ZONE BARRIERS AND PROVISION OF NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE IN THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE RELATIVE TO OTHER AREAS OF THE FACILITY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 3. IN ADDITION TO MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ICRA REPORT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS AS SHOWN ON CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION PLAN TO CREATE A NEGATIVE PRESSURE IN THE CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE RELATIVE TO ADJACENT AREA. EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR THIS FUNCTION, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S INFECTION CONTROL OFFICER AND ONLY TO THE EXTENT INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION PLAN. THE CONCEPT AND ALL ASPECTS OF THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICRA REQUIREMENTS AND AT A MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: VERIFY ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK WHICH PASSES THROUGH THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE, AND IS TO REMAIN, IS SEALED AND PROTECTED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION DURATION. COVER AND SEAL ALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. AIR REMOVED FROM THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE SHALL BE FILTERED AND/OR DISCHARGED AS INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION PLAN. MONITOR AND VERIFY NEGATIVE PRESSURE IS BEING MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICRA REPORT, AND PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO THE OWNER AS REQUIRED. 4. COORDINATE IN ADVANCE ANY REQUIRED EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN WITH THE OWNER, AND VERIFY BEFORE SHUTDOWN THAT EXISTING OR DESIRED AIR PRESSURE RELATIONSHIPS WILL NOT BE ADVERSALY AFFECTED. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AIR SCRUBBER, PRESSURE MONITORS, ALARMS, DISCHARGE AIR DUCTS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS READY PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND READY FOR TAB CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION PLAN TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. 6. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION PLAN TAB REPORT HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE OWNER'S INFECTION CONTROL COMMITTEE. CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE VENTILATION PLAN TEST & BALANCE NOTES 1. PRE -DEMOLITION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY DEMOLITION WORK IN THE CONSTRUCTION AREA AN INDEPENDENT AABC OR NEBB CERTIFIED TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING (TAB) CONTRACTOR SHALL MEASURE AND DOCUMENT IN A TYPED REPORT THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A.) SPEED SETTING AND AIRFLOW OF ALL AIR SCRUBBER(S), RECIRCULATING AND EXHAUST. B.) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE READING OF ALL AIR SCRUBBER FILTER GAUGES. C.) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION ZONE AND ADJACENT AREAS AT EACH DOORWAY ENTRANCE TO THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE. D.) VERIFY ROOM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL MONITORS LOCATED NEAR DOORWAY ENTRANCE TO CONSTRUCTION ZONE ARE READING WITHIN +/- 10% OF FIELD READINGS OF ITEM 3 ABOVE. E.) VERIFY THREE MINUTE ALARM DELAY IS FUNCTIONING ON ROOM PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL MONITORS AND THAT LOCAL AND REMOTE AUDIO/VISUAL ALARMS FUNCTION WHEN CONSTRUCTION AREA NEGATIVE RELATIVE PRESSURE DROPS BELOW MINIMUM SETPOINT. F.) ANY DEFICIENCIES IN MEETING THE OWNER'S ICRA REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR. CHANGES, RELATIVE NEGATIVE PRESSURE OR FAULTY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED IN THE FINAL REPORT. �i -w 0 7 zi v� t -4 o i y O AQ �r�a,a Smith SS13L Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davis PE - SSW John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 i ���1111111 STATE OF CC) ,p.0. � . to AL QZ J CL Z O Q J_ z W LLI z O N z O F— CU Z O 0 S' 0 0 0 • N COMBINATION NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE MACHINE AND AIR SCRUBBER DETAIL NTS 1 DISCHARGE AIR DETAIL NTS Project No. 00000.00 M100 cg) 2011 BH1 PE Architects, Inc. A "WTI 00""o U04W c5 c> o� • N 1 O Smith SS13L Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 68wa John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 �►l1-�� f s . � s WE STATE OF ; Q U_ Z Q CU w O F- J O 5 W Q J CL Of O O J LL L.L LL 'Z3 0 0 0 P4 0 Project No. 00000.00 M1.1 c0 2011 BHI P%Architects, Inc. 0 .�CYD CrD � C'n y�o SS11 RSmith eckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davis PE - 585M John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 \% E M 10 � 3�Q0 STATE OF =, ..c� Q.•: J Q U_ z Q CIO 2 � U ' W z O N COD U � U O � l O Z � z Q J 0- Of O O J LL 0 z O L11 O U) O 0 QO . N F-- b.0 L Project No. 00000.00 M2m1 cQ 2011 BHPK Architects, Inc. r� v Q v V `N jug V C> J Smith Reid, eckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-OOMS67 Dennis Davie PE . 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 38200 SSR JOB k 1137003.0 .�� . M E.e. , F40, �6 , STTE OF O�NAL�����a 0 y N "o .n u y� ti U O N COD 9 a q r--lb • !mil c� W C) N z Q t-2 C) W Z 11 3 O H U) Z O U W Z I Z Q J a_ u' O O O w P4 Q .O PIQ Project No. 00000.00 M2m2 © 2011 BH1 P%Architects, Inc. CO 0TCtp �o � Ewa Smith SS13L Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX;(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000867 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 MO jo .•�� E ,F,p . ; S TE OF lONALA �%% z b U) J_ Q W J Q U_ Z Q U W 2 0 Project No. 00000.00 M11 cQ 2011 BHI PS Architects, Inc. r HOSE END DRAIN VALVE SCHEDULE PIPE SIZE DRAIN VALVE SIZE UP TO 2' 3/4 21/1 TO 4' 1114 5' TO 8' 2' OVER 8' 21/1 2 Hour Fire Rated Through 2 Hour Fire Rated Through 3 Hour Fire Rated Through 4 Hour Fire Rated Through 3 Hour Fire Rated Through 1-1/2 & 2 Hour Fire Rated Through ssip• s-"o, 6 Penetration Firesto for Insulated v p 0 Metal Pipe through Concrete ® �`as s f' d nnnn Penetration Firestop for Insulated v 0 �J Metal Pipe through Concrete ® assig. 'e a Penetration Firestop for v 0 Penetration Insulated Metal Pipe ® as S i r v �� ' a Penetration Firestop for Insulated 0® Metal Pipe through Concrete s s i f Goa 'ed Penetration Firestop for Insulated v p Metal Pipe through Concrete ® ass 1 fi D 6� d Penetration Firestop for Insulated 0® Metal Pipe through Concrete 3735 Green Rd. t e� Floors or Walls using Beachwood, OH, 44122 ® 3735 Green Rd. sYs t e� Floors or Walls using Beachwood, OH, 44122 ® 3735 Green Rd. Pan Decks using Beachwood, OH, 44122 rYs t e� 3735 Green Rd. Sy®t e9, Floors or Walls using Beachwood, OH, 44122 3735 Green Rd. sy' e� Floors or Walls using Beachwood, 0H, 44122 3735 Green RdYs sys t et° Floors or Walls using Beachwood OH, 44122 TREMstop WI3M. TREMstop Acrylic. TREMstop Acrylic. FYRE-SHIELD. FYRE-SHIELD. FYRE-SIL and FYRE-SIL S/L. Drawing not to scale F-Rating = 2 Hour CAJ 5 071 Drawing not to scale F-Rating = 2 Hour CAJ 5089 Drawing not to scale F-Rating = 3 Hour FA 5 010 Drawing not to scale F-Rating = 4 Hour CBJ 5 005 Drawing not to scale F-Rating = 3 Hour CAJ 5 023 Drawing not to scale F-Rating = 1-1/2 & 2 Hour CAJ 5 067 T-Rating = 0 Hour T-Rating = 1/2 & 1 Hour T-Rating = 1 Hour T-Rating = 1-1/2 Hour T-Rating = 1-1/2 Hour T-Rating = 1/3, 1 & 1-1/2 Hour 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 5 4 i 5 1 3 3 5 3 3 . ........... . i .. ... .. . ........... a: 3 •••• ••• 0 . .......... • . ' 2 �, a ' 4' 2 a 4. a 2 4 .. I 4 6�:;r 4 01 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness 0 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness 1 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2" thickness y — 2 Metallic Pie > Steel Pipe - 8" diam. or smaller Sch.40 or heavier steel. � Pipe: P ( ) ( ) 0 Pre -Rated Steel Fluted Deck - Min. 3-1/2" thickness concrete topping. �, 10 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor Wall Assembly = Min. 6 thickness _ �� 1 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly Min. 4-1/2 thickness y Q Metallic Pipe: > Steel Pipe - 10" diam. (or smaller) Sch.10 (or heavier) steel. „ > Copper Pipe 4 diam. Regular heavier) Q Metallic Pipe: Steel Pipe 12" diam. (or Sch. 10 (or heavier) > Iron Pipe - 8" diam. (or smaller) cast or ductile iron. 0 Metallic Pipe: > Steel Pipe - 8" diam. (or smaller) Sch.40 (or heavier) steel. or - (or smaller) (or copper. - smaller) steel pipe. Q3 Pipe Covering Nom. 3" thick Cellular Glass Insulation. > Copper Pipe - 4" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper. > Iron Pipe - 8" diam. or smaller cast or ductile iron. P ( ) �� Q Metallic Pipe: Steel Pipe - 6 diam. (or smaller) Sch.40 (or heavier) steel. Q Metallic Pipe - 6 diam. (or smaller) Sch. 40 (or heavier) steel pipe. > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type M (or heavier) copper tubing. Q Pipe Covering insulation, table below for thickness and annular space. - > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. -Fiberglass see The annular space shall be min. 0" to max. 1-1/4" within the firestop system. Q Pipe Covering - Nom. 1" thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. > Copper Pipe - 4" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper. > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper. Q Pipe Covering - Nom. 1" thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. The nom. annular space of 11/16" is required in the firestop system. Max. Pipe Pipe Covering Annular Space Packing Material Min. Sealant F-Rating T-Rating Diam., m. Thickness, in. in. Thickness, in. Thickness, in. Hr. Hr. ® Metal Jacket -Min. 12" long jacket formed of min. 26 gauge steel cut to wrap tightly ® Firestop Treatment: Pipe Type Annular Space, in. T Rating, H Steel Pipe 1/2 to 1 Q Pipe Coveting - Nom. 1" thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. The annular space shall be 11/16" within the firestop system. Q3 Pipe Covering - Nom. 1" thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. 3 1 1/4 to 1-3/8 3-1/2 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 3 1 1/4 to 5/8 3-1/2 1/4 1-1/2 1/2 around the pipe insulation with a min. 2" lap. Secure using hose 1 Iron Pipe 1/2 to 1 1 4 1/2 1/4 to 5/8 4-1/4 1/4 2 1/2 clamps located 3" from each end of the jacket. Position jacket Copper Pipe 3/8 to 1-1/2 1/2 The annular space shall be min. 1/4" to max. 5/8" within the firestop system. ® Packing Material -Min. Y thickness of CERABLANKET-FS or ceramic fiber insulation ® Packing Material - Min. 4 thickness of CERABLANKET-FS or ceramic fiber insulation 10 1 1/2 to 1 4-1/4 1/4 2 1 l0 2 ll2 to 3/4 4-1/4 1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 flush with surface of floor, or both surfaces of a wall. Copper Tube 3/8 to 1-1/2 1/2 4® Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of mineral wool insulation min. 4.0 c g ( p fl „ Packing Material - Min. 4 thickness of mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pc fl (min. 6.0 pc fl firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. min. 6.0 c firmly asked into opening as a permanent form. ( p fl y p p g p 4 Parkin Material -Mineral wool insulation min. 4.0 c firmly asked into opening ® g ( p fl y p p g QS TREMstop WBM -Min. 1" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. to the minimum required thickness in the table above. q top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. 4B TREMstop Acrylic 1/2" thickness Q 4B TREMstop Acrylic -Min. 1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, Q FYRE-SHIELD -Min. 1-1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, SQ FYRE-SHIELD - Min. 1-1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with ® FYRE-SIL and FYRE-SIL S/L - Min. thickness of sealant as specified in the table above, A min. 1/2" diam. cant bead of sealant shall be applied at the -Min. of sealant applied within opening, P ry PP flush with top of floor or both sides of wall. top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. applied within opening flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall. insulation/concrete interface at the point contact locations. flush with top of floor or both sides of wall. flush with the top surface of the floor assembly. NOTE: Apply FYRE-SIL S/L to Floor Applications Only. �O O ,zoo o� 4 Smith SR Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000867 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 `O • 06 1 i r � r ♦ r 22 � ST14TE OF ti A I I Q rroject ivo, uuwu.uu M12 • r/I11 �:1:I/J:�:f.'al�Ila[•��i�N PI/MR/®rm US Ci .� • N O O c�ij rr �•o�U •w dw"�� o•ONO Smith SSR eckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deertleld Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - E&0000867 Dennis Davie PE - 58M John E. Moulder PE - 33200 MR. JOB # 1137003.0 i2 T a ti r ti.a ti U O d Q1 N ti a K s a a` U) J 0 Z 0 CU J Q U_ Z Q U w 2 0 O O O .P.,Q �4 pow, Project No. 00000.00 M4ml E)2011 BHI PKArchitects, Inc. 0 C) � ~ i o yAyc,� o -tom, c J Colo, SSRL Smith Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSB JOB # 1137003.0 ````tttlltilfill No. - AT ..� �aNAfLmilltew ��.�`! ew x Cq r O k 9 n A `OD P--.b r�> • ^7 W N wCOD o z o z C> o � 0 z w 0 w J w J D 0 _ F C) O Q U O F• N w J �1 w Project No. 00000.00 EOA © 2011 BH1 P%Architects, Inc. OVAN ANNORk, ci CrD o� 0 Z O �L-o �1,10� I'�'� GV O �' • .o rev{ DO �L Smith SSR Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 113 7003.0 M l /,r// � 'D, l lopi/ �OINAL1Ek�.. CID 0 x r~ 0 � N 0.1 ti .ate' ^�1 e d q vJ 524 c� w N Z � W • '� W �O LL U) T3 Z p O F— Q U O J O O J LL 0 Z Z) O O J O U O F- •N U b4 w w Project No. 00000.00 EOm2 (D 2011 BH,% PK Architects, Inc. muman !-,,;,esources ) t I` I . , em- „. �€ e �.s. a Receiving I UP FROM GROUND FLOOR -Ap r y a r .,. EXWT :PANEL °'EAHD1' I °PANEL EXISTING, L F _ Outoat' i i 1 r i s e i I 7 e , n, } ; ELECTRICAL - FIRST FLOOR LOCATIONS REFERENCE PLAN 0' 4' 8' 16' 32' 48' KEYPLAN V ^V W �l �rJ 0 • VT' J vC".), �yyV OM �F= O vl Cn � Cn 1O owri a SSIL Smith Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000957 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 to CL U Z w w LL w w U) z 0 Q U 0 0 0 J LL F— V) w LL Q U_ OC H U w w X�' t Project No. 00000.00 E03 © 2011 BH1 PH Architects, Inc. C� -w C� • N O O zi Qq �wwa Smith SSR Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certafication - EB4000857 Demie Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 i r Y Y • R 1 p•Q; �� OIVALJ %%0 y O y .o u � H U O d N 9 tl A vJ �1 �i �c W N O z • N = o C7 `� J � z • N O ,o F- Pr-4 U F- U) z O U w z I z J � O � O O O P4 L O , F- b4 L Project No. 00(1 A Ell © 2011 BHI PK Architects, Inc. 0 . Q o �� NCO C'100 Smith Beckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000957 Dennis Davie PE - 58.588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 A%S 0. p �O. \G E ti1• �s N� � r T OF 41. .F• 0R�� p•......•'��U`� ,NrHtL,ti``�. 0 .y a b � u 0 C C Q vJ • r� 1�^ N w CIO z O o U D H CO z O CU w z Q � Cl O P4 L .O U Project No. 00000.00 Ell cQ 2011 BHPK Architects, Inc. ci 0 TCL v� O a Cto o- Smith SS13L Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm CerUfication - EB-0000857 Dennis Davis PE - 58M8 John E. Moulder PE - 83200 SSB JOB # 1137003.0 C, E N OF ''�F• �0R,QQ':�� SS V % �4NAl�E���. y s x b 3 0 A cry W � N O tz� z C) O U � Z3 H U z O U W z I z Q J LL O O Pi LL o Project No. 00000.00 E12 © 2011 BH) P%Architects, Inc. I; li i I ,i i I r 1 i o - P i i W �ji i t I i l� s T F F .� i t ' W r -- , b F FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - SYSTEMS I�I�I Iw� TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES QUANTITY OF DEVICES AS INDICATED ON PLANS EM IINU NURSE CALL TERMINAL CABINET PARTIAL NURSE CALL SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE NURSE CALL SYSTEM NOTES: N1. COORDINATE ALL WORK, CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS AND EXACT ROUTING WITH NURSE CALL VENDOR. N2. NURSE CALL RISER DOES NOT INDICATE ALL REQUIRED DEVICES. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITIES. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE POWER SUPPLY AS NECCESSARY TO MAKE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. N3. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING NURSE CALL SYSTEM SERVING THE AREA. CODE BLUE SHALL ANNUNCIATE AT THE PBX. EMERGENCY ASSIST TO TWO MONITORED LOCATIONS. NURSE STATION SERVING AREA AND PBX. N4. ALL WIRING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. ALL CABLES ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY J—HOOK. N5. NURSE CALL CABLING SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE VENDOR. N6. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED VENDOR UPGRADES OF HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. N7. PROVIDE WRITTEN RECORD OF PERFORMANCE TESTS SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH ADOPTED 2006 AIA GUIDELINES FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF HEALTH CARE FACILITIES. N8. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ALL MODEL NUMBERS AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS. N9. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION OF SYSTEM AT END OF PROJECT. GENERAL NOTES: A. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLATES WITH PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT NUMBER ON ALL RECEPTACLES AND LIGHT SWITCHES. B. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RELOCATING ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT (POWER, TELEPHONE, DATA, FIRE ALARM, ETC.) TO FACILITATE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT. THIS INCLUDES ALL CEILING SPACES, SHAFTS, WALLS, ETC. C. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUPPORTING OF EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING ABOVE CEILING SPACES WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT TO COMPLY WITH CURRENT CODES AND SHALL ALSO INCLUDE AREAS WITHIN 15 FEET OF SURROUNDING SCOPE. D. ANY EXISTING JUNCTION BOXES OR RACEWAYS WHICH ARE REMAINING AFTER DEMOLITION, CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY CIRCUIT AND COLOR CODE JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT. PROVIDE COVER PLATES AS REQUIRED THROUGH —OUT. E. TELEPHONE AND COMPUTER SYSTEM SHALL BE EXTENSIONS OF EXISTING SYSTEMS ON FLOOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE CONTROL DESK. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH G.E. AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. F. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH THE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED DEVICES AND WIRING FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND ALL SPECIAL RECEPTACLE REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDOR AND OWNER. G. WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK AREA, FOR ANY OUTLET NOT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING THAT HAS BEEN ABANDONED, I.E. NO WIRES, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A BLANK COVER PLATE. H. CONTRACTOR SHALL BOND ALL ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS, BOXES, ELECTRICAL PANELS AND EQUIPMENT AND FURNISH EQUAL POTENTIAL GROUND TEST. THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT GROUND AND THE FACILITY GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 OHMS. THE TOTAL RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT GROUND AND THE EARTH GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 2 OHMS. I. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANGIO ROOM VENDOR DRAWINGS. J. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL RECEPTACLES AND DEVICES WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 3/4C. MIN. TYPICAL EXISTING 1EXISTING FACP NAC REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR QUANTITY OF DEVICES FIRST FLOOR FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE FI RE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ALL MODEL NUMBERS, WI RI NG REQUIREMENTS AND BATTERY CALCULATIONS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY FLORIDA REGISTERED ENGINEER. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT AND CABLE AND ALL INSTALLATIONS. D. REFER TO FIRE ALARM MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SIZE AND TYPES. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO SUPPORT EXTENSION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. F. VISUAL DEVICES TO BE IN SYNC WITH EACH OTHER AND AUDIBLE DEVICES TO BE IN SYNC WITH EACH OTHER. G. AUDIBLE AND VISUAL DEVICES TO BE ON DIFFERENT CIRCUITS. H. STROBES TO BE 75 CANDELA EVERYWHERE. I. VOLTAGE DROP AND BATTERY LOAD CALCULATIONS TO BE PROVIDED AND VERIFIED AT SUBMITTAL PROCESS. J. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE NETWORKED WITH EXISTING SYSTEM. K. FURNISH TVSS PER SPECIFICATIONS ON ALL COPPER CABLING ENTERING THE BUILDING. L. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTION TO THE OWNERS EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SYSTEM CABINETS, POWER SUPPLIES, MICRO —CONTROLLERS, KEYBOARD DISPLAYS, LED DISPLAYS, BATTERIES, PERIPHERAL DEVICES, VOICE EVACUATION SYSTEMS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL MATCH EXISTING. M. THE SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CURRENT, APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ( NEC) 2. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY A. NFPA 72 B. NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 3. ALL APPLICABLE UL STANDARDS 4. AMERI CANS WI TH DI SABI LI TI ES ACT ( ADA) 5. LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS N. CONTROL PANEL 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE MODIFICATIONS I NDI CATED ON DRAWI NGS. 0. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING THE EXI STI NG FI RE ALARM PROTECTI ON UNTI L NEW DEVI CES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY CERTI FI ED AND APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURI SDI CTI ON. ALL EXI STI NG WI RI NG, BOXES, CONDUI TS SERVI NG THE DEVICES TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DEMOLISHED. ALL INACTIVE WIRING SHALL BE LABELLED 'ABANDONED. DO NOT USE.' P. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A RECORD OF COMPLETION FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND A SENSITIVITY REPORT FOR ALL SMOKE AND DUCT DETECTORS INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT AREA. 0. COORDINATE THE SHUTDOWN OF AIR HANDLER UNITS, EXHAUST FANS, ETC WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA WITH DIVISION 15. KEYPLAN 0 v� H Z cl) Z pq V* SSIVISmith Reckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Donnie Davie PE - 58M John E. Moulder PE - 33200 S4R JOB # 1137003.0 o" t 15 O. h'aN .....,,"q`� v No. o A, F�, �ONAL`• T .a yi ti U O r e A 07 2 LLI H 07 07 I Z O H U Q) Z O U Z I Z J O O J LL LL ti wpm, w Project No. 00000.00 E4ml © 2011 BHI PE Architects, Inc. c� v 1 Cl coo 5 C" 2r o Colo, SS13L Smith Seckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davis PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 &SR JOB # 1137003.0 `%%J%Jffl11011I�' %%Olso.p S � F ; �i88 I :* OF ' O R 1 Q,Q.v� NAL,���`� h Cq Coz O a .b O i� K s n a` �l .sue N o Q 0 w U) w J Q U_ H w w 4 J Q `ko Project No. 00000.00 E5ml cQ 2011 BHI P%Architects, Inc. c� o� 0 �o z zt s�o o, Smith SSR Beckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE .58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 Si OF O p. 0R1�, �oNAL��`� 00 y .o � .oz O K 3 d A vJ �l 1�^ W N 0 U) w J w U U) O Q O U_ P+ w O UP..") �0 J w Project No. 00000.00 E6ml cg) 2011 BHI PR Architects, Inc. FEEDER INPUT DATA •**************** F A U L T A N A L Y S I S S U M M A R Y*************** CABLE FEEDER FROM FEEDER TO OTY VOLTS LENGTH FEEDER NAME NAME NAME /PH L-L------------ SIZE ------ TYPE FOR ANGIO PNL ANGIO UPS ANGIO PNL 1 480 20.0 FEET 4/0 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0640 + J 0.0497 OHMS/1000 FT 0.5556 + J 0.4314 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0. 2017 + J 0. 1224 OHMS/1000 FT 1.75 + J 1.06 PU FDR ANGIO UPS PNL 1 HX1 ANGIO UPS 1 480 50.0 FEET 250 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0552 + J 0.0495 OHMS/1000 FT 1.20 + J 1.07 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.1739 + J 0.1219 OHMS/1000 FT 3.77 + J 2.65 PU FDR ATS-1A E PNL EDP ATS-1A E 1 480 30.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 0.3828 + J 0.6068 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 1.21 + J 1.49 PU FOR ATS-1A N SWBD MOP ATS-1A N 1 480 50.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 0.6380 + J 1.01 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 2.01 + J 2.49 PU FOR ATS-C E PNL EDP ATS-C E 1 480 100.0 FEET 600 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0257 + J 0.0463 OHMS/1000 FT 1.12 + J 2.01 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0809 + J 0.1140 OHMS/1000 FT 3.51 + J 4.95 PU FOR ATS-C N SWBD MDP ATS-C N 1 480 50.0 FEET 600 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0257 + J 0.0463 OHMS/1000 FT 0.5577 + J 1.00 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0809 + J 0.1140 OHMS/1000 FT 1.76 + J 2.47 PU FDR ATS-EAB N SWBD MSB ATS-EAB N 1 480 50.0 FEET 250 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0552 + J 0.0495 OHMS/1000 FT 1.20 + J 1.07 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.1739 + J 0.1219 OHMS/1000 FT 3.77 + J 2.65 PU FOR ATS-EQ E PNL EDP ATS-EO E 2 480 100.0 FEET 350 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0378 + J 0.0491 OHMS/1000 FT 0.8203 + J 1.07 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.1191 + J 0.1209 OHMS/1000 FT 2.58 + J 2.62 PU FOR ATS-EO N SWBO MOP ATS-EO N 2 480 50.0 FEET 350 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0378 + J 0.0491 OHMS/1000 FT 0.4102 + J 0.5328 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.1191 + J 0.1209 OHMS/1000 FT 1.29 + J 1.31 PU FDR ATS-LS E PNL EDP ATS-LS E 1 480 100.0 FEET 1/0 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.1280 + J 0.0540 OHMS/1000 FT 5.56 + J 2.34 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.4034 + J 0.1329 OHMS/1000 FT 17.51 + J 5.77 PU FOR ATS-LS N SWBD MOP ATS-LS N 1 480 50.0 FEET 1/0 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0. 1280 + J 0. 0540 OHMS/1000 FT 2.78 + J 1.17 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.4034 + J 0.1329 OHMS/1000 FT 8.75 + J 2.88 PU FDR N WI REWAY SWBD MSB N WI REWAY 2 480 40.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC I NSULATI ON TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 0.2552 + J 0.4045 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 0.8038 + J 0.9957 PU FDR NLD2 ECB SECXFMR NLD2 ECB NLD2 1 208 10.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 0.6795 + J 1.08 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0. 0926 + J 0. 1147 OHMS/1000 FT 2.14 + J 2.65 PU FDR PNL 1 HC1 ATS-C L PNL 1 HC1 1 480 50.0 FEET 600 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0257 + J 0.0463 OHMS/1000 FT 0.5577 + J 1.00 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0809 + J 0.1140 OHMS/1000 FT 1.76 + J 2.47 PU FOR PNL 1 HE1 ATS-EQ L PNL 1 HEI 2 480 50.0 FEET 350 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0378 + J 0.0491 OHMS/1000 FT 0.4102 + J 0.5328 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.1191 + J 0.1209 OHMS/1000 FT 1.29 + J 1.31 PU FDR PNL 1 HE2 PNL 1 HEI PNL 1 HE2 1 480 450.0 FEET 3/0 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0805 + J 0.0519 OHMS/1000 FT 15.72 + J 10.14 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.2537 + J 0.1278 OHMS/1000 FT 49.55 + J 24.96 PU FDR PNL 1 HL1 ATS-LS L PNL 1 HL1 1 480 50.0 FEET 1/0 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.1280 + J 0.0540 OHMS/1000 FT 2.78 + J 1.17 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0. 4034 + J 0. 1329 OHMS/1000 FT 8.75 + J 2.88 PU FDR PNL 1 HX1 ATS-1 A L PNL 1 HX1 1 480 330.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 4.21 + J 6.67 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 13.26 + J 16.43 PU FDR PNL 1 LC7 SEC XFMR 1 LC7 PNL 1 LC7 1 208 10.0 FEET 3 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.2540 + J 0.0470 OHMS/1000 FT 5.87 + J 1.09 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.7311 + J 0.1482 OHMS/1000 FT 16.90 + J 3.43 PU FDR PNL 1 LC8 PNL 1 LC7 PNL 1 LC8 1 208 40.0 FEET 8 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.8110 + J 0.0754 OHMS/1000 FT 74.98 + J 6.97 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 2.56 + J 0. 1856 OHMS/1000 FT 236.31 + J 17.16 PU FDR PNL DI AGDPN WI REWAY PNL DI AGDP 2 480 40.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0. 0466 OHMS/1000 FT 0.2552 + J 0.4045 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 0.8038 + J 0.9957 PU FDR PNL EAB ATS-EAB L PNL EAB 1 480 20.0 FEET 250 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0552 + J 0.0495 OHMS/1000 FT 0.4792 + J 0.4297 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.1739 + J 0.1219 OHMS/1000 FT 1.51 + J 1.06 PU FOR PNL EAHD1 PNL EAHD2 PNL EAHD1 1 480 60.0 FEET 1 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.1600 + J 0.0570 OHMS/1000 FT 4.17 + J 1.48 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.5042 + J 0.1403 OHMS/1000 FT 13.13 + J 3.65 PU FOR PNL EAHD2 PNL EAB PNL EAHD2 1 480 100.0 FEET 1 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.1600 + J 0.0570 OHMS/1000 FT 6.94 + J 2.47 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.5042 + J 0.1403 OHMS/1000 FT 21.88 + J 6.09 PU FOR PNL EDP PNL EDPA PNL EDP 2 480 25.0 FEET 600 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0. 0257 + J 0. 0463 OHMS/1000 FT 0.1394 + J 0.2512 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0809 + J 0.1140 OHMS/1000 FT 0.4389 + J 0.6185 PU FOR PNL EDPA BUS GEN*2 PNL EDPA 3 480 20.0 FEET 600 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0257 + J 0.0463 OHMS/1000 FT 0.0744 + J 0.1340 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0809 + J 0.1140 OHMS/1000 FT 0.2341 + J 0.3299 PU FOR PNL NLD1 PNL NLD2 PNL NLD1 1 208 50.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 3.40 + J 5.39 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 10.70 + J 13.26 PU FOR PNL NL02 ECB NLD2 PNL NLD2 1 208 50.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0466 OHMS/1000 FT 3.40 + J 5.39 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.1147 OHMS/1000 FT 10.70 + J 13.26 PU FOR SWBD MOP UTILITY*1 BUS SWBO MOP 9 480 150.0 FEET 750 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0216 + J 0.0445 OHMS/1000 FT 0.1563 + J 0.3219 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0680 + J 0.1095 OHMS/1000 FT 0.4919 + J 0.7921 PU FOR SWBD MSB UTILITY*2 BUS SWBD MSB 11 480 90.0 FEET 500 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC I NSULATI ON TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.0294 + J 0.0349 OHMS/1000 FT 0.1044 + J 0.1239 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.0926 + J 0.0859 OHMS/1000 FT 0.3288 + J 0.3050 PU FOR XFMR 1 LC7 PNL 1 HC1 PRI XFMR 1 LC7 1 480 80.0 FEET 6 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0. 5100 + J 0. 0525 OHMS/1000 FT 17. 71 + J 1.82 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 1. 61 + J 0. 1293 OHMS/1000 FT 55.81 + J 4.49 PU FOR XFMR NLD2 PNL DIAGDP PRI XFMR NLD2 1 480 30.0 FEET 2/0 COPPER DUCT MATERIAL: MAGNETIC INSULATION TYPE: PVC INSULATION CLASS: THWN +/- IMPEDANCE: 0.1020 + J 0.0407 OHMS/1000 FT 1.33 + J 0.5299 PU ZO IMPEDANCE: 0.3214 + J 0.1002 OHMS/1000 FT 4.18 + J 1.30 PU TRANSFORMER INPUT DATA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TRANSFORMER PRIMARY RECORD VOLTS * SECONDARY RECORD VOLTS FULL -LOAD NOMINAL NAME NO NAME L-L NO NAME L-L KVA KVA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- XFMR 1 LC7 PRI XFMR 1 LC7 D 480.00 SEC XFMR 1 LC7 YG 208.00 30.00 30.00 POS. SEO. Z%: 3.75 + J 2.04 (ZPU 125.0 + J 68.00 ) SHELL TYPE ZERO SEQ. Z%: 3.75 + J 2.04 ( SEC 125.0 + J 68.00 PRI OPEN) TAPS PRI. 0.000 % SEC. 0.000 % PHASE SHIFT (PRI. LEADING SEC.) : 30.00 DEG. XFMR NLD2 PRI XFMR NL02 D 480.00 SECXFMR NLD2 YG 208.00 112.50 112.50 POS. SEO. Z%: 2.56 + J 3.69 (ZPU 22.76 + J 32.80 ) SHELL TYPE ZERO SEO. Z%: 2.56 + J 3.69 ( SEC 22.76 + J 32.80 PRI OPEN) TAPS PRI. 0.000 % SEC. 0.000 % PHASE SHIFT (PRI. LEADING SEC.) : 30.00 DEG. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ GENERATION DATA BUS NAME GENERATION VOLT SIZE INITKW MAXKVAR TYPE UTI LI TY*1 BUS UTI LI TY*1 1 PU SB THREE PHASE CONTRIBUTION: 20431.0 AMPS X/R : 8.00 LINE TO EARTH CONTRIBUTION: 0.00000 AMPS X/R : 8.00 POS SEQUENCE IMPEDANCE (100 MVA BASE) 0.7302 + J 5.84 PU ZERO SEQUENCE IMPEDANCE (100 MVA BASE) INFINITE BUS GEN*2 GEN*2 1 PU 600.00 KW 0.00000 0.00000 SB UTILITY*2 BUS UTI LI TY*2 1 PU SB THREE PHASE CONTRIBUTION: 49646.0 AMPS X/R : 8.00 LINE TO EARTH CONTRIBUTION: 0.00000 AMPS X/R : 8.00 POS SEQUENCE IMPEDANCE (100 MVA BASE) 0.3005 + J 2.40 PU ZERO SEQUENCE IMPEDANCE (100 MVA BASE) INFINITE BUS NAME VOLTAGE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT L-L 3 PHASE X/R LINE/GRND X/R PNL 480. 7040.6 2.1 0.03 1.0 CANGIO ANGIO UPS 480. 7309.5 2.2 0.03 1.0 BUS GEN*2 480. 5339.2 20.0 5339.17 20.0 ECB NLD2 208. 6080.3 1.5 6185.77 1.5 N WI REWAY 480. 40015.1 4.4 0. 03 1.0 PNL 1 HC1 480. 14294.0 4.1 0.03 1.0 PNL 1 HEI 480. 16193.1 4.2 0.03 1.0 PNL 1 HE2 480. 4888.7 1.0 0.03 1.0 PNL 1 HL1 480. 11271.5 1.3 0.03 1.0 11110. PNL 1 HX1 480. 8024.1 2.4 0.03 1.0 PNL 1 LC7 208. 1632.0 0.5 1668.72 0.5 11111. PNL 1 LC8 208. 1149.7 0.4 957.87 0.3 PNL DI AGDP 480. 34760.5 3.6 0.03 1.0 11111. PNL EAB PNL EAHDI 480. 480. 26506.8 7798.3 1.9 0.6 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.03 PNL EAH02 480. 10810.2 0.7 0.03 1.0 PNL EDP 480. 5246.9 17.1 5202.24 15.5 PNL EDPA 480. 5306.7 18.9 5290.86 18.1 11111. PNL NLD1 208. 4754.5 1.5 4291.28 1.4 PNL NLD2 208. 5336.4 1.5 5067.28 1.4 PRI XFMR 1 LC7 480. 5442.6 0.5 0.03 1.0 PRI XFMR NLD2 480. 26904.7 1.7 0.03 1.0 SEC XFMR 1 LC7 208. 1688.5 0.5 1767.67 0.5 SECXFMR NLD2 208. 6254.7 1.5 6471.42 1.5 SWBD MOP 480. 19315.9 7.0 0.03 1.0 SWBD MSB 480. 46980.7 6.2 0.03 1.0 UTI LI TY*1 BUS 480. 20431. 0 8.0 0.03 1.0 UTILITY*2 BUS 480. 49646.0 8.0 0.03 1.0 **++++***+***+********* FAULT ANALYSIS REPORT COMPLETED •**+++•**+•************ Progress Energy December 9, 2011 Angel Granados Smith, Seckman, Reid 600 W Hillsboro Blvd. Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, Fl. 33441 Project: Angio Room Renovation. Dear Angel Granados: Please be advised that the following fault current data is based on a 1000 kva transformer with a secondary voltage of 480 volts (phase/phase). The calculated maximum available short circuit current (SCA) at the secondary blocks of this transformer is 20,431 amps. Calculated secondary short circuit current values are based on a fault current availability of 10,000 amps at the primary terminals of the transformer serving the customer. Because of constant changes in our system due to load growth, the available short circuit current could increase In time. Electrical protective equipment should, therefore, be checked periodically to insure its adequacy. Progress Energy Florida will furnish this information at any time on request. If you should have any questions and/or concerns, please feel free to contact me at 813- 783-6944. Sincerely, 0W41A4 Darryl Foshee Distribution Design Specialist Progress Energy Florida * 36453 Eiland 131vd, Zephyrhills, FL 33541 ►j��. Progress Energy December 9, 2011 Angel Granados Smith, Seckman, Reid 600 W. Hillsboro Blvd. Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, Fl. 33441 Project: Florida Hospital Zephyrhills, Angio Room Renovation. Dear Angel Granados: Please be advised that the following fault current data is based on a 2500 kva transformer with a secondary voltage of 480 volts (phase/phase). The calculated maximum available short circuit current (SCA) at the secondary blocks of this transformer is 49,646 amps. Calculated secondary short circuit current values are based on a fault current availability of 10,000 amps at the primary terminals of the transformer serving the customer. Because of constant changes in our system due to load growth, the available short circuit current could increase in time. Electrical protective equipment should, therefore, be checked periodically to insure its adequacy. Progress Energy Florida will furnish this information at any time on request. If you should have any questions and/or concerns, please feel free to contact me at 813- 783-6944. Since ely, Q- Darryl Foshee Distribution Design Specialist Progress Energy Florida * 36453 l'siland Blvd, Zephyrhills, FL 33541 `D1:I:7 100 CB' 10 1 0.10 0.01 1 CURRENT IN AMPERES 10 100 1K 10K SA A N ATS-1 A E i[11hI7 1 HX1 - CB ANGIO.tcc Ref. Voltage: 480V Current in Amps x 1 1000 CB A CB A CB 1 100 LRG: 10 1 0.10 0.01 1 CURRENT IN AMPERES 10 100 1K 10K 100K m z Cn m 0 0 z 0 U) m z Cn m 0 0 z 0 Cn PNL 1 HE1 - LRGST 1 HE2.tcc Ref. Voltage: 480V Current in Amps x 1 PROJECT NAME: 11370030 FHZ ANGI0 RM TCC NAME: 1 HX1 - CB ANGI 0. TCC REFERENCE VOLTAGE: 480 V CURRENT SCALE: X 1000 FAULT DUTY OPTION: STUDY RESULT- BUS FAULT CURRENT ALL I NFORMATI ON PRESENTED I S FOR REVI EW, --------------------------- APPROVAL, I NTERPRETATI ON, AND APPLICATION BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER ONLY. SKM DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS SOFTWARE. CAPTOR ( COMPUTER AIDED PLOTTING FOR TIME -- --------------------------- OVERCURRENT REPORTING) COPYRIGHT SKM SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. INC. 1983-2007 DEVICE NAME: CB ANGIO TCC NAME: 1 HX1 - CB ANGI 0. TCC BUS NAME: PNL 1 HX1 BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRI PTI ON: LSI , 100-600A TYPE: LE, MI CROLOGI C AI C RATING: 65KA FAULT DUTY: 8024.1A FRAME: LE 480V 250A CURVE MULTI PLI ER: 1 TI ME MULTI PLI ER: 1 TIME ADDER: 0 SENSOR: 250A PLUG: 250A SETTING: 1) LTPU (0. 5-1. 0 X P) 1.0 t 250A) 2) LTD (2-14 SEC.) 14 3) STPU (2-8 X P) 8 (2000A) 4) STD (0. 1-0. 5 SEC.) 0.1 16 2 T OUT NST (2. 5-8 X P) 7.0 (1750A) ---------5) -I DEVICE NAME: ------- CB ATS-1 A N TCC NAME: 1 HX1 - CB ANGI 0. TCC BUS NAME: SWBD MOP BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRIPTION: LSI, 100-600A TYPE: LE, MI CROLOGI C AI C RATING: 65KA FAULT DUTY: 19315. 9A FRAME: LE 480V 400A CURVE MULTIPLIER: 1 TI ME MULTI PLI ER: 1 TI ME ADDER: 0 400A PLUG: SETTING: 1) LTPU (0. 5-1. 0 X P) 1.0 ( 400A) 2) LTD( 2-14 SEC.) 12 3) STPU ( 2-8 X P) 8 ( 3200A) 4) STD (0.1- 0. 5 SEC.) 0.1 16 2 T OUT 5) I NST ( 2. 5-8 X P) 6.0 ( 2400A) DEVICE NAME: CB ATS-1 A E TCC NAME: 1 HX1 CB ANGI 0. TCC BUS NAME: PNL EDP BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRIPTION: LSI , 100-600A TYPE: LE, MI CROLOGI C AI C RATING: 65KA FAULT DUTY: 5246. 9A FRAME: LE 480V 400A CURVE MULTIPLIER: 1 TI ME MULTI PLI ER: 1 TIME ADDER: 0 PLUG: 400A SETTING: 1) LTPU ( 0. 5-1. 0 X P) 1.0 ( 400A) 2) LTD( 2-14 SEC.) 12 3) STPU ( 2-8 X P) 8 ( 3200A) 4) STD (0. 1-0. 5 SEC.) 0.1 102 T OUT 5) I NST (2. 5-8 X P) 6.0 (2400A) PROJECT NAME: 11370030 FHZ ANGIO RM TCC NAME: PNL 1 HE1 - LRGST 1 HE2. TCC REFERENCE VOLTAGE: 480 V CURRENT SCALE: X 1000 FAULT DUTY OPTION: STUDY RESULT- BUS FAULT CURRENT ALL INFORMATION PRESENTED IS FOR REVIEW, APPROVAL, INTERPRETATION, AND APPLICATION BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER ONLY. SKM DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS SOFTWARE. CAPTOR ( COMPUTER AIDED PLOTTING FOR TIME OVERCURRENT REPORTING) COPYRIGHT SKM SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I NC. 1983-2007 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DEVI CE NAME: LRGST 1 HE2 TCC NAME: PNL 1 HE1 - LRGST 1 HE2. TCC BUS NAME: PNL 1 HE2 BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRI PTI ON: 15-125A TYPE: EG AI C RATING: 35KA FAULT DUTY: 4888. 7A FRAME: EG 480V 35A CURVE MULTI PLI ER: 1 TI ME MULTI PLI ER: 1 TIME ADDER: 0 TRIP: 35A SETTI NG: 1) FI XED ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DEVI CE NAME: CB 1 HE2 TCC NAME: PNL 1 HE1 - LRGST 1 HE2. TCC BUS NAME: PNL 1 HEI BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRI PTI ON: 70-250A TYPE: KH AI C RATING: 35KA FAULT DUTY: 16193. 1 A FRAME: KH 480V 250A CURVE MULTI PLI ER: 1 M ULTI PLI ER: TIME ADDER: 0 TRIP: 175A SETTI NG: 1) THERMAL CURVE( FI XED 2) I NST ( 5-10 X TRI P) 10.0 ( 1750A) ---------------------- DEVI CE NAME: ------------------------------------------------------------------ CB ATS-EO N TCC NAME: PNL 1 HE1 - LRGST 1 HE2. TCC BUS NAME: SWBD MOP BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRIPTION: LI, 100-600A TYPE: LE, MI CROLOGI C AI C RATI NG: 65KA FAULT DUTY: 19315. 9A FRAME: LE 480V 600A CURVE MULTI PLI ER: 1 TIME MULTIPLIER: 1 TIME ADDER: 0 SENSOR: 600A SETTI NG: 1) LTPU (60. 5-1. 0 X P) 1.0 ( 600A) 2) LTD( 2-14 SEC.) 14 3) I NST ( 2-8 X P) 8.0 ( 4800A) --------------------- DEVI CE NAME: -------------------------------------------------------------------- CB ATS-EO-E TCC NAME: PNL 1 HEI - LRGST 1 HE2. TCC BUS NAME: PNL EDP BUS VOLTAGE: 480.OV FUNCTION NAME: PHASE MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D DESCRI PTI ON: LI, 100-600A TYPE: LX & LXI , MI CROLOGI C AI C RATI NG: 65KA FAULT DUTY: 5246. 9A FRAME: LX 480V 600A CURVE MULTIPLIER: 1 TI ME MULTI PLI ER: 1 TI ME ADDER: 0 SENSOR: 600A SETTI NG: 1) LTPU (6005-1. 0 X P) 1.0 ( 600A) 2) LTD( 2-14 SEC.) 14 3) I NST ( 2. 5-8 X P) 8.0 ( 4800A) c� ti N o ' � ~ i ti obi Zi Q) 12 12, Smith Seckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm c4rti6cation - E130000857 Dena Davis PE - 5wm John E. Moulder PE - =00 SSR Jos # 1137003.0 ♦��::ti»rry ♦ rrr cEIV OFZ. ' F'•.�0R1p4•�!♦. �j�s'��ss,sss••a�iv�♦ � ONfAI.0E0'0 a I� d A U) W 0 f) J Q U_ U J W �? 0 0 .0 b4 Project No. D0000.00 E61 © 2011 BHI P% Architects, Inc. Wx12' AIR TERMINAL �' `� � A 1 � l 3 e 4 i/2 GREATER THAN 4`-01, STRUCTURE ABOVE ATTACH CADDY ANGLE „ BRACKETS (TYPICAL) 4 ��4 4 0 1 NOT TO EXCEED 20'-0' - GREATER THAN 4'-0', MINIMUM THREE TWISTS ATTACH CADDY ANGLE I/4 NOT TO EXCEED 20'-0' %" LETTER S _ BRACKET WITH #18 z SELF -TAPPING SHEET- _ 1 -4 MAXIMUM #12 GAUGE GALVANIZED � (TYPICAL FOUR WIRE HANGER (TYPICAL) I METAL SCREWS PANEL �ACHI CORNERS) MINIMUM 15% OFF VERTICAL 4 8 0/ 2 7 7 P H 4 W 5/32 DIAMETER BOTH DIRECTIONS �"' E E D FROM 1 A C D H 1 CRITICAL BRANCH V-4' MAXIMUM (TYPICAL FOUR CORNERS) FOR PANELBOARDS AND ATS'S 4" LETTERS TYPICAL LIGHTING 2 FIXTURE FIXTURE SUPPRORT NOTES: NOTES: SECTION A -A 1. ATTACH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO THE CEILING GRID RUNNERS TO RESIST A A HORIZONTAL FORCE EQUAL TO THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURES. 1• NAMEPLATE TO BE/i�' PHENOLIC PLASTIC LAMINATE WITH COLORS AS FOLLOWS: 2. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 COLOR TYPE: 4B SECONDARY POUNDS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE RUNNERS OF A HEAVY BONDING WIRE DUTY GRID SYSTEM AND THEY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF TWO *12 GAUGE 1. FACE TO BE BLACK, ENGRAVED LETTERS TO BE WHITE FOR NORMAL SYSTEM. SLACK SAFETY WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND ANCHORED TO 2• FACE TO BE ORANGE, ENGRAVED LETTERS TO BE BLACK FOR CRITICAL BRANCH. SECONDARY BONDING WIRE THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. 3. ALL FIXTURES SUPPORTED ON INTERMEDIATE DUTY GRID SYSTEMS MUST 3• FACE TO BE YELLOW, ENGRAVED LETTERS TO BE BLACK FOR LIFE -SAFETY BRANCH. 3 1 BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR TAUT *12 GAUGE 4. FACE TO BE GREEN, ENGRAVED LETTERS TO BE BLACK FOR EQUIPMENT SYSTEM. WIRES ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. 5. FACE TO BE PURPLE, ENGRAVED LETTERS TO BE WHITE FOR ESSENTIAL SYSTEM. A 4. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 6. FACE TO BE CYAN, ENGRAVED LETTERS TO BE WHITE FOR UPS SYSTEM. POUNDS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR 3 NOTE: *12 GAUGE TAUT WIRES ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE REGARDLESS 2. SECURE NAMEPLATE TO SURFACES WITH (2) FLAT HEAD BRASS SCREWS. 3 OF THE TYPE OF CEILING GRID SYSTEM USED.10 WHERE THE METAL BODY IS LESS THAN 3/dNCHES THICK, 5. THE FOUR TAUT *12 GAUGE WIRES INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE A CONTINUOUS GROUND CONDUCTOR (NOT SHOWN HERE) STRUCTURE ABOVE MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR TIMES THE PROVIDING TWO PATHS TO GROUND SHALL BE REQUIRED WEIGHT OF THE UNIT. TO BOND ALL AIR TERMINALS. LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT DETAIL NAMEPLATE IDENTIFICATION DETAIL 0 0 G TYPICAL POINT SPACING DETAIL 46 I/Jx12' AIR TERMINAL A 4A CAST BRONZE TERMINAL BONDING 3FARD ' CAST BRONZE BONDING LUG. SECTION A - LUG LEADED. SECURE WITH TWO SECURE WITH A NO. S869- AND /A % STAINLESSSTAINLESS EEL STEELREWSNUT. BONDING CABLE REW, STAINLESS NO. S882 3 MACHINE THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS STAINLESS STEEL NUT. SYSTEM NO .C-AJ-1064 APRIL 17, 2006 CAST BRONZE PARALLEL F RATINGS 2, 3 & 4 HR (SEE ITEM 4 ) COMBINATION CABLE TO T RATING 0 HR SECONDARY BONDING WIRE. WIRE SPLICER W Rating -CLASS 1 (See ITEMS 2 AND 4) 1. FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY - REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF (1600-2400 KG/CU METER) ) CONCRETE AS SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE IN ITEM 4 BELOW. FLOOR MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY UL CLASSIFIED HOLLOW -CORE PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS*. WALL MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY UL CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCKS*. MAX DIAM OF SLEEVED OPENING IS 32 IN. (813 MM). MAX DIAM OF SLEEVED OPENING IN FLOORS CONSTRUCTED OF ' HOLLOW -CORE PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS IS 7 IN. (178 MM). SEE CONCRETE BLOCKS (CAZT) AND PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS (CFTV) CATEGORIES IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURERS. 2. STEEL SLEEVE (OPTIONAL) -- NOM 32 IN. (813 MM) DIAM (OR SMALLER) SCHEDULE 10 (OR HEAVIER) STEEL PIPE SLEEVE CAST OR GROUTED INTO FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF FLOOR OR WALL. AS AN OPTION, SLEEVE MAY EXTEND MAX 2 IN. ABOVE TOP SURFACE OF FLOOR OR BEYOND ONE OR BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. STEEL SLEEVE MAY BE USED IN 2 AND 3 \ ' COURSE CABLE TO THE NEAREST HR F RATED SYSTEMS ONLY. W RATING APPLIES ONLY WHEN STEEL SLEEVE IS USED. MAIN LIGHTNING MAIN CONDUCTOR AND CLOSE PROTECTION CONDUCTOR CIRCUIT WHERE REQUIRED WITH 3. THROUGH PENETRANTS - ONE METALLIC PIPE, CONDUIT OR TUBING TO BE INSTALLED EITHER SPLICER CONCENTRICALLY OR ECCENTRICALLY WITHIN THE FIRESTOP SYSTEM. PIPE, CONDUIT OR TUBING TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED ON BOTH SIDES OF FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY. SEE TABLE IN ITEM 4 FOR CENTER LINE OF CABLE SIZES OF PENETRANTS A. B. D AND E THAT MAY BE USED. SEE ITEM 3C BELOW FOR SIZE OF MAXIMUM 8' ABOVE CONDUIT THAT MAY BE USED. THE ANNULAR SPACE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN TABLE IN ITEM 4 FINISHED ROOF BELOW. THE FOLLOWING TYPES AND SIZES OF METALLIC PIPES, CONDUITS OR TUBING MAY BE USED: A. STEEL PIPE - SCHEDULE 10 (OR HEAVIER) STEEL PIPE. B. IRON PIPE - CAST OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE. CAST BRONZE PARALLEL C. CONDUIT - NOM 4 IN. (102 MM) DIAM (OR SMALLER) STEEL ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING OR NOM COMBINATION CABLE TO 6 IN. (152 MM) DIAM (OR SMALLER) STEEL CONDUIT. MAIN CONDUCTOR WIRE SPLICER. D. COPPER TUBING - TYPE L (OR HEAVIER) COPPER TUBING. E. COPPER PIPE - REGULAR (OR HEAVIER) COPPER PIPE. 4. FIRESTOP SYSTEM - F RATING OF THE SYSTEISTHE TYPE OF TYPICAL EXHAUST FAN CONCRETE, THICKNESS OFHCONCRETE ANNULAR SPACEMFILL AEND NDENT PAC INGPON MATER AL THICKNESS, BOND CONNECTION TYPICAL CABLE SPLICE TYPICAL FRAME BOND PACKING MATERIAL DENSITY AND PENETRANT SIZE AS SHOWN IN THE TABLE BELOW: WALL MOUNTED OVERBED LIGHT FIXTURE WHERE INDICATED. 2 *12, I #I OG.,3/d CONDUIT (TYPICAL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT) G G PHASE CONDUCTORS N N PHASE CONDUCTORS NEUTRAL AND GROUND C C NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTORS. SEE RISER B B CONDUCTORS. SEE RISER DIAGRAM FOR SIZE. A A DIAGRAM FOR SIZE. 2 *12, 1 *I OG.,3/4 CONDUIT (TYPICAL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT) r CRITICAL NORMAL SYSTEMBRANCH I I I BRANCH I I I PANEL PANEL #10G. BONDED TO NORMAL SYSTEMS PHASE BUS (TYPICAL) BACKBOXES OF F MIN ANNULAR MIN MIN MIN PENETRANT RATING THICK SPACE THICK DENSITY THICK SIZE, HR CONCRETE IN. (MM) PACKING PACKING FILL IN. (MM) IN. (MM) MTL MTL PCF MTL, DIAM IN. (MM) (KG/CU IN. (MM) (OR SMALLER) METER) D, E (COPPER) A, B (STEEL IRON) 2 4-1/2 1/2 - 3-3/8 3-1/2 6 (96) 1/2 (13) 4 (102) 16 (406) (114) 0 3 TO 86) (89) 2 5-1/2 0- 1-7/8 5 4 (64) 1/2 (13) 4 (102) 16 (406) (140) (0 TO 48) (127) 3 4-1/2 1/2 - 3-3/8 3-1/2 6 (96) 1/2 (13) 4 (102) 8 (203) (114) (13 TO 86) (89) 3 4-1/2 0- 2-1/8 4-1/4 4 (64) 1/4 (6) 6 (152) 30 (762) (114) (0 TO 54) (108) 4 5-1/2 0- 1-7/8 5 4 (64) 1/4 (13) 4 (102) 8 (203) (140) (0 TO 48) (127) 1 BRANCH PANELBOARD ( I ( ALL DEVICES ( I NEUTRAL BUS (TYPICAL) TO REMAINING METALLIC DEVICES A. PACKING MATERIAL - MIN 3-1/2, 4-1/4 OR 5 IN. (89, 108 OR 127 MM) THICKNESS OF MIN 4.0 OR IN THE PATIENT VICINITY. 6.0 PCF (64 OR 96 KG/CU METER) MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO OPENING #10 AWG —3/4 CONDUIT min AS A PERMANENT FORM AS SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE ABOVE. PACKING MATERIAL TO BE RECESSED CRITICAL BRANCH FROM TOP SURFACE OF FLOOR OR FROM BOTH SURFACES OF WALL AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE PANEL BOARD THE B. FILL, 01 D OR RED THICKNESS SMATERIAL. OF FILL MATERIAL** CAULK - MIN * OR 1/2 IN. (6 OR 13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL AS SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE ABOVE APPLIED WITHIN THE ANNULUS, FLUSH WITH TOP GROUND BUS (TYPICAL) 2 *12, 1 *1OG.,3/4 CONDUIT TO TELEPHONE OUTLET BACKBOX SURFACE OF FLOOR OR WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. AT THE POINT CONTACT LOCATION BETWEEN REMAINING ROOM RECEPTACLES C PIPE AND CONCRETE OR SLEEVE , A MIN 1/2 IN. (13 MM) DIAM BEAD OF FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE NURSE CALL DEVICE BACKBOX APPLIED . *10 AWG IN 3/4 CONDUIT TREMCO INC - FYRE-SIL (FLOORS OR WALLS) AND FYRE-SIL S.L. (FLOORS) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES (BOND *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK OUTLET BOX AND GROUND PIN OF RECEPTACLE WITH GROUND) PATIENT CARE AREA BRANCH PANEL GROUND BONDING DETAIL CRITICAL CARE PATIENT AREA GROUNDING DETAIL c� ti CIO 4-141 0 � C'5Cq 9.4�6� c, Smith SS11 Reid, Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davis PE - 58M John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 `, iitll111111� ,.;CENT-.�!s No. AF ' R IV •,��� DNAL,EN%0 C, .s x b � � r o 3 a A N O J J O Q O U P4 U .O W W Q� Project No. 00000.00 ET1 E) 2011 BHI PE Architects, Inc. DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS A. General 1. Transportation, Insurance, temporary protection, supervision and Incidentalitems essentialfor proper Installation and operation, though not specifically mentioned or Indicated but which are usually provided or are essentialfor proper Installation and operation of allsystems related to this Seotion,as specified herein. 2. All materials shall be new and bear a UL label. 3. All conduits, wireways or other electrical raceways passing through f Ire partitions, f Ire walls or f loors shall have a f Ire stop Installed providing an effective barrier against the spread of f Ire, smoke and gases, maintaining the required f Ire rating. B. Codes and Regulations INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING CODES AND REGULATIONS. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 2007 WITH 2008 & 2009 REVISIONS NFPA-70: NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE - 2008 EDITION NFPA-72.- NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE - 2002 EDITION NFPA 99:HEALTH CARE FACILITIES - 2005 EDITION NFPA 101:LIFE SAFETY CODE - 2006 EDITION AIA GUIDELINES FOR HEALTHCARE FACILITIES - 2006 2. In these speolf lootlons, ref erences made to the f allowing Industry Standards and Code Bodies are Intended to Indicate the latest volume or publication of the Standard. All equipment, materials and details of Installation shall comply with the requirements and latest revisions of the following Bodies, as applicable: ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society of Testing Materials AWG American Wire Gauge FM Factory Mutual NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association UL Underwriters' Laboratories NETA National Electrical Testing Association IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 3. Allmaterials and workmanship shallcomply with allapplIcable Codes, Specifications, Local and State Ordinances, Industry Standards and Utility Company Regulations, latest Editions. C. Scope of Work 1. Cooperate with alltrades to assure the steady progress of all work under the contract,as wellas providing temporary power at project site for allothers. 2. It shallbe the responsibility of the contractor to study all drawings and details so that the Installation of allnew work can be f ully coordinated. The contractor shall visit the site to satisf y himself that all provisions have been made f or all aspects of this project. If discrepancies exist between drawings and/or site conditions, the contractor shall notif y the general contractor In writing prior to signing of the contract f or consideration and decision bef ore proceedings Failure to do so will not be allowed as a basis for additional compensation to correct a difficulty of difference from conditions Inferred or Indicated on the drawings. 3. Prepare and submit shop drawings of pertinent electrical equipment, devices, etc., as are Indicated In the scope of work, and record for allwork provided under this contract to the arch Itect/englnee r's review. Provide seven (7) copies of all submittals as noted hereinafter. 4. The contractor, f or the work In his scope of work, shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, pay all governmental taxes, f ees, Inspections, and other costs In connection with his work; f lie for necessary approvals with the jurisdiction under which the work Is to be performed. Electrical contractor shall obtain all required certTf Icates of Inspection f or his respective work and deliver some to the general contractor bef ore request f or acceptance of his portion of work Is made and bef ore f Inal payment. 5. Cut all openings, chases and patching required to accommodate the work under this division, seal with acoustical caulk and/or blowout patch, and repair all f loors, walls, etc., damaged by such cuttings. All work done under this heading must conf orm In every respect to f Inish and quality of materials and workmanship specif Ted under appropriate sections f or the building. All cutting, core drilling, etc. required for the Installation of the electrical equipment shall be by the contractor. Approved by the owner. 6. VerIf y equipment sizes, voltage and current characteristics, etc. before the ordering of any equipment and before roughing -in f or equipment to be supplied by others, and provide ready - accessibility of system required to be reached f or maintenance and operations. 7. Check other sections of the specif Ications f or equipment to be connected under this contract. 8. The electrical contractor shall make all requests f or systems shut downs to the owner 72 hours In advance and shall restore all systems to normaloperation by 3:30 pm every work day. 9. The entire area shallbe brought up to meet code requirements Including existing conditions. 10. All abandoned utilities shall be removed. D. The f ollowIng general systems and equipment shall be provided as a minimum, but not be limited to the following: Normal distribution system. Emergency distribution system. Grounding. Empty conduit system f or telephon e/commun Icat Ions systems. Hoisting, rigging, setting of all conduit, cable and equipment. Testing, cleaning and adjusting. Fees, permits, royalties, guarantees. Flrestopping, smokeproof Ing, waterproof Ing. Shop Drawings. Record Drawings, Coordination Drawings. Fire alarm system. Connections to Owner furnished equipment. Access doors. Boxes - junction. Boxes - outlet. Boxes - pull. Conductors - 60OV. Conduit - metallic. Hangers and supports. Mechanical suspension channel. Panelboards - lighting and distribution. Wiring devices and device plates. Submittals and approvals of allState and Local Authorities. SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS A. Raceways shollbe as follows: 1. Raceways for feeders and branch circuits shollbe metaIITc,rTgTd metal conduit, intermediate metalcondult (IMC)or electrical metallic tubing (EMIT)subject to the restrictions of the National Electrical Code, minimum size 3/4'.EMT shallnot be used In concrete construction or where subjected to mechanical damage. 2. Flexible metalcondult shollbe used only for connection to motors, pumps, air handling units and transf ormers, and shall be waterproof type, with an Interwoven ground conductor. Separate ground conductor shall be Installed In all flexible conduit sizes. Flexible conduit non -waterproof type can be used f or connecting to lighting fixtures only. Maximum length of all flexible conduit allowed shall be 5'-0'. 3. Expansion f Tttlngs shall be used where conduit passes through building expansion joints, weatherproof telescopic type. The expansion f ftting shall permit a minimum movement of 4'. 4. Set screw type connectors and couplings will not be allowed, except for amt type condult.Emt fittings shallbe ansIc8O.4 steel type.Insulated throat,gland compression type or set screw type. Dlecost fittings are not acceptable. 5. Raceways shallnot be allowed In any concrete floor slabs. 6. All emergency system wiring shall be Installed In conduit. 7. Provide all materials, devices, hangers. clamps, etc. And labor required to properly support all conduTts/boxes Installed under this contract In accord with nec. Provide minimum of V separation between allcondults racked together. 8. Conduit and boxes In ceiling spaces shallbe supported from structure. 9. Provide nylon pullstrings In allempty conduits. 10. Conduit and tubing shallbe manufactured by one of the f allowing: Anaconda Metal Hose, Republic Steel Corp., Allied Tube & Conduit Co., or Russell& Stoll. 11. Flexible conduit shallbe manufactured by one of the following: Anaconda Metal Hose, Russell& Stoll,or Allied Tube & Conduit. SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS A. Feeders 1. 600V feeders shallbe single-conductor,600V rated with THWN Insulation, feeders shall be color coded using color tape at allconnections and In alipulland junction boxes. All feeders shallbe Installed In conduit. All wiring *8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. 2. Provide color coded cable system approved by Owner. If none Ts required by Owner, provide the following color coding: a. 208/120V (1) A Phase: Black (2) B Phase: Red (3) C Phase: Blue (4) Neutral: White (5) Ground: Green b. 480/277V (1) A Phase: Brown (2) B Phase: Orange (3) C Phase: Yellow (4) Neutral: Grey (5) Ground: Green Note: Color coding shall be continuous on insulation f or *6 AWG or smaller and continuous or marked with color tape at all connections f or conductors larger than *6 AWG. B. Branch Circuits 1. Branch circuit conductors shall be stranded -conductor 600V rated with THWN or THHN Insulation with continuous color coding. 2. Minimum size wire f or branch circuit and power wiring shall be *12 AWG. f or remote control signal circuit and Interlock wiring can be *14 AWG. For 20A branch circuit runs exceeding 100'-0' In length from the panelboard to the f first outlet, the entire branch circuit run shall be *10 AWG or larger. For runs over 175'-Ol to the f Irst outlet, use *8 AWG or larger for the entire branch circuit run. 3. Multi-wlre branch circuits are not permitted. All circuits shall be run with dedicated neutrals. 4. Branch circuit and f eeder conductors -shall be manuf actured by one of the following: Carol Cable, Okonite, Pirelli or Rome Cable Corp. C. All wire and cable shall be annealed, coated copper per astm b 33 or b 189 with conductivity of not less than 98 percent. All wire shall be stranded, unless size 8 or smaller, class b per astm b8. D. All wire shall have 600 volt Insulation. ul listed and complying with ul 83, Icea s-61-402 or Tceo s-66-524 for respective Insulation type and shall be color coded. ". N1111=1111111-10:k A. Boxes shallbe as follows: 1. Galvanized steel outlet boxes conforming to UL Standard No. 514 will be used for concealed outlets. 2. Exposed outlet boxes shall be cast -metal conduit type FS or FD with threaded hubs. 3. Pull and junction boxes shall conform to UL Standard 50. constructed of code gauge galvanized steel and be sized per the requirements of the National Electric Code. 4. Provide pulland junction boxes as required. 5. All junction and pull boxes f or emergency systems and low voltage systems shall have cover plates pointed. Colors f or covers shall be as Indicated below: Llf e saf ety branch yellow Critical branch orange Equipment branch green Fire alarm red Data/telephone system brown 16140 - WIRING DEVICES A. Light Switches 1. Switches shallbe fullsize,heavy duty,oc type,rated for 120/277 volts,P&S No.PS20ACI 2. Dimmers shallbe 120 volts,600,1000 and 1500 watts with slider control,color selected by architect, manufactured by lutron n2000 series or approved equal.Wattage of connected load to the dimmer shollnot exceed 80 percent of dimmer rating. B. Duplex, receptacles 1. Duplex receptacles shall be hospital grade, u-ground, rated for 120 volts, 20 amperes. Catalog numbers are as f ollows: P&S No.8300. C. Device plates 1. Switch and receptacle device plates shall be manufactured of nylon and shall be of the same manuf acturer as wiring devices. Device plate screws shall match plates. 2. All device plates shall be engraved with the panel and circuit number serving the device. D. Receptacles and light switches on emergency power shallbe red In color with red device plates. SECTION 16170 - CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS A. Disconnect switches shall be as follows: 1. Furnish and Install disconnect switches f or disconnecting means f or all equipment. Disconnect switches shall be of the Type 'A', quick -make, quick -break construction. Disconnect switches shall have Interlocking doors. Cabinets shall be bonderized and f Inished In gray enamel. NEMA Type 313 enclosures shall be used where the disconnect switch Is exposed to the weather or In wet areas. 2. Disconnect devices shall be one of the following manuf acturers: Square D. General Electric or Westinghouse. 3. All equipment shall be provided with the proper s1ze/rating disconnect switch whether Indicated on the drawings or not to comply with NEC. Also, Install and connect disconnect switches furnished by other Trades. 16190 - SUPPORTS A. Provide supports as follows: 1. Alisupports required to properly support allequipment. devices, raceways. etc. to be Installed under this contract. 2. Provide supports as required by the NEC. 16195 - IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment IdentTf Icalton 1. Provide engraved laminated phenolic nameplates to Identify panelboards disconnects and allmajor equipment. 2 Nameplates shall Include the panel and circuit designation and shall be laminated. bakelite with 1/4' high, recessed letters. Nameplates shollbe securely attached to the equipment with galvanized screws. Adhesives or cements shall not be used. 3. Nameplate for equipment on normalpower shallbe black In color with white recessed letters. 4. Nameplates for devices on emergency power shall be 'red' In color with white recessed letters. 5. Furnishing and Installing permanent identification markers for all electrical equipment and raceways Installed under this contract. 6. Nameplates shall Include the f ollowing Inf ormation: a. Equipment Identlf Ication: Service vo Itage-phase -wire, branch of power connected to.and source of power the equipment Is f ed from. 7. All panelboards shall be provided with new written directories. All directories shall Indicate loads served as well as breaker ratings and pole space requirements f or each load. ThIs requirement applies to all new or revised ponelboards. Provide copy of all directories to engineer of record. 8. The contractors shall be responsible for tracing out existing branch circuits and updating panel directories as required to Insure proper directory listings. B. Conduit Identif Icatlon 1. Provide manuf acturer's standard pre-printed, f lexTble or semi -rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed f or attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint of marker, matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marker, or pretensioned snap -on. Except as otherwise Indicated, provide lettering which Indicates voltage of conductor(s) In conduit. Provide minimum 8 Inch length for 2 Inch and smaller conduit, 12 Inch length f or larger conduit. 2. Paint conduits f or emergency systems and low voltage systems In accord with table I of this section. Spacing of point markings shall be 10'-0' on centers for entire length of conduit. C. Color -Code Tape 1. Colored tape shall be polyvinyl chloride, self -adhesive not less than 3 mills thick and 1 1/2 Inch wide, suitable for use on 90 degree C conductors, ul listed and shall be f urnTshed In colors as specif led herein. SECTION 16198 TESTING A. All low voltage GOOV equipment, cable, motors, dry type transformers, etc. shall be field tested per NETA Standards. A. A complete equipment grounding system shallbe provided such that all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine f romes, metal f ences, and all other conductive Items operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low Impedance path to ground f or possible f oult currents. B. A separate Insulated green grounding conductor shall be provided for each single and 3-phase feeder and branch circuit. Grounding conductor shollbe run with the related phase and neutral conductors. Panel f eeders Installed In more than (1) raceway shall have ' Individual, f ull sized. green grounding conductor In each raceway. The equipment grounding system shall not rely on the metallic raceways f or grounding continuity. C. Provide bonding of all equipment In accordance with NFPA-70. D. In patient care areas. test the effectiveness of the grounding by voltage and Impedance measurements. Make the measurements and properly log all measurements as required by NFPA 99, Section 4.3.3 at the time of f Inal Inspection by these authorities. 1. Employ test Instruments equal to those specif led In NFPA 99. 2. Correct any wiring f ound def Iclent. 3. Tests shallbe performed and certified by a Master Electrician licensed In the jurisdiction. 4. Patient Care Areas are def Ined as patient rooms, treatment and examination rooms, critical care areas and any spaces where patients are domiciled, examined, evaluated or treated. SECTION 16471 - DISTRIBUTION AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be dead f rant saf ety type equipped with thermalmagnetIc and/or d1gItaIRMS sensing type molded case circuit breakers of trip ratings as shown on the drawings. B. Panelboard bus structure shallbe copper and have an assembly rating In excess of the available short circuit current (RMS symmetrical amps). All copper parts shall be plated to prevent corrosion. C. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with Individually Insulated braced and protected connectors.The f ront f aces of all circuit breakers shall be f lush with each other D. Large, permanent, Individual circuit numbers shall be af f Ixed to each breaker In a unif orm position (or equip each breaker with a circuit card holder and neatly printed card Identifying the clrcult). Leave 'spare' circuits blank. Tripped breakers shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between ON and OFF. Provisions for additional breakers shallbe such that no additional connectors willbe required to add breakers. E. Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed In a steel cabinet. The size of wiring gutters shallbe In accordance with UL Standard 67. Fronts shall have door with matching one piece trim, be of code gauge f ull f InIshed steel with rust InhIbItIn baked enamel f TnIsh. Cabinets to be equipped with spring latch and tumbler -lock on door of f rim. Doors over 481 long shall be equipped with three-point latch and vault lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. Trims shall be door -In -door design so that break rs and gutters shall be exposed when other door Is opened. F. Panelboards shallbe furnished with ground bus. G. Panelboards rated 480 volts AC shallhave short circuit ratings as Indicated below, but not less than 14,OOOA RMS symmetrical. H. Breakers shallbe a minimum of 100 ampere frame. Breakers 15 through 100 amperes trip size shalltake up the some pole spacing. 1. Panelboards shallbe labeled with the UL short circuit ratings as Indicated on the drawings J. Alidistribution panelboards and Individually mounted circuit breakers shallhave short circuit ratings as follows, unless stated otherwise herein or on drawings: 480 Volt Class Panels/Breakers 25 KAIC where shown f ed vTo 500 KVA tronsf ormer 25 KAIC where shown f ed via 750 KVA transf ormer 30 KAIC where shown fed via 1000 KVA transf ormer 42 KAIC where shown f ed via 1500 KVA transf ormer K. Distribution panelboards shallbe provided from manufacturers as listed below: I G.E. - Type Spectra Series 2. Square D Company 3. Siemens L Installation: 1. Panelboards shallbe Installed In locations as shown on the drawings. Panelboards shall be mounted such that the handle of the highest circuit breaker does not exceed 6'-G' above f Inished f loor. Panelboard cabinets shall be Installed f lus mounted as Indicated by trim type as shown on the drawings. 2. The Contractor shall f urnish and Install all distribution panelboards as Indicated on the drawings. Install boards In accordance with manufacturer's Instructions and as specIf led herein. Provide all mounting hardware required f or proper I 3. Surf ace mounted panelboards shall be mounted Independent of the wall and connecting raceways. Furnish steel channel supports mounted on the wall and attach the panelboards to this support. 4. Parielboards shall be Installed with work space as required by NEC. 5. Panelboards shall be Installed In strict accordance with NEC Section 384.4. The Contractor shall coordinate work with all other trades In order to assure compliance to this requirement. M. Grounding I . Distribution panelboards shall be grounded In accordance with the NEC and as specif led In Section 16450 of this contract. N. Identlf Ication 1. Provide nameplate f or each panel In accord with Section 16195 of this con -tract. 2. Provide nameplates for each branch breaker enclosed In each distribution panelboard In accord with Section 16195 of this contract. 0. Cleaning I . All parielboards shall be completely cleaned prior to energizing. 2. Cleaning shall consist of vacuuminis all buses, enclosures (Inside and out), etc. Af ter vacuuming complete, all equipment shall be wiped down. If equipment Is wet or contains moisture, It shall be thoroughly dried bef ore energizing. P. Testing I . All distribution Danelboards shall be tested as described In Section 16198 of thfs contract prior to f Trial payment. SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM A. The contractor shall provide connection to the owners existing f Ire alarm system. Provide all necessary system cabinets, power supplies, micro-cont rollers, keyboard displays, led displays, batteries, peripheral devices, voice evacuation systems, etc. f or a complete and f unctloning system. Fire alarm system components shall match existing. B. The system shall comply with all current, applicable codes Including the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. National Fire Protection Agency a. NFPA 72 Edition b. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 3. Allapplicable UL standards 4. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 5. LocalCode Requirements C. Control Panel 1. The contractor shall provide all necessary hardware and sof twore programming necessary to accommodate modif Icaf tons Indicated on drawings. D. Building Automation System Interface 1. Where required, the f Ire alarm system shall be interf aced with the building automation system (automatic temperature controlsystem) to send and receive signals from alarm Initiating devices and H-O-A switches for the operation of smoke control systems, fan shutdown and communications. Coordinate allrequirements with division 15000. E. Alarm Initiating Devices 1. Provide alI alarm Initiating devices as Indicated on floor plans. Devices shall match existing. Where shown provide all manual pull stations, smoke detectors, heat detectors, f low switches, and tamper switches. Provide connection to all door release circuits and ancillary f Ire alarm f unctlons as Indicated on drawings. F. Alarm Indicating Devices 1. Visual strobe units shall meet the requirements of ADA, UL and NFPA. 2. Audible units in public and staf f spaces shall be speakers with a peak output of 96 dB at 10'-Ol. 3. Audible units In mechanicalareas or other areas with high ambient noise shallbe trumpet type suitable for such locations. G. Wiring 1. All f Ire alarm wiring shall be supervised. All wire and cable shall be suitable f or f Ire alarm use and shall be Installed In conduit. 2. All wiring shall be stranded and color coded per the Hospital's Standards. H. Testing The entire system shallbe tested to the satisfaction of the Owner after which a fInalacceptanoe test witnessed by the local authorlty,the Owner's Building Construction Department and AHCA. SECTION 16740 - EMPTY RACEWAY SYSTEM A. An empty raceway system shallbe provided f or use by the telecommuni cotton vendor f or the pulling In of telecommunications wiring and equipment.The raceway system sholimeet the EIA/TIA-569 Standards. B. Telecommunications Outlets 1. Each telecommunication outlet shallconsist of a 4 11/161 square outlet box with single -gang adaptor and blank cover plate. I'Condult shollrun from the outlet to nearest accessible corridor ceiling. C. Furnish and Installempty conduit outlets and mounting boards f or MATV and security systems. D. Outlet boxes f or all systems shall be 4 11/16' square (no rounded corner) with raised cover and f aceplates (consult Owner for the appropriate faceplate), similar to wiring device plates. E. Provide power requirements such as duplex outlets and ground terminal connections for the telephone empty conduit system, as required by the vendor. F. A minimum 3/16' diameter, twisted nylon plastic f Ish cord shall be f urnIshed and Installed In all empty raceways. Provide a tog on each end of fish cord Indicating the location of the other end.Condults shollbe of a size not smaller than 1'. G. Allempty conduit runs from outlets sholltermInate above an accessible corridor suspended ceiling. H. Where corridors have non -accessible ceilings, provide conduit sleeves as a minimum one (1) per system, covering the entire length of non -accessible ceiling cavity. Number and size of conduTt/sleeves shall be per equipment manufacturers' cabling requirements. 8�0 CVZ ;:4 t3 IZO C*q CZ1 �jj -Zt C5 U &04 CrZ 11:�� '33 2 04 Q co wc� Q-4 1-4 Smith Seckman SR Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FIL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Fim Ce� - EB-000ON7 Dennis Davis PE: - 58W Jobn E. MmMer PE - 33200 &9R JOB # 11370M.0 ISO. " C E /V", ft Nc) V t OF 0 0 R I 6� A,L Z, 8� Cn Z 0 LL 0 LU 13- co _J L) LU _J LU Z, CA.) coz 0 0 100 OWN- W PmjectNo. OM.00 E8A @ 2011 Bffl PK Architects, Inc. SPRINKLER NOTES CrIm- Q41 I. ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE STATE AND 32. BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSAL OR BID, EXAMINE ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS LOCAL FIRE CODES AND ORDINANCES AND AS PER NFPA 13 - 2002 AND RELATING TO THIS PROJECT, THE AMOUNT OF SPACE AVAILABLE FOR PIPING, NFPA 14 - 2003 EDITION REQUIREMENTS. EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTING SERVICES, THE SITE OF THE WORK, THE REQUIREMENTS TO CORRELATE THE FIRE PROTECTION WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES AND 2. MAKE ALL OFFSETS REQUIRED AS PER JOB CONDITIONS. THE TIME SCHEDULE NECESSARY TO PERFORM THAT WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND TURN OVER TO THE OWNER AT LEAST (12) 33. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS MOUNTED IN CEILING SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 4' SPARE SPRINKLERS OF SAME TYPE AND TEMPERATURE RATING BEING INSTALLED AWAY FROM ANY WALLS, CEILING HEIGHT CHANGES OR ANY OTHER VERTICAL INSIDE OF SPARE SPRINKLER CABINETS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. INTERSECTING STRUCTURAL SURFACE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS WITH 34• PIPE SHALL BE REAMED AND CLEANED BEFORE ASSEMBLY, AND AFTER ASSEMBLY. SOFFITS AND ANY CEILING OBSTRUCTIONS PER NFPA 13. THE ENTIRE PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED CLEAN. 5. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED AND PRESENT A NEAT.AND 35. ALL PENETRATIONS OR OPENINGS FROM REMOVED BALANCED CEILING PATTERN UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. PIPES THROUGH EXISTING BUILDING WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND/OR 6. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 18' BETWEEN THE PATCHED TO MATCH ORIGINAL. SEE ARCHITECTURAL BOTTOM OF THE SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR AND THE TOP OF STORAGE, DRAWINGS FOR FINAL FINISHES. FILE, SHELVING, ETC. 36. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF ALL CEILING TO EXISTING PIPING OR EQUIPMENT DUE TO NEW MOUNTED DEVICES INCLUDING SMOKE DETECTORS TO BE REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND HE SHALL RESTORE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO INSTALL SPRINKLER PIPING. EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES WORK TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION AT NO COST TO THE SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL OPERATION OR REPLACED SHOULD THEY BE OWNER. DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8. SCHEDULE 5 PIPING AND FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HEAD DROPS ARE 37. PROVIDE HANGERS ON ALL ARMOVERS OF 12' OR MORE IN LENGTH AND PER NFPA 13. NOT APPROVED OR ACCEPTED PRODUCTS. 38. WARRANTY/GUARANTEE 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURE AND OTHER TRADES BEFORE INSTALLING SPRINKLER WORK. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY/GUARANTEE AND MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF WORK AND MATERIALS AND KEEP SAME IN PERFECT REPAIR AND CONDITION 10. SPRINKLER HEAD RATED Q 155 DEGREES F.,1/2 ORIFICE WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR, FOR THE PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. QUICK RESPONSE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. DEFECTS OF ANY KIND DUE TO FAULTY WORK OR MATERIALS, APPEARING 11. INSTALL PIPING TIGHT TO STRUCTURE WHERE POSSIBLE. DURING THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD, MUST BE IMMEDIATELY REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE 12. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED BY A STATE CERTIFIED FIRE OWNER AND ENGINEER. SUCH RECONSTRUCTION AND REPAIRS SHALL INCLUDE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. DAMAGE TO THE FINISH OR FURNISHING OF THE BUILDING RESULTING FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFECT OR REPAIR THERETO. 13. SYSTEM DESIGNED FOR LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY, AND ORDINARY HAZARD OCCUPANCY GROUP 1 IN ANGIO ROOM, ANGIO EQUIPMENT ROOM & STORAGE 39. PROVIDE HEAD GUARDS ON ALL SPRINKLERS IN ALL ROOMS WITH EXPOSED CEILINGS. ROOMS. PROVIDE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO THE STREET MAIN UTILIZING A FLOW TEST TAKEN NO MORE THAN 180 DAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION IF 40. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12' FROM ANY DIFFUSER PER NFPA 13. REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS AS SHOWN AND ADJUST PIPING TO NEW CEILING PATERN. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL DISCIPLINES INVOLVED SO AS TO AVOID ANY PIPE ROUTING PROBLEMS. 16. EXISTING SERVICES INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS WERE DERIVED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND LIMITED FIELD OBSERVATIONS. THESE DRAWINGS MAY NOT BE ALL INCLUSIVE OF SERVICES THAT EXIST IN THE PROJECT AREA. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SERVICES, LOCATION, TYPE AND SIZE PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. ANY DEVIATIONS IMPACTING WORK SHOWN ON THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR COORDINATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 17. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RELOCATING ALL EXISTING FIRE MAINS AND SPRINKLER PIPING TO FACILITATE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. THIS INCLUDES ALL CEILING SPACES, SHAFTS, WALLS, ETC. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL RAISE ALL EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING WITHIN SCOPE TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AND PROVIDE NEW FITTINGS THROUGHOUT. 19. PRESSURE TEST PIPING AT 200 PSIG FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO HOURS. IF LEAKS ARE FOUND THEN CONTRACTOR SHALL FIX LEAKS AND TEST AGAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE ALLOWANCE IN BID FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF EXISTING PIPING SHOWN TO REMAIN AT 200 PSIG FOR A MINIMUM OF 2 HOURS. ALLOWANCE SHALL INCLUDE FIXING LEAKS AND RETESTING. 20. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A SET OF INSTALLATION SHOP DRAWINGS BASED ON PIPE SIZES SHOWN COORDINATED WITH ALL THE ENGINEERING DISCIPLINES AND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING. THESE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO SSR ENGINEERS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION, INSTALLATION OR SUBMITTAL TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT. ALSO, MATERIAL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROVISIONS FOR FLUSHING SPRINKLER PIPING PER NFPA 13, 8.14.16. SHOW LOCATIONS OF FLUSHING CONNECTIONS ON SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS. 22. SEAL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. FIRE RESISTANCE INDEX FOR THROUGH PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 23. ALL GROOVED AND SCREWED FITTING SHALL BE APPROVED BY AN ENGINEER WHO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DISAPPROVE ANY FITTING. ALL FITTING TYPES SHALL BE FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 24. VISIT THE SITE TO CHECK AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING TO INSURE THE COORDINATION OF THE FIRE SERVICES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 25. CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL MEMBERS TO BE DONE ONLY WITH THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 26. SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH ALL CEILING DEVICES (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, ETC.) AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. 27. INDICATE CENTER TO CENTER DIMENSIONS AND/OR PIPE CUT LENGTHS AND NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETERS OF ALL PIPING ON SHOP DRAWINGS. 28. INDICATE PIPE TYPE, SCHEDULE OF WALL THICKNESS AND METHOD OF JOINING ON SHOP DRAWING. 29. PROVIDE A PERMANENTLY ATTACHED NAME TAG STATING THE REQUIRED DESIGN CRITERIA FOR EACH HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SYSTEM. 30. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN THESE PLANS, OTHER ENGINEERING PLANS, THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND/OR FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FINAL BID PRICE OR FINAL PERMITTING. 31. IN CASE OF DISPUTE OR DOUBT AS TO INTENT OF DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, OBTAIN ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK OR BID INVOLVED. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION SHALL CONSTITUTE LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND FOR REMOVING AND REPAIRING DEFECTIVE OR MISLOCATED WORK IN PROPER MANNER. FIRE PROTECTION ABBREVIATIONS F.H.C. FIRE HOSE CABINET E.P. ELECTRICAL PANEL F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER F.E.0 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET A/5 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER F.D.V.C. FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVE CABINET F.SP. FIRE STANDPIPE O.S. & Y. OUTSIDE STEM AND YOKE RCV RISER CONTROL VALVE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR T.S. TAMPER SWITCH F.S. FLOW SWITCH F.D.V. FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVE A.H.J AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND TYPE K-FACT TEMP LOCATION I. CONCEALED - ORS (WHITE COVER PLATE) 5.6 1550 ALL SPACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 2. UPRIGHT GENERAL - ORS 5.6 2000 TOP OF ELEVATOR SHAFT * SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODEL NUMBERS. �r PLUG ALL UNUSED OUTLETS. FIRE COMPONENT SCHEDULE IDENTITY COMPONENT FP-1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER (CO2 - to LB. - WALL HUNG) j I 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. PROVIDE SPRINKLERS ABOVE AND BELOW DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, PIPING, ETC. 48' IN WIDTH AND LARGER. THIS INCLUDES SYSTEMS LOCATED ADJACENT TO EACH OTHER WHICH THEIR COMBINED WIDTH IS 48' OR LARGER. PIPING SHALL NOT BE RUN OVER ANY ELECTRICAL AND PHONE PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP A SET OF MARKED UP DRAWINGS AS THE JOB PROGRESSES. NO MAJOR CHANGE SHALL BE MADE TO FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN ENGINEERING UNLESS IT HAS BEEN COORDINATED, DRAWN AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. FIRE PROTECTION SERVICES TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CAPPED. F SERVICE: INTERRUPTION SHALL BE KEPT TO A NECESSARY S OF THE RY __FACILITIES, ED COORDINATED THROUGH 1. THE DURATION OF EACH SHUTDOWN SHALL BE LIMITED TO WEEKENDS WITH THE TIME FRAME FOR SHUTDOWNS AS SPEC OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRI' (48) HOURS IN ADVANCE OF EACH REQUIRED INTERRUPTION C ANY AREA AFFECTED BY SHUTDOWN SHALL REQUIRE A 24 1 WEEK FIRE WATCH. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN BID PRICE ALL PREMIUM TIME CHARGES FOR LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR ALL NIGHT AND WEEKEND OVERTIME WORK, AS NECESSARY, TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT. SSR IS CONTRACTED BY THE HOSPITAL/OWNER TO BE THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRODUCE SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH MATCH THESE DRAWINGS IN DESIGN INTENT (PIPE ROUTING, PIPE SIZING, SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT, ETC.). CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FIRE PROTECTION INSTALLATION WITH SITE CONDITIONS (STRUCTURE, CEILING, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC.), AND PROVIDE OFFSETS TO PIPE ROUTING OR DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN INTENT ONLY WHERE REQUIRED BY SITE CONDITIONS OR APPLICABLE CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, ROOFING AND CEILINGS TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES FOR DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALLOWANCE IN BID FOR AN ADDITIONAL 6 CONCEALED HEADS WITH 10 FOOT 1' ARMOVER, 1 TEE AND 2 ELBOWS TO EACH HEAD. PROVIDE LINE ITEM COST PER HEAD WITH ASSOCIATED ARMOVER, FITTINGS AND HANGERS. INSTALL HEADS WHERE REQUIRED BY TEMPORARY WALLS, LOCAL AHJ,UNFORSEEN CONDITIONS, ETC. 49. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES IN BETWEEN ALL PIPING AND FIRE RATED AND SMOKE TIGHT PARTITIONS FOR REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. ANY PIPING WITHIN THIS 6 INCHES SPACE SHALL BE REQUIRED TO BE MOVED AND REROUTED. ANY COST IMPACT TO OTHER TRADES WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 50. ENGINEERING SERVICES TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CAPPED AND PLUGGED. 51. REFER TO DIVISION 15 SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 52. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 24/7 FIRE WATCH FOR ALL AREAS OF THE HOSPITAL THAT HAVE THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHUTDOWN FOR 4 HOURS OR MORE AS REQUIRED PER THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 2007. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER. 53. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE DOMESTIC AND SHALL BE MANUFACTURED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 54. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM THE OWNER A COPY OF THE INFECTION CONTROL RISK ASSESSMENT (ICRA) PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE REPORT AND PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS REQUIRED BY ICRA. FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION F FIRE LINE OR MAIN = FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVE CABINET A/S AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER MAIN FP-1, ETC FIXTURE INDENTIFICATION D DRAIN LINE CONNECTION TO EXISTING PIPE TURNED UP FIRE EXTINGUISHER PIPE TURNED DOWN FLOW SWITCH BALL VALVE CAP ON LINE CHECK VALVE HYDRAULIC CALCULATION PIPE NODE 1-100 -4}+-- UNION IN PIPE Q HYDRAULIC S CALCULATION SPRINKLER D *' O.S.&Y. GATE OR BUTTERFLY VALVE W/TAMPER SWITCH. REMOVE EXISTING HEAD AND PLUG FITTING CHECK VALVE REMOVE EXISTING HEAD & EXTEND I' BRANCH LINE TO NEW HEAD LOCATION CONTROL VALVE AND CHECK VALVE WITH FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES PIPING TO BE REMOVED +--.�-o SPRINKLER HEAD BELOW DUCTWORK DRAWING INDEX SHEET NUMBER SHEET TITLE FPO.1 FIRE PROTECTION SCHEDULES, LEGENDS AND NOTES FPO.2 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS FPO.3 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS FP1.1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - FIRE PROTECTION FP2.1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - FIRE PROTECTION FP2.2 SECOND FLOOR PLAN - NEW CONSTRUCTION - FIRE PROTECTION FP5.1 FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS 0 o � rn A C",� Obi Colo,wwa SS11 RSmith eckman Reid, inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB4)000857 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 ro 07 O z 0 Q Cn z W W J LU J 0 LU U Cn z O LU H O a W w LL �? O O O to Project No. 00000.00 FPO)Ml cD 2011 BE/ Plf Architects, Inc. IR-i BASIC FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15010 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic Fire Protection requirements specifically applicable to Division 15 Sections. B. Requirements of Division 1 Specifications, General Provisions of the Contract and General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Division. 1.02 REFERENCES A. FM: Factory Mutual B. IRI: Industrial Risk Insurers C. MSS: Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry. D. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. E. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. F. UL: Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Include Products as specified in the individual sections of Division 15. C. Submit shop drawing and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal for approval by Architect and Engineer prior to purchasing and installation. D. Submit copies of shop drawings in accordance with Division 1, including: 1. Fire protection systems. E. Brochures: Submit manufacturer's product data and brochures including: 1. Complete descriptions. 2. Illustrations. 3. hating data, accessories, dimensional data, and applicable options and features marked for the specific items scheduled on drawings and specified herein. 4. Capacities stated in the terms specified. S. Performance curves for all air handling units fans and pumps. 6. The third time review of any submittal by the architect/engineer will incur a back charge to the contractor at a rate of $150.00 per hour, minimum. one hour charge. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA 13: Sprinkler System Installation (2002). B. NFPA 14: Standpipe and Hose Systems (2003). C. Florida Building Codes - 2007 Edition, with 2008 and 2009 revisions. D. NFPA 99: Healthcare Fadlities.(2005) E. NFPA 101: Life Safety Code. (2006) F. AIA Guidelines for Design and Construction of Healthcare Facilities - 2006 Edition. G. Special regulations, supplement, and amendments of the State and/or local authorities having jurisdiction. H. Comply with the applicable edition date of each regulation as adopted by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Fire protection layouts indicated on drawings are diagrammatical and intended to show relative positions and arrangement of equipment, and piping. Coordinate fire protection work with other trades and measurements obtained at the job site, as applicalbe, prior to installation. Generally, Install work in locations shown on Drawings, using as necessary, rises, drops, offsets and transitions to fit in the available space unless prevented by Project conditions. B. FT prevented by project conditions, prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work, Including changes to Work specified in other sections. Obtain permission of owner, architect and engineer before proceeding. C. Place anchors, sleeves, and supports prior to pouring concrete or installation of masonry work. D. Cause as little interference or interruption of existing utilities and services as possible. Schedule work which will cause interference or interruption in advance with Owner, authorities having jurisdiction, and all affected trades. E. Determine sizes and verify locations of existing utilities on or near site. F. Keep roads clear of materials and debris. G. Visit site and be Informed of conditions under which Work must be performed. H. Locate equipment requiring periodic servicing so that it is readily accessible. Provide means of service access, following appropriate manufacturer's recommended service clearance space or, as applicable, means of access using wall, or ceiling access doors. I. Install piping to leave sufficient space for AHJ inspection of wall construction. 1.06 FEES AND PERMITS A. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits and inspection fees required to perform Division 15 work. 1.07 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prior to commencement of installation, prepare coordination drawings for work under this division, as specified in Division 1, in full cooperation with persons performing work under other Divisions, including but not limited to mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, structural, and miscellaneous steel. B. Drawings shall not be formally submitted but shall be kept on site for reference and up dated for record drawings. Notify architect/engineer of conflicts that cannot be resolved. C. Coordination Drawings shall be prepared to include the following: 1. Drawn to a scale of 1/4" = V-0". 2. Room dimensions. 3. Sheet size matching contract documents. 4. Show equipment, columns, and beams. 5. Construction details of plenums and casings. 6. Concrete pad and foundation layouts including anchor bolt and sleeve locations. 7. Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical systems. 8. Space allocation for conduits and cable trays. 9. Ceiling height. 1.08 COMPLETENESS OF WORK A. The Contract Documents depict fire protection systems which are intended to be complete and functioning systems. All products, materials, and labor necessary to render a fully functional system to fulfill the design intent shown on the documents shall be provided by the Contractor. B. Catalog numbers referenced throughout the Division 15 Drawings and Specifications are intended to convey a general understanding of the type and quality of the product required. Where written descriptions differ from Information conveyed by a catalog number, the written description shall govern. No extra shall be allowed because a catalog number is found to be incomplete or obsolete. 1.09 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS A. Comply with provisions of Division 1. 1.10 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with provisions of Division 1. 1. All substitution requests shall be submitted 10 business days prior to bid opening. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide record drawings that Illustrate the work of Division 15 as finally constructed. Final record drawings shall be prepaid by the contractor In AutoCad or MicroStation format. All field revisions to the contract documents shall be clouded and identified. Deliver the bond sets of final record drawings to the architect/engineer for review. 1. Record drawings shall be up to date for review by architect/engineer prior to each request for pay application. 2. Record drawings prepared by the contractor in AutoCad or MicroStation format shall become part of the close out documents. B. Record drawings shall reflect all changes made to the Contract Documents, whether generated by addenda, RFI's - request for information, change orders, or field conditions. Maintain a daily record of these changes and keep current set of drawings showing these changes. Changes shall include isometric riser diagram changes. C. Deliver record drawings to architect/engineer within 30 days of Substantial Completion. 1.12 OWNING AND OPERATING MANUALS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1 for owner as part of closeout documents. B. Manuals shall include clear and comprehensive instructions with appropriate graphics and project specific marked data to enable owner to operate and maintain all systems specified in this Division. C. Copies of approved submittals on furnished equipment shall be included as well as final TAB reports. 1.13 TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide the owner with training of all equipment and systems prior to completion of project. Contractor shall coordinate all training required with owner. MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A.Basic materials and methods, along with Division 1, General Provisions, specially applicable to all Division 15 Sections. 1.02RELATED WORK A.Division 1: Cutting and Patching. B.Division 1: Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. C.Division 1: Storage and Protection. D.Division 1: Product Options and Substitutions. E.Division 1: Project Record Documents. F.Division 2: Utilities Excavating and Backfilling. G.Division 3: Concrete H.Division 6: Rough Carpentry. (Wood blocking in walls required for attaching mechanical items.) I.Division 7: Flashing and Sheet Metal. (Flashing for mechanical Items penetrating walls and roof.) ].Division 7: Firestopping. K.Division 8: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. (Louvers and grilles installed in hollow metal doors.) L.Division 9: Painting. 1.Painting of pipe other than medical gas systems. M.Division 10: Louvers N.Division 16: Electrical 1.03ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS A.Wall and ceiling access doors. Install under Division 8. 1.040WNER FURNISHED INFORMATION A. T c the extent the Owner has performed and made available as Owner Furnished Information an Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA), the Contractor shall execute all requirements of the Contract Documents in accordance with the ICRA, and shall perform and provide all labor, materials and supervision to execute the specific infection control measures Identified therein. B.The Contract Documents do not necessarily depict all the work required by the ICRA, nor are the Contract Documents responsible for the information contained in the ICRA. The Contractor shall request, and obtain if available, the Owner's ICRA documentation, become familiar with its requirements and perform all work accordingly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01WALL AND CEILING ACCESS PANELS A.Style and type as required for material in which installed. B.Size: 24"x24" minimum, as indicated, or as required to allow inspection, service and removal of items served. C.14 gauge minimum sheet metal for doors, 16 gauge frames of cadmium -plated or galvanized construction. Doors shall have expanded plaster rings where located in plaster walls or flanged finish where located in drywall or block construction. D.Panels shall have spring hinges with screwdriver locks in non-public areas. Key lock, keyed alike, for panels in public areas. E.Prime painted or rust Inhibitive paint finish. F.UL labeled when in fire -rated construction, 1-1/2 hour rating. G.Provide in walls, floors, and ceilings to permit access to all equipment and piping requiring service or adjustment. Examples of such equipment needing access are fire and/or smoke dampers, mechanical system valves, and equipment needing periodic or replacement maintenance. H.Fumish and locate access panels under this Division. Coordinate with trades who are responsible for building system in which panels are to be installed. I.Acceptable manufactures: Milcor, Nystrom, Karp, J.L. Industries, or Williams Brothers. 1.For masonry and drywall construction: Milcor Style M. 2.For plastered masonry walls and ceiling: Milcor Style K. 3.For ceramic tile or glazed structural tile: Use stainless steel panels. 2.02NAMEPLATES AND TAGS A.Acceptable manufacturers: Seton Nameplate Corporation, Marking Services Inc, or equal. B.Rigid plastic, "Setonite" or bakelite with engraved lettering, minimum 1/2" high. C.Brass tags, at least 1-1/2" inches in diameter, with alpha -numeric I.D., permanently stamped black filled letters showing the service, and black filled numbers showing the valve or equipment number. At substantial completion, a schedule of all valves shall be submitted to the owner. All valve tags shall identify areas served. 2.03PIPE MARKERS A.Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi -rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Seton Snap On or equivalent. 2.04PAINT A.Acceptable manufacturers: Sherwin-Williams, Porter, or equal. B.Coordinate paint and preparation materials with requirements of Division 9. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Repair or replace damage caused by cutting or installation of work specified in Division 15. B.Perform repairs with materials which match existing and install in accordance with the appropriate section of these specifications. 3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A.Insofar as possible, deliver items in manufacturer's original unopened packaging. Where deliver in original packaging is not practical, provide cover and shielding for all items with protective materials to keep them from being damaged. Use care in loading, transporting, unloading, and storing to keep items from being damaged. B.Store items in a clean, dry place, and protect from damage. Plumbing and fire protection piping, equipment may not be staged or stored outdoors unless intended for outdoor use. C.Keep dirt and debris out of pipes. Provide temporary caps or plugs on all piping systems and caps. Caps and covers shall be installed during transit and job site storage. Storge of material shall be indoors. Materials that must be stored outdoor exposed to the elements shall be elevated above grade and covered with heavy mil visqueen. Material found stored outdoors not covered or sitting in standing water shall be removed from the jobsite and replace with new material at the contractor expense. D.Repair, restore, and replace damaged items. E.Cover all equipment and material during work of finished trades with heavy mil visqueen. F.Protect cooling and/or heating coils with temporary filter media during construction. G.AII materials and equipment stored off site shall be stored in a insured and bonded location. Materials and equipment shall not be stored outdoors. 3.03 PIPE .IDENTIFICATION AND PAINTING A.Identify all piping as specified herein painted under Division 9. B.Label medical gas piping under this Division following requirements specified in Division 9, and per Section 2.06 (pipe markers). C.Pipe Identification: 1.Identify all piping systems Seton Snap On labels or equivelent (to denote contents and direction of flow) on piping at no more than 20 foot intervals and at valves, and at least once in each separate space through which the pipe passes. Colors shall conform to ASME 13.1. 2.1-abeling shall be a minimum of 2" high letters. D.AII piping shall be labeled to identify contents and direction of flow. 3.04 CLEANING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A.General Cleanup: 1.Upon completion of contract and progressively as work proceeds, clean up dirt, debris, oil materials, etc., and remove from site, keeping premises in neat and clean condition to satisfaction of the owner, architect/engineer . See Division 1 of specifications for further requirements. 2.Seepage, discoloration or other damage to parts of the building, its finish, or furnishings due to Contractor's failure to properly clean piping systems or duct systems shall be repaired without cost to the Owner. B.Factory Finishes: 1.Clean all materials to like new condition. Touch up bare places, scratches and other minor damage to finishes. Use only factory supplied paint of matching color and formula. If finishes are badly damaged or if there are many damaged, scratched or bare places, refinish the entire item. 3.05 TESTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A.Test all systems and equipment installed to demonstrate proper operation. B.Advise engineer, owner and architect of scheduled systems testing and completed system demonstration/operation schedules so that he may witness, if desired. C.Correct and retest work found defective when tested. D.Make repairs to piping systems with new materials. Peening, doping, or caulking of joints or holes will not be acceptable. E.Fire Protection system piping: Hydrostatically test piping at 200 psi pressure for a period of two hours without evidence of leaking and as per NFPA. 3.11 INFECTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A.Coordinate with the Owner the exact requirements for the infection control measures to be executed and performed during the course of this Project. B.Prior to execution, present to the Owner for approval a written execution plan for each infection control measure. C.Coordinate infection control measures as needed with all other trades and disciplines. D.Provide documentation of infection control measures to the Owner, as required and specified in the ICRA. SLEEVES AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS SECTION 15103 SLEEVES AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide sleeves for piping installed under this Division as specified herein. B. Seal pipe penetration as specified herein. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate requirements of through penetration Firestopping with Division 7. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Division 7: Firestopping 1.04 REFERENCES A. UL Fire Resistance Directory, latest edition. B. ASTM - E814-88: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Firestops. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SLEEVES A. Materials 1. Concrete floors, concrete and masonry walls: 18 gauge galvanized sheetmetal. 2. Drywall partitions: 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet metal. B. Sleeves shall be sized such that the annular space between outside surface of pipe or pipe insulation and the inside surface of the sleeve is not less than 1/2". Provide larger annular space if required by Frestopping product installation instructions. C. Sleeves supporting riser piping 4" and larger shall have three 6" long reinforcing rods welded radically at 120 degree spacing to the sleeve and shall be installed with the rods embedded in the concrete slab. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sleeves: 1. Floors: sleeve all pipe penetrations. Extend sleeve 1-1/2" above finished floor, except piping within pipe chases. Sleeve shall be flush with underside of floor. 2. Masonry or concrete walls: sleeve all pipe penetrations. Sleeves shall be flush on both sides of wall. 3. Drywall partitions: sleeve all penetrations of piping in systems over 160 F. 4. Seal voids between outside surface of sleeve and wall, partition or floor. Seals shall be airtight. 5. Install piping, insulation and sleeves in strict accordance with applicable U.L. floor or partition assembly instructions. Coordinate with Division 7 firestop manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Penetrations not sleeved or firestopped: 1. Seal voids between pipe and partition. Seals shall be airtight. CJ -iv �Y 0 rn 09 r� o N ti CZ O Qq �wwa Smith SSR Seckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfleld Beach, FL 33441 (954)421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EH4000867 Dennis Davie PE - 5MM John E. Mawr PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 IV c ,N TATE OF ,<•O•R 1•����```� 110MAL E%%`� b 0 CNI e A EF W Z O Q U_ LL U W CL U) Z O U W H O 0.. W W UL_ Project No. 00000.00 FPOm2 © 2011 BH! PS Architects, Inc. 15104- PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY 1.03 Section Includes: 1. Penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls. 2. Penetrations In horizontal assemblies. 3. Penetrations In smoke barriers. A. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section "Fire -Resistive Joint Systems" for joints in or between fire -resistance -rated construction, at exterior curtain-wall/floor intersections, and in smoke barriers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. System Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and design designation of qualified testing and Inspecting agency and the following: 1. Documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each penetration firestopping system configuration for construction and penetrating items. 2. Types of penetrating items. 3. Types of constructions penetrated, including fire -resistance ratings and, where applicable, thicknesses of construction penetrated. 4. Provide single composite schedule of firestopping systems regardless of installation responsibility. Separate schedules from multiple subcontractors are not acceptable. 5. Size: 8 1/2 by 11 inches in 3-ring binder. 6. Number of submittals: Two copies. a. one copy to be maintained at site and provided to Owner with operation Maintenance manuals. 7. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -resistance -rated assembly. C . Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. D . Installer Certificates: From Installer Indicating penetration firestopping has been Installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for penetration nrestopping. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements." B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Penetration f1restopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Penetration firestopping Is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and Inspecting agency. b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations listed by the following: 3. UL in Its "Fire Resistance Directory." C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site prior to start of mechanical and electrical systems. 1. Discuss firestopping requirements and other preparatory work to be performed by other trades. 2. Review firestopping details and installation sequence for each type of penetration firestopping. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, and personnel to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review required inspecting procedures. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping whe - n ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilations or, where this Is inadequate, forced -air circulation. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping Is installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core -drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following- 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems, Inc. 2. Hild, Inc. 3. 3M Fire Protection Products. 2.02 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Provide penetration flrestopping that Is produced and Installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements Indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items, If any. B. Penetrations in Fire -Resistance -Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch wg (2.49 Pa). 1. Fire -resistance -rated walls Include fire walls, fire -barrier walls, smoke -barrier walls and fire partitions. 2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. C. Penetnations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 Inch wg (2.49 Pa). 1. Horizontal assemblies Include floors and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies. 2. F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 3. T-Rating: At least I hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per UL 1479. 1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 dm/sq.ft. (0.025 cu. m/s per sq. m) of penetration opening at 0.30 Inch wg (74.7 Pa) at both ambient and elevated temperatures. E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. F. VOC Content: Provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primer's for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. G. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated. 1 Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, Including the following: a. Slag -wool -fiber or rock -wool -fiber insulation. b. Sealants used In combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials In liquid state. c. Fire -rated form board. d. Fillers for sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. 2.03 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating Items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with Installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings Immediately before installing penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written Instructions and -with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating Items foreign materials that could Interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating Items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written Installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After Installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not Indicated as permanent components of firestopping. C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results: Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating Items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.04 IL )ENTIFICATION A. Id itntffy penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) 0A Irestopping edge to labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self -adhering -type labe is with adhesive capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. L )erJgnation of applicable testing and Inspecting agency. 4. DE te of installation. 5. Mar. 'ufacturer's name. 6. Insta, Iler's name. 3.05 FIELD QUALIT Y CONTROL A. Inspection- Ma nufacturer's representative to inspect ten percent of penetration firestopping applications, in each phase, and provide written report indicating compt 'lance with manufacturer's systems and deficiencies to be corrected. s are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration B. Where deficiende. firestopping to cor, nply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclos, ing penetration firestopping with other construction only after inspection reports are issues and installations comply with requirements. -:CTION 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTL -na, lerials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in A. Clean off excess fill r writing by penetration fi restOpping manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection ai id maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that penetration firestopping is without damage or deterioration at time Of SL bstantlal Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, Immediately cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated p enetration firestopping and Install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. FIRE PROTECTION SECTION 15300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCWDED A. Provide materials and labor required to cImpletely execute the sprinkler and fire protection work for this project, as indicated on the drawings and a.5 herein specified. B. Scope of work: 1. Shop drawings. 2. Interior pipe, fittings, and valves. 3. Hangers, supports and sleeves. 4. Sprinkler heads and extra sprinkler cabinet. 5. Fire extinguishers cabinets. 6. Testing and flushing. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 7: Through -Penetration Firestop Systems B. Section 09900: Painting C. Section 15010: General Requirements D. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods E. Division 16: Electrical 1.03 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Comply with local and state licensure requirements for installation of fire protection systems. 1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.) listed and Factory Mutual (F.M.) approved material. B. Comply with local fire department standards for hose threads, operating nuts and accessories for hydrants and slamese connections. C. The automatic sprinkler system Installer shall provide a permanently attached nameplate located at the controlling alarm, indicating the location and the discharge densities over designed areas of discharge including gallons per minute and residual pressure, and hose stream demand supplied by the sprinkler piping. 1.06 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prepare complete detailed working shop drawings for fire protection system based on the contract documents pipe sizes, general routing, and hydraulic calculations. B. After receiving shop drawing approval from Engineer, Contractor shall submit approved shop drawings to State, Local Fire Marshal and Owner's Insuring Agent. Submit shop drawings to architect and engineer for review and approval prior to purchasing material and submittal to Building Department and before the start of installation. If discrepancies are found on shop drawings prior to approval, contractor shall fix plans and Installation to match engineer's contract drawings. C. Include the following manufacturer's product data with shop drawings: 1. Sprinkler Heads. 2. Valves. 3. Fire extinguishers and cabinets. 4. Fire hose valves. 5. Pipe and fittings. 6. Hanger's and hanging method. D. Include the following Information on sprinkler shop drawings: 1. Complete fire sprinkler system layout. 2. Piping and sizes based on contract documents. 3. Pipe elevation. 4. Sprinkler head type and locations fully coordinated with lights and diffusers. Provide head schedule. 5. Hanger locations. 6. Drain lines and termination. 7. Fire department valve locations. 8. Valve locations and elevations. 9. Standpipes; 10. All required construction notes, details Including details for hanging pipe. 11. Sprinkler zone served. 12. Node Identification for the calculated areas. 13. Provide hydraulic data nameplate and locate at fire standpipe and control valve which serves remote area. E. Purpose of shop drawing Is to convey that contractor understands Intent of Contract Documents and to facilitate coordination of sprinkler system with HVAC ductwork and other trades. F. Submit shop drawing and submittals to Owner's Insuring Agency for approval. G. Sprinkler fabrication and installation shall not commence prior to approval by the listed authorities. H. Contractor shall provide copy of MIC - Microbiological Influenced Corrosion Test. 1.07 APPLICABLE CODES (LATEST ADOPTED ADDITION) A. NFPA 10 (2002) B. NFPA 13 (2002) C. NFPA 14 (2003) D. NFPA 25 (2002) E. NFPA-101 Life Safety Code (2006). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Nibco, Wilkins,Victaulic, Grinnell. Nibco model numbers are used to establish required level of product quality. B. Interior valves: 1. Check valves: a. Nibco No. F-908-W, U.L. Listed and F.M. approved, bolted bonnet, horizontal swing, renewable seat and disc, 175 lb. wwp and Nibco F-968-B for 3001b. WWP. b. Nibco No. KW-900-W, U.L. Listed, F.M. approved, wafer style, rubber seat, spring actuated, 175 lb wwp and Nibco G-917-W for 2501b. WWP. 2. Gate valves: a. Nibco F-607-OTS, U.L.-F.M. approved flanged pattern outside screw and yoke, 175 psi WP and Nibco F-697-0 for 300 lb. WWP. 3. Butterfly valves: a. Nibco WD3510-8 or LD3510-8, wafer or lug style, U.L. Listed, F.M. approved, 250 lb wwp, lug style 200 psi wwp dead end rated, and Nibco GD-4765-8N for 300 lb. WWP, internal tamper switch. 4. Ball valves: a. Nibco No. KT-505-8 or KG-505-8, threaded or grooved, U.L. listed, F.M. approved, bronze body, three plece, internal tamper switches, 300 psi wwp. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Interior Pipe and Fittings: 1. Schedule 10 ASTM-135, electric -resistance welded steel pipe suitable for roll grooving for piping 3" and larger. Provide ABF coating on pipe. Piping shall be rated for 300 psi. 2. Thinwall, ASTM-A-795 Type E, Grade A, electric resistance welded by Allied-Dyna Thread with a CRR = 1.0 for threaded pipe ends and Allied XL/BLT for unthreaded thinwall pipe. Provide ABF coating on piping. For piping up to 3". Piping shall bo rated for 300 psi. 3. Schedule 5 piping shall not be approved or permitted. 4. Fittings: a. Mechanical couplings: Roll groove rigid type by Victaulic, or Grinnell U.L. listed for 300 psi. b. Class 250 cast Iron sprinkler fittings U.L. listed - screwed flanged. C. All fittings shall be by the same manufacturer and shall be UL/FM approved. d. Straps shall not be permitted. e. Flexible sprinkler drops shall not be approved or permitted. f. Mechanical couplings shall be manufactured in two segments of cast ductile Iron, conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Gaskets shall be pressure responsive synthetic rubber, grade to suite the intended service, conforming to ASTM D-2000. Mechanical couplings bolts shall be zinc plated (ATSM B-6330) heat treated carbon steel track head conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-449, minimum tensile strength 110,000 psi as provided. 1) Installation ready rigid joints shall be Victaulic Fire Lock EZ Style 009, in sizes 1-1/4" through 4", which shall be designed for direct stab installation onto grooved pipe without prior disassembly of the coupling. Housings shall be cast with offsetting, angle -pattern bolt pads. 2) Standard rigid joints shall be Victualic Style 005 Firelock 005 or 07 (zero -flex), ins sizes 1-1/4" through 8". Housing shall be cast with offsetting, angle -pattern bolt pads, to provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance with NFPA 13. Provide with Vicplus flush seal gasket. 9. Mechanical coupling gaskets shall be pressure responsive, synthetic rubber listed for use with the housings. h. Flange adapters shall be for use with grooved end pipe and fittings, for mating to ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Vlctaullc Style 741 or 744. For mating to ANSI Class 300 Flanges use Victaulic Style 743. 1. Grooved end fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM-A536, Grade 65-45-12 (fire lock), forged steel conforming to ASTM A-234, Grade WPB 0.375" wall or fabricated from STD, wt carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F, E or S, Grade B. Fittings provided with an alkyd enamel finish or hot dipped galvanized to ASTM A-153, zinc electroplated fittings and couplings shall conform to ASTM B633. j. Hole cut branch outlets shall have bolted branch outlets with branch reductions on 2" through 8" header piping. Bolted branch outlets shall be manufactured from ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with synthetic rubber gasket and heat treated carbon steel zinc plated bolts and nuts conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-183, Victualic Style 920/920N. B. Drain Piping: 1. Schedule 40, A53 grade B, galvanized pipe. 2. Fittings: Class 250 cast Iron, screwed with galvanized coating. 2.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Grinnell, Bline, Viking, Reliable Empire, Fee and Mason. Grinnell model numbers are used to establish level of product quality. B. Provide U.L. Listed and F.M. approved hangers. All hangers, hanger rods, and nuts shall be galvanized. C. Hangers: I . GrInnel #260 MSS, Type 1 for pipe 2" through 12" 2. Grinnell Figure #104, Type 6, adjustable split ring for pipe less than 2". 3. Grinnell #69 for pipe 1/2" through 2". D. Clamps: 1. Riser Clamps: Grinnell #261, MSS Type 8, at floor slab penetrations to support risers. 2. C-Clamps: Grinnell #92 with retainer clip, MSS Type 23. 3. Mailable Beam Clamps: Grinnell Figure #218, MSS Type 30. E. Inserts: 1. Concrete insert: Grinnell Figure #281, MSS Type 18, universal concrete insert, adequately sized and correctly positioned to support full load. 2. Lightweight concrete: Grinnell #285. 3. Continuous Concrete Insert: Grinnell Powerstrut #PS-349, pregalvanized. 4. Power Insert: HILTI KWIK-Bolt, zinc plated HDI metal expansion anchor. Use in conjunction with all thread rods. To be used on existing construction only. 5. Power Inserts shall not be used in post tension construction unless approved by Structural Engineer. 6. All hangers, including nuts, bolts, rods, trapeze hangers, clevis and swivel ring hangers shall be hot dipped galvanized where used at exterior applications. 2.04 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Reliable Sprinkler Company, Viking, Victaulic. B. Slip -type escutcheons will not be accepted. C. Extended coverage heads systems will not be acceptable. D. Sprinkler heads shall be U.L. Listed and F.M. approved. Concealed type quick response sprinkler head may be U.L. listed only. E. Brass U-Right: Viking Model MicroFast Model VK300, bulb type, 1/2" orifice, upright. Quick Response, 5.6 "K" Factor. F. Horizontal Sidewall: Viking Model MicroFast Model VK104, bulb type, 1/2" orifice. Quick Response, 5.6 "K" Factor. G. Concealed Viking Horizon Mir -age VK404, bulb type, 1/2" orifice. Quick Response, 5.6 "K" Factor. H. Provide quick response heads In all areas. 1. Provide the following sprinkler heads of the proper type, rating and spacing. Appropriate must be compatible with room finishes. Slip -type escutcheons will not be accepted. 3. Provide one sprinkler cabinet with 12 extra sprinkler heads and sprinkler wrench for emergency use. Locate cabinet in maintenance area. Provide a minimum of two extra sprinkler heads of each type sprinkler head used for the project. Add an extra sprinkler cabinet if necessary to house the spare heads. 2.05 FIRE PROTECTION COMPONENTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Potter -Roemer, Croker. B. Potter -Roemer flgure numbers are used unless noted otherwise. C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (ABC EXTINGUISHER) 1. Cabinet: #1704-A white baked enamel steel box with full acrylic panel door. Fire rated cabinet-FRC,U.L. 2. Extinguisher: #3010, ten pound ABC, multi -purpose dry chemical. 3. U.L. rating: 4A:60B:C. 4. Finish: #1961 decal lettering for cabinet. Paint exterior cabinet frame to match wall surface. D. FIRE EXTINGUISHER (WALL HUNG, BC) 1. Extinguisher: #3310, ten pound, BC dry chemical. 2. U.L. rating: 60B:C. 3. Mounting: Wall mounting bracket. E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER (WALL HUNG, CO2) 1. Extinguisher: #3410, ten pound, BC dry chemical. 2. U.L. rating: 10B:C. 3. Mounting: Wall mounting bracket. F. FIRE EXTINGUISHER (WALL HUNG - ABC) 1. Extinguisher: #3010, ten pound, multi purpose dry chemical. 2. U.L. Rating: 4A:60B:C 3. Mounting: Wall mounting bracket. G. All components In Fire Protection System shall be manufactured In the U.S. Components not manufactured In the U.S. shall not be acceptable. 1. Cabinets installed in fire rated walls shall be fire rated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Installation to avoid Interference with other systems. B. Provide power and Interlock wiring under Division 16. Coordinate with Division 16 for all requirements. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install sprinkler pipe a minimum of 12" above top of ceiling to allow for removal of ceiling tile and lighting fixtures and for access to equipment above the ceiling. B. Support vertical pipe risers at 12' maximum distance or at least once at each floor. C. Use hanger types as specified In Part 2 above. This shall overrule hanger types outlined In NFPA 13. D. Hanger spacing shall be In accordance with NFPA 13. Maximum spacing of 12"-0" on center per FM requirements. E. Provide hangers on all arm outs of 12" or more In all cases. F. Seal penetrations of fire rated walls and floors in accordance with U.L. Fire Resistance Index for Through -Penetration Firestop Systems. Coordinate requirements with Division 7. G. Provide trapeze type hangers where necessary to support pipe when structural steel is not directly above for support. H. Provide 8-1/2" x 11" floor plan in color at each sprinkler control valve within stairwell on wall of area served by sprinkler system. Coordinate with contract documents and Life Safety drawings for areas served. 1. Pipe ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove. 1. The gasket style and elastomeric material (grade) shall be verified as suitable for the intended service as specified. K. All grooved components (couplings, fittings, valves, gaskets and specialities) shall be of one manufacturer. L. Grooved coupling manufacturer's factory trained field representative shall provide on site training for contractor's field personnel in the proper use of grooving tools, application of grooved, and installation of grooved piping products. 1. Minimum excess pressure of 10 psi including required hose stream allowance and sprinkler requirements. 2. Maximum pipe velocity of 20 feet/second or as limited by insuring agent. M. Hose stream allowance based on occupancy classification of remote area in addition to sprinkler demand. In penthouses, design system for 150 GPM hose allowance In addition to sprinkler demand. 1. A minimum of 18 inches clearance between bottom of sprinkler deflector and top of storage shelving. N. All piping, fittings and valves upstream of and Including pressure regulating valves shall be rated for 300 psi. 3.03 SPRINKLERS A. Install sprinkler heads and required piping in areas such as concealed spaces and other special areas and spaces as required by NFPA 13 and NFPA 101. B. Provide drain valves, pipes and test connections as required by NFPA 13. Pipe drain lines and test connections to outside building or as shown and detailed on Drawings. Originate test lines from most hydraulically remote point of each sprinkler zone. C. Install sprinkler heads centerline of corridors and locate in the center of the ceiling tiles. Install sprinkler heads in other designated spaces in the center of the ceiling tiles and symmetrically locate with other heads within the ceiling. Do not install sprinkler heads in other locations any closer than six inches to any ceiling grid or wall. D. Sprinklers shall be installed a minimum of 12" from any HVAC diffuser. 3.04 FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINETS A. Mount top of extinguisher 48" (ADA) above finished floor or as required for ADA compliance. B. Identify on cabinet with 1-1/4" high red lettering "Fire Extinguisher". C. Provide with signage as required. "I J 0, b, b 4 04 Zi CVZ M Z�, cr.) PE� -4 t3 to 04 U 6, ON 4 43 'T 2 Z. L� 'C C-4 Q U rj� 40 r,�, if M a4 N4 Smfth Seckman SS11 Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm CardfieWon - EB-00OW7 E. Mouldw PE - 332M SSR JOB # 1137003.0 %� N. E UZZ STATE OF IU &I, R I U) Z 0 LL 0 W CL U) Z 0 W C) LL t2 4---A ftz, Q4 COD C, 0 Q� Q FIQ Pmjed No. OW.00 FP03 @ 2011 BH1 PK Architects, Inc. -- - i i �I GENERAL NOTES: E 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PHASE WORK AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND OWNER. - --- - 2• CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES FOR DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 3. THE HOSPITAL IS OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE TO PERFORM WORK WITHIN ACTIVE PATIENT CARE AREAS. CONTRACTOR SHALL: A. COORDINATE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS WELL IN ADVANCE WITH OWNER. B. PERFORM WORK AT SUCH TIMES AND UNDER SUCH CONDITIONS AS PRESCIBED BY OWNER. -- � C. PERFORM WORK WITHIN THE GUIDELINES OF THE ICRA REPORT PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT BY THE OWNER. --- - D. SEQUENCE DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE NUMBER & DURATION OF SHUTDOWNS REQUIRED. WHERE FEASIBLE INSTALL NEW MAINS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF EXISTING. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS (STRUCTURE, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC.). PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TIMING. DURATION AND AREAS AFFECTED BY SHUTDOWNS WITH HOSPITAL IN ORDER TO FACILITATE REQUIRED FIRE WATCH. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL RAISE ALL EXISTING PIPING WITHIN SCOPE OF WORK AND PROVIDE WITH NEW FITTINGS AND HANGERS. KEYED NOTES: O REMOVE EXISTING FE. TURN OVER FIRE EXTINGUISHER TO OWNER. OREMOVE EXISTING BRANCH PIPING BACK TO LIMITS SHOWN AND PREPARE PIPING TO EXTEND TO NEW LOCATION. OFFSET EXISTING A/S MAIN AS NEEDED TO ACCOMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW CEILING HEIGHTS, ABOVE CEILING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC. i O REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD AND BRANCH PIPING AS REQUIRED TO EXTEND PIPING TO NEW SPRINKLER HEAD AT NEW LOCATION. SEE NEW WORK PLAN. - O REMOVE AND REINSTALL PIPING AND HEADS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION OF DUCTWORK AND INSTALLATION OF NEW DUCTWORK SHOWN ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. KEYPLAN FIRST FLOOR PLAN - DEMO DUTION - FIRE PROTECTION 1��9"111 DF=MOUIT10',4 LEGEND SYMBQ' DES11 '; TION cXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED ...... ;—REMOVE EXISTING TO THIS POINT SRSmith Seckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssrrinc.com Firm CwUfiCaUw - EB-OOM7 Dennis Davie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSB JOB # 1137003.0 T. ��rA : kI ' v O nrTT�� e 9 0 A ►1•, z O F- U H O w CL w w LL I z O J O 2 0 z IZ w O O _J LL U) LL Project No. 00000.00 F"PlA ©2011 BHI PKArchitecto, Inc. 0 TCk �o Q) b � Smith Reid, eckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX: (954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Dennis Davie PE - 5VM John E. Moulder PE - 33M SM JOB # 1137003.0 a ro Z LO 1 U w O a Nw I.L 1 Z O U Z O U w Z 1 Z Q J i� O O J LL 0 Z O w U) _� C) . rsgs� b4 Project No, 00000.00 IFP2m2 © 20I1 BHI PK Architects, Inc. A. flea U `s•Ys t CS0, CAJ 5071 F-Rating = 2 Hour T-Rating = 0 Hour D O 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale 01 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness Q2 Metallic Pipe: Steel Pipe - 12" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. 03 Pipe Covering - Nom. 3" thick Cellular Glass Insulation. The annular space shall be min. 0" to max. 1-1/4" within the firestop system. ® Metal Jacket - Min. 12" long jacket formed of min. 26 gauge steel cut to wrap tightly around the pipe insulation with a min. 2" lap. Secure using hose clamps located 3" from each end of the jacket. Position jacket flush with surface of floor, or both surfaces of a wall. 0 TREMstop WBM - Min. 1" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. A min. 1/2" diam. cant bead of sealant shall be applied at the insulation/concrete interface at the point contact locations. G�'bS S 1 f.1 a 9 `r.Ys t e,61 CAJ 5089 F-Rating = 2 Hour T-Rating = 1/2 & 1 Hour LIVL/® 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale 01 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness 02 Metallic Pipe: > Steel Pipe - 8" diam. (or smaller) Sch.40 (or heavier) steel. > Iron Pipe - 8" diam. (or smaller) cast or ductile iron. > Copper Pipe - 4" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper. > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. 03 Pipe Covering -Nom. 1" thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. Firestop Treatment: Pipe Type Annular Space, in. T Rating, H Steel Pipe 1/2 to 1 I Iron Pipe 1/2 to 1 I Copper Pipe 3/8 to 1-1/2 1/2 Copper Tube 3/8 to 1-1/2 1/2 4® Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pcf) firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. 4B TREMstop Acrylic - Min. 1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top of floor or both sides of wall. CAT 5(1F7 F-Rating = 1-1/2 & 2 Hour V. 1-I Vf1�LJVI�® 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale 01 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness 20 Metallic Pipe: > Steel Pipe - 10" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 10 (or heavier) steel. > Copper Pipe - 4" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper. > Copper Tubing - 4" diam. (or smaller) Type M (or heavier) copper tubing. 30 Pipe Covering - Fiberglass insulation, see table below for thickness and annular space. Max. Pipe Pipe Covering Annular Space Packing Material Min. Sealant F-Rating T-Rating Diam., in. Thickness, in. in. Thickness, in. Thickness, in. Hr. Hr. 3 1 1/4 to 1-3/8 3-1/2 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 3 1 1/4 to 5/8 3-1/2 1/4 1-1/2 1/2 4 1/2 1/4 to 5/8 4-1/4 1/4 2 1/2 10 1 1/2 to 1 4-1/4 1/4 2 1 10 2 1/2 to 3/4 4-1/4 1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 ® Packing Material - Mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pcf) firmly packed into opening to the minimum required thickness in the table above. ® FYRE-SIL and FYRE-SIL S/L - Min. thickness of sealant as specified in the table above, applied within opening flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall. NOTE: Apply FYRE-SIL S/L to Floor Applications Only. CAJ 5023 F-Rating = 3 Hour T-Rating = 1-1/2 Hour I.JVV® 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale (DPre-Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness 02 Metallic Pipe - 6" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 40 (or heavier) steel pipe. The nom. annular space of I l/16" is required in the firestop system. 03 Pipe Covering - Nom. 1" thick (or less) fiberglass insulation. ® Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of CERABLANKET-FS or ceramic fiber insulation (min. 6.0 pcf) firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. 50 FYRE-SHIELD - Min. 1-1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. G�aS s 1 fleo+ U `rYs t e CAJ5111 F-Rating = 2 Hour T-Rating = 1 Hour 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale 10 Pre -Rated Concrete Floor or Wall Assembly = Min. 4-1/2" thickness 20 Metallic Pipe: A) Steel Pipe - 2" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B) Iron Pipe - 2" diam. (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C) Copper Tubing - 2" diam. (or smaller) Type K (or heavier) copper tubing. D) Copper Pipe - 2" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 03 Pipe Covering - Nom. 3/4" thick AB/PVC flexible foam insulation. The annular space shall be min. 1/8" to max. 1/4" within the firestop system. ® TREMstop IA - Min. 1" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with the top surface of floor or both surfaces of wall assembly. Additional fill material to be installed such that a min. 1/4" crown is formed around the penetrating item. Gras s i fJ U L `r.Ys t eo CAJ 8057 F-Rating = 2 Hr. T-Ra` 3735 Green Rd. Beachwood, OH, 44122 Drawing not to scale 10 Pre -Rated Concrete Floors or Block Walls = Min. 4-1/2" thickness Max. Area of Opening = 60 sq. in., with a Max. Dimension of 12". Q Metallic Pipe: A) Steel Pipe - 3" diam. (or smaller) Sch. 40 (or heavier) steel pipe. B) Conduit - 3" diam. (or smaller) EMT or steel conduit. C) Copper Tubing - 3" diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. D) Copper Pipe - 3" diam. (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. E) Iron Pipe - 3" diam. (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. The annular space between pipes and openings is min. 1/4" to max. 15/16". 30 Pipe Covering - Nom. 3/4" thickness of flexible foam (AB/PVC) pipe insulation. ® TREMstop WS - Intumescent wrap strips wrapped around pipe covering (item 3) two times. 05 Packing Material - Min. 4" thickness of mineral wool insulation (min. 4.0 pcf) firmly packed into the opening as a permanent form. © FYRE-SIL - Min. 1/2" thickness of sealant applied within opening, flush with top surface of floor or both sides of wall assembly. DETAILS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TRADES WITH UL APPROVED METHODS OF SEALING. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, VOLUMES 2A-213 'PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE° FOR CONSTRUCTION METHODS. CONTACT ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR ANY CONFLICTS OR CLARITY. "S" DIMENSION, MINIMUM DIA. INSTALL THREADED RD[ DOWN TO TOP OF PIPE "B" (INCHES) ADJUSTIBLE CLEVIS HANGER FOR PIPING 4" AND LARGER GRINNELL FIG #260 A SIDE JOIST ATTACHMENT OR SIDE JOIST ADJUSTABLE HANGER "•" DIMENSION, [MUM DIA. ADJUSTIBLE SWIVEL RING HANGER FOR PIPING 3" AND SMALLER GRINNELL FIG #69 PHILLIPS CONCRETE "A" DIMENSION, FASTENER I.T.T.GRINNELL MINIMUN DIA-(INCHES) (RED HEAD) TO BE USED ON NEW CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE THREADED ROD HILTIKWIK BOLT, ZINC PLATED, SIZE, CUT TO METAL EXPANSION ANCHOR ON LENGTH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (SEE SPECIFICATIONS). CENTER I -BEAM CLAMP I I A AIr%r—P9 C' NOTE: HANGER ROD DIAMETER IS THE MINIMUM SIZE PER NFPA. HANGER ROD DIAMETER SHALL BE THE DIAMETER APPROVED FOR USE WITH THE HANGER ASSEMBLY.' HANGER SPACING 1. 1" AND 11,4 DIA. STEEL PIPE: MAXIMUM 12 FT. SPACING. 2. 1" THRU 3" DIA. THREADED LIGHTWALL PIPE: MAX. 12 FT. SPACING 3. 11,2" AND LARGER DIA. STEEL PIPE: MAXIMUM 15 FT. SPACING. 4. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-13. EACH SECTION OF PIPE SHALL HAVE NO LESS THAN ONE HANGER. ARMOVERS EXCEEDING 1 FT. SHALL HAVE A HANGER. 5. PROVIDE PIPE CLAMP AT EACH FLOOR FOR RISERS PENETRATING FLOORS. 6- ALL HANGERS. THREADED ROD. NUTS. BOLTS. CLAMPS ETC- SHALL BE GALVANIZED - PIPE HANGER DETAIL ELEVATION `'AIN A/S DRAIN NE FLOOR TO FLOOR ISER CLAMP fS ZONE DRAIN LINE (SEE PLANS) /S DRAIN VALVE ISPECTOR TEST ONNNECTION TEST VALVE 1' ITE GLASS 1' MUST BE VISIBLE) NION WITH ORIFICE ONNECTION TO MAIN /S DRAIN LINE USER CLAMP PPER FLOOR NOTE: SINGLE A/S ZONE PIPE ARRANGEMENT WITH A CONTINUOUS MAIN A/S DRAIN LINE FLOOR TO FLOOR AND EXPOSED PIPES. SELF DRILLING CONCRETE WEDGE ANCHOR 1DROP NIPPLE 1' X 1/2' REDUCER CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD TOP BEAM CLAMP PIPE SIZE A B PIPE SIZE A B 1 3/8 1/8 4 3/8 1/4 11, 3/8 1/8 6 1/2 1/4 1 3/8 1/8 8 1/2 1/4 2 1/4t-1-2 10 5/8 1/4- 2- 3/8 1/4 1/4 3 1/4 HANGER ROD SCHEDULE N.T.S MINIMUM ONE HANGER ON ARMOVERS 12' OR MORE IN LENGTH 1' CLOSE NIPPLE BRANCH LINE CEILING FP-1 4'-0' FIN.FL. WALL HUNG FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHT FLOOR CONTROL VALVE WITH TAMPER SWITCH ELECTRIC WATER FLOW SWITCH PRESSURE GAUGE & COCK \C_1) V III STANDPIPE OR SPRINKLER MAIN. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZES. — TO AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. EXISTING CONNECTION SD DRAIN AND TEST TYPICI I DROP ARETURINKBENDHDELER �TAIL I (EXISTING A\S ZONE CONNECTION DETAIL SPRINKLER HEAD—\ V X 1/2' REDUCER UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD DETAIL 1' CLOSE NIPPLE BRANCH LINE G 1~ C� XO 0 ti 05 o� ti a oC_q C.) ry ti o1wa SS11 RSmith eckman Reid, Inc. 600 West Hillsboro, Suite 300 Deerfield Beach, FL 33441 (954) 421-1260 FAX:(954) 421-1466 www.ssr-inc.com Firm Certification - EB-0000857 Demie D—ie PE - 58588 John E. Moulder PE - 33200 SSR JOB # 1137003.0 •N ri O H .0 C O Q J_ Q H W 0 Z O I— W Ir— W LL O O 04 O Project No. 00000.00 FP5m11 cD 2011 BHI AArchitects, Inc. F I:D R I [;Ad �PIT.�.L ZEPH�HILLS 7050 Gall Boulevard Zephyrh'iils, FL 335 1 ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANG10 v W J J Contents. Sheet No. Description _ = IL W A-101 EQUIPMENT LAYOUT -DETAILS LEGEND AND NOTES > N A-102 REFLECTED CEILING, SAFETY/SERVICE CLEARANCE PLAN J a S-101 STRUCTURAL FLOOR PLAN -DETAILS AND NOTES a S-102 STRUCTURAL CEILING PLAN -DETAILS AND NOTES 0 S-103 STRUCTURAL DETAILS E-101 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY PLAN -LEGEND AND NOTES Q E-102 ELECTRICAL DIMENSION PLAN -LEGEND AND NOTES 0 � E-501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND NOTES O M-101 MECHANICAL PLAN -DETAILS AND NOTES J LL J 0 z a W � O Z � J � a oc — O m _ W 3 N a N H OC Project Contacts: a Siemens Florida Hospital Zephrhills Project Manager Customer Contact Gregg Macaulay Phone: (252) 626-7692 Phone: Voice Mail: () - Ext: Voice Mail: Ext.: gregg.macaulay@siemens.com E-mail: SM Planner 0 M 0 John Capune � a� y Project #: 1101325 -C El I SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS 51 Valley Stream Parkway Malvern, PA 19355 www.usa.siemens.com/medical N Z UJ LU THIS SET OF FINAL DRAWINGS IS REFLECTIVE OF THE LATEST SALES CONFIGURATION. ANY CHANGES TO THIS SALES CONFIGURATION MAY REQUIRE A REVISION TO THIS PROJECT PLAN. IF REQUESTED, SIEMENS WILL PRODUCE A REVISED SET OF FINAL DRAWINGS TO REFLECT THE CHANGES. HOWEVER, SIEMENS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CONSTRUCTION COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE CHANGES THAT OCCUR FROM THIS PLAN MODIFICATION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MEANS OF FINISHED FLOOR FOR DAMAGE PROTECTION OF MOUNTING THE PC TOWER, ITEM #6, OFF AGAINST TIP -OVER, FLUIDS, IMPACT, ETC. > 00 cl EQUIP. - / / cl ROOM I �L__7 CRAC cl E UNIT NOTE: THE ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO CEILING STAND RAILS HAVE BEEN LOCATED IN THIS PLAN TO MOUNT TO THE THREE OF EXISTING UNISTRUTS AS LOCATED AS BY THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. WITH UNISTRUTS TO BE RELOCATED ON THE STRUCTURAL CEILING PLAN. 0 SPACE FOR CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT EXISTING CONTROL COUNTER TO REMAIN. ORIENTATION POINT OF PATIENT TABLE AT FLOOR 9 lo FURRED WALL ADDED. 11\ \\k 1-0 SWIVEL AREA, HEAD/LEFT SIDE POSITION (MOTORIZED 18 -5 CONTROL ROOM 2'-2" Lo PATIENT TABLE MOVEMENT RANGE (FOOT -END) 15 7 8 !2 14 PATIENT TABLE MOVEMENT RANGE cb -END) (HEAD ISOCENTER FLOOR STAND 1_� IN HEAD END POSITION LL __W 19'-4 3/8- SUGGESTED 2'-6"x4'-6" SHELF 48" A.F.F. FOR MOUNTING COOLING UNIT ABOVE IMAGER. PROVIDE TRAY UNDERNEATH FOR LEAK PROTECTION WITH 2.5 GALLON CAPACITY. SHELF PROVIDED BY CLISTOMER/CONTRACTOR. ANCID R M # 10 1 7 L0 t .1 0) ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" V-0" CEILING STAND PARK POSITION C-ARM ISOCENTE IN HEAD -END PC M f%^M CrAkIM lkl *1 ROOM HEIGHT MEASURED FROM THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE FINISHED FLOOR (INCLUDING FLOOR COVERING) TO THE LOWEST POINT OF THE CEILING SUBSTRUCTURE. Dl DCS (CEILING FIXPOINT) Pl FLOOR S7AND (CEILING FIXPOINT) P2 CEILING STAND (CEILING FIXPOINT) Tl PATIENT TABLE (FLOOR FIXPOINT) TOMER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED GAS RECOMMENDED LOCATION SCALE: ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE SYSTEM ELEVATION 1/4" ATTENTION: -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THOR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICAnDN, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESIENTS A COMPLErE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. EQUIPMENT LEGEND NO DESCRIPTION SMS SYM WEIGHT (LBS) BTU/HR TO AIR DIMENSIONS (INCHES) REMARKS W D H ACE (ARCHIVE CONTROL EXTENSION) 13 N/A 12 1/4 11 3/4 4 ON CONTROL COUNTER CONTROL ROOM DISTRIBUTOR 64 1 342 41 1/2 8 1/4 16 1/8 MTD. ON WALL KEYBOARD 2.2 342 17 1/2 6 1/8 2 1/8 ON CONTROL COUNTER 19" MONOCHROME LIVE DISPLAY (FLOOR PLANE) 15 256 16 1/2 8 1/4 13 1/2 ON CONTROL COUNTER 19" MONOCHROME LIVE DISPLAY (CEILING PLANE) 15 256 16 1/2 8 1/4 13 1/2 ON CONTROL COUNTER SYNGO X WORKSTATION TOWER, KEYBOARD, MONITOR 27 --- 6 5/8 17 1/8 17 5/8 LOCATED BY CUSTOMER UNDER COUNTER TABLE CONTROL MODULES is --- 2D 8 3/4 3 1/2 ON TABLE SYNGO X JOYST`ICK/MOUSE MODULE 2.2 --- 3 1/2 6 1/4 3 1/4 ON TABLE CICS EXTENDED W/ LARGE DISPLAY 407 1,706 167 45 3/8 50 3/4 CEILING SUSPENDED BYPASS MONITOR FOR DCS LARGE DISPLAY 21 239 16 1/4 8 1/8 18 WALL MOUNTED ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO FLOOR STAND W/ MOUNTING PLATE 1,466 683 C-ARM FLOOR MOUNTED ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO CEILING STAND W/ LONGITUDINAL RAILS 1,248 683 C-ARM CEILING MOUNTED PATIENT TABLE (TILT TABLE) 1,169 683 TABLE FLOOR MOUNTED 14 UPPER BODY RADIATION SHIELD 4 M TRACK 196 --- TRACK MOUNTED 15 MAVIG R96 O.R. LAMP 48 --- 16 POLYDOROS A100 (POWER UNIT 1) 662 3,413 31 1/2 17 1/8 87 FLOOR MOUNTED POLYDOROS A100 (POWER UNIT 2) 662 3,413 31 1/2 17 1/8 87 FLOOR MOUNTED CABLE CABINET 265 --- 31 1/2 171/8 87 FLOOR MOUNTED SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET 596 5,459 23 1/2 17 1/8 87 FLOOR MOUNTED SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET 2 364 4,094 23 1/2 17 1/8 87 FLOOR MOUNTED LARGE DISPLAY CONTAINER FOR DCS LARGE DISPLAY 253 1.535 23 37 1/2 28 318 MTD. ON CASTERS AXIS IMAGE SYSTEM 441 6,483 30 7/8 37 3/8 28 315 MTD. ON CASTERS KLUVER COOLING UNIT (PLANE A) 93 8,192 18 3/4 15 1/2 18 3/4 SHELF MOUNTED KLUVER COOLING UNIT (PLANE 8) 93 8,192 18 3/4 15 1/2 18 3/4 SHELF MOUNTED POWERWARE 9390 160kVA UPS WITH BATTERY CABINET 5,020 j 43,800 j 86 3/8 31 5/8 73 3/4 SEE M G REQUIREMENTS POWERWARE 9390 REMOTE PANEL MONITOR 5 11 1/4 4 8 1/2 SEE MFG REQUIREMENTS ROOM MEASUREMENTS ALL ROOM MEASUREMENTS AND ROOM DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE VERIFIED ON SITE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK. ENVIRONMENTAL/POWER AUDIT AS AN INDICATION OF OUR COMMITMENT TO QUALITY, SIEMENS MAY, AT NO COST TO YOUR FACILITY, CHECK THE OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AFTER SYSTEM TURNOVER TO DETERMINE IF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, POWER, AND GROUNDING ARE MET AS PER SIEMENS' PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS. SIEMENS WILL GENERATE A WRITTEN REPORT DETAILING THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND ELECTRICAL CONDITION OF THE SITE AFTER TURNOVER AND WILL SHARE THE REPORT WITH YOU. IN THE EVENT WE IDENTIFY ANY ENVIRONMENTAL/POWER DEFICIENCIES AT THE SITE, YOUR FACILITY WILL BE REQUESTED TO CORRECT DEFICIENCIES WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS. SHOULD ANY CORRECTIVE ACTIONS BE NECESSARY, AND UPON REQUES SIEMENS WILL PROVIDE GUIDANCE IN AN EFFORT TO FACILITATE RESOLUTION. PLEASE BE ADVISED THAT AFTER 30 DAYS NOTICE ANY REPAIR OR MAINTENANCE SERVICES NECESSITATED BY SEVERE DEFICIENCIES WILL FALL OUTSIDE YOUR WARRANTY COVERAGE. ANGIOGRAPHY/CARDIAC TYPICAL EXAM ROOM EQUIPMENT CRASH CART - IV POLES - LEAD SHIELD LIGHTING - INJECTOR - ANESTHESIA EQUIPMENT CATHETERS - SCRUB AREA - VIEW BOX GUIDE WIRES - APRON RACK - STERILE TRAY GASES - OUTLETS - PHYSIOLOGICAL MONITORING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER CEILING HEIGHT REQUIREMENT 9 Fr. - 6 3/8 IN. -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAMNG ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROMDE RADATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. MAGNETIC FIELD PRECAUTIONS THE PRESENCE OF MAGNETIC FIELDS IN THE VICINITY OF EQUIPMENT MAY HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT. IT IS THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THAT THE FOLLOWING VALUES ARE NOT EXCEEDED. MAGNETIC FIELD 1 OmT (1D GAuss) COMPUTERS, MAGNETIC DISK DRIVES, OSCILLOSCOPES, PROCESSORS O.,5mT (5 GAUSS) X-RAY TUBES, B/W MONITORS, MAGNETIC DATA CARRIERS, DATA STORAGE DRIVES O.2mT (2 GAUSS) SIEMENS CT SCANNERS 0. 1 5mT(i .5 GAUSS) COLOR MONITORS, SIEMENS LINEAR ACCELERATORS 0.05mT(o.5 GAuss)l X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIERS, GAMMA CAMERAS. PET/CYCLOTRON, OTHER LINEAR ACCELERATORS MAGNETIC FIELDS SHOULD BE MEASURED PRIOR TO DELIVERY TRANSPORT/STORAGE FLAT PANEL DETECTOR IN SYSTEMS WITH FLAT PANEL DETECTORS, THE DETECTOR IS REMOVED FROM THE STAND FOR TRANSPORT TO THE CUSTOMER. THE LIMITED TRANSPORT AND STORAGE CONDITIONS APPLY FOR THE DETECTOR. FLAT PANEL DETECTOR: TEMPERATURE RANGE: 14! F TO 131* F RELATIVE HUMIDITY- 20% TO 95% NON CONDENSING AIR PRESSURE; 70D hPa TO 1ID60 hPa TRANSPORTING REQUIREMENTS LARGEST CRATE WITH PACKING -WEIGHT: 10'-D"L x 4'-2"W x 7--l-H, 2,458 LBS. LARGEST INDIVIDUAL PIECE WITH CARRIAGE (MIN. DOOR OPENING) -WEIGHT 9'-5"L x 3'-6*W x 6'-5"H, 1,984 LBS. STATE AGENCY REVIEW PRIOR TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION OR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS UTILIZING X-RAY FOR DIAGNOSTIC OR THERAPEUTIC PURPOSES, MUST BE OBTAINED BY THE CUSTOMER FROM THE APPROPRIATE STATE AGENCY, IF APPLICABLE. ARCHITECTURAL NOTES 1) ALL PRELIMINARY EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS SUBMITTED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC. (SIMS HEREAFTER) ARE BASED ON THE RECOMMENDED SPACE NECESSARY FOR THE OPERATION AND SERVICEABILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING PROPOSED. SMS WILL NOT SUBMIT AN EQUIPMENT LAYOUT THAT IS NOT IN THE BEST INTEREST OF BOTH THE CUSTOMER AND SMS. ALL EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS ARE BASED EITHER ON AN ACTUAL SITE LOCATION SURVEY OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SUPPLIED TO SMS. SIMS WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ALTERATIONS THAT ENCROACH WITHIN DESIGNATED SAFETY AND SERVICE CLEARANCE ZONES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS (IE. PIPE CHASES, VENTILATION DUCTS, CASEWORK, AND SOFFITS, ETC.) MADE BY THE CUSTOMER OR REQUIRED BY A CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECTURAL FIRM ONCE PRELIMINARY DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED AND APPROVED. DO NOT ALTER ANY SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR DIMENSIONS WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 2) SIMS IS NOT AN ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING FIRM. DRAWINGS SUPPLIED BY SMS ARE NOT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. THEREFORE, THESE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY FOR INFORMATION TO COMPLEMENT ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AVAILABLE FROM A CUSTOMER APPOINTED ARCHITECTURAL REPRESENTATIVE OR A CUSTOMER'S ENGINEERING DESIGN GROUP. SMS REQUIRES THAT ONCE THE FINAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED, THEY SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO SMS PROJECT MANAGER TO VERIFY THAT ALL SIMS REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN ADHERED TO. THE CUSTOMER'S ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND PROFESSIONAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 3) THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ROOM AND AREA PREPARATION COSTS, PROFESSIONAL FEES, PERMITS, REPORTS, AND INSPECTION FEES. 4) EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED ON THE PART OF SMS SHALL BE CONTINGENT UPON STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 5) ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TAKEN FROM FINISHED SURFACES UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 6) THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST. ACTUAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST AT CUSTOMER'S ENGAGEMENT AND EXPENSE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL INFORMATION AS TO THE ROOM LOCATION, USE, AND NUMBER OF ANTICIPATED EXAMINATIONS TO BE PERFORMED PER TIME PERIOD SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE PHYSICIST BY THE CUSTOMER. THE CUSTOMER SHALL FURTHER TAKE ALL RESPONSIBILITY IN THE COMMUNICATION AND COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES OF THE RADIATION PHYSICIST AND THE ARCHITECTURAL REPRESENTATIVE. 7) SIMS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SMS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CAILIBRATION, CONNECTION AND INSTALLATION OF SMS PROVIDED C'ILES, AND CONNECTION OF CONTRACTOR PROVIDED WIRES TO SIMS EuJIPMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT SPECIFIC TRADE RULES OR LICENSE REQUIREMENTS PROHIBIT THIS, THE CUSTOMER SHALL INITIATE THE SERVICES OF APPROVED OTHER CONTRACTORS AND PAY FOR SELECTED, APPROVED PARTIES TO PERFORM THIS WORK WITH JOB SUPERVISION TO BE PROVIDED BY SMS. CALIBRATION WHEN ACCOMPLISHED OUTSIDE OF NORMAL INSTALLATION SEQUENCES DUE TO CONTRACTOR OR TRADE RULE ACTIONS OR REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY, CHARGED TO, AND ACCEPTED BY THE CUSTOMER AS AN ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION EXPENSE. 8) THE CUSTOMER SHALL VERIFY WITH SMS PROJECT MANAGER FINAL INSTALLATION DRAWINGS THE LOCATIONS AND TRAVEL OF ALL ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT TO BE CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED (IE: O.R. LIGHTS, MEDICAL GAS COLUMNS. PHYSIOLOGICAL MONITORING INJECTORS. CRT PLATFORMS, SPRINKLER HEADS. SMOKE DETECTORS, ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, HVAC GRILLES, SPEAKERS. AND GENERAL ROOM LIGHTING, ETC.). 9) THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR/CUSTOMER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL PAINT, TOUCH-UP AND ANY COSMETIC OR TRIM WORK WHICH NEEDS TO BE OR IS REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIMS EQUIPMENT AND ANY ASSOCIATED SUPPORT APPARATUS. SITE READINESS GUIDELINES THE FOLLOWING GENERAL CONDITIONS ARE NECESSARY TO HAVE THE STATUS OF "READY SITE": 1) PROPER POWER AVAILABLE AT SIEMENS EQUIPMENT POWER CABINET LOCATION AND ALL POWER OUTLETS FUNCTIONING. 2) AIR CON DITIONI NG/HUM IDI FICATION SYSTEMS COMPLETE, TESTED. AND FUNCTIONING PROPERLY ACCORDING TO SIEMENS SPECIFICATIONS. 3) PROPER LIGHTING INSTALLED AND FUNCTIONING. 4) PLUMBING COMPLETE EXCEPT FOR ANY FINAL CONNECTIONS TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 5) ALL CABLE TRAYS/DUCTS/CONDUITS CORRECTLY SIZED, LOCATED, AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS. 6� ALL REINFORCEMENT PLATES/UNISTRUT INSTALLED AS REQUIRED. 7 ROOM FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND IMMEDIATE VICINITY IS DUST -FREE AND IS TO REMAIN SO FOR THE DURATION OF THE INSTALLATION. 8) A SECURE AREA (APPROXIMATELY 10' x 10') IS AVAILABLE AT EQUIPMENT DELIVERY FOR PARTS AND INSTALLATION TOOLS. 9) CUSTOMER SUPPLIED CAMERAS AND PROCESSORS INSTALLED. 10) CUSTOMER APPROVAL FOR SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) CONNECTION, AND CUSTOMER'S I.T. CONTACT INFORMATION AND IP ADDRESSES ESTABLISHED. 11) WALLS TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED, FLOORS TO BE TILED EXCEPT IN AREAS OF THE EQUIPMENT BASE PLATES. IF THESE CONDITIONS ARE NOT MET, THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER AND THE DESIGNATED SIEMENS INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR SHALL RESCHEDULE THE INSTALLATION START DATE. NOTE: ADDITIONAL COST MAY BE INCURRED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR AND DELIVERY DATES MAY NEED TO BE RESCHEDULED, WHEN THE SIEMENS SITE READINESS GUIDELINES ARE NOT MET. RESOURCE LIST (SMS USE ONLY) DESIGNATION PG NUMBER DATE ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO AXA4-070.891.03.03.02 02.10 DCS (DISPLAY CEILING SUSPENSION: AXA4-700.891.01.07.02 10.09 ZEE IPLME MM 09/30/11 SIEMENS FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHRHILLS 7050 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ANGIO RM #101 - ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R-101KA) VERSION DATED 05/05/11 SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL AD 10/31 /11 AppRXD By CUSTOMER FOR ANkS RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER 1101325 FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. 1 8 J. CAPLINE I I A 101 SCA REF. - IE: CHECKED: —ISSUE BLOCK— I �� NOTED #30152661 1 10/31 /11 PROJECT MANAGER: GREGG MACAULAY TEL: ��52) 626-7692 VMAl L: EXT: FAX: �252) 636-0044 EMAIL: Gregg,MacQuLayftlemens,com I ATTENTION! LIGHTING AND HVAC DUCTS HAVING THE POTENTIAL TO HEAT OR COOL SIEMENS COMPONENTS MUST NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN SIEMENS CEILING RAIL SYSTEMS AS INDICATED BY THE SHADED AREAS ON THIS PLAN. SPRINKLER HEADS MUST NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN THE SHADED AREAS AS WELL. IF REQUIRED, LAMINAR AIRFLOW DIFFUSERS MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN SIEMENS CEILING RAIL SYSTEMS PROVIDED THEY DO NOT EXTEND BELOW THE FINISHED CEILING OR HEAT/COOL SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. IF PLACED WITHIN SIEMENS RAIL SYSTEMS, THE CUSTOMER MUST ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FACT THAT, DEPENDING ON THE POSITION OF THE CARRIAGE WITHIN THE CEILING RAILS, THERE IS POTENTIAL FOR CERTAIN DIFFUSERS IN THIS AREA TO BE BLOCKED. THE CUSTOMER MUST ALSO ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR POTENTIAL DIFFICULTIES IN SERVICING THE CUSTOMER'S MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN THE CEILING, IF PLACED WITHIN THESE SHADED AREAS. PLEASE COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF THESE ITEMS WITH THE SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. SIEMENS SHALL BEAR NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY EQUIPMENT DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE INSTALLATION OF CUSTOMER -SUPPLIED INFRASTRUCTURE NOT ADHERING TO THE ABOVE STATED REQUIREMENTS. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" RECORD SHALL DESIGN PLATE (16 GA MIN.) THE WF,LL STRUCTURE. CONTROL COUNTER TO SUPPORT A MINIMUM OF 200 POUNDS TO BE DESIGNED, SUPPLIED, AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. SMS SUPPLIED AND r- INSTALLED CONTROL — J ROOM DISTRIBUTOR (CR1). I FINISHED FLOOR LINE SIDE VIEW 5/8" THK. DRYWALL TYPICAL CR1 MOUNTING INS EE LIGHTING GUIDELINES ROOM LIGHTING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER. HOWEVER, SIEMENS OFFERS THE FOLLOWING RECOMMENDATIONS, AS A GENERAL GUIDE ONLY, WHEN PLANNING FOR LIGHTING. 1) OVERALL GENERAL ILLUMINATION IS NECESSARY FOR CLEAN UP AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. FLUORESCENT LIGHTING IS USUALLY PROVIDED FOR THIS PURPOSE AND SHOULD BE A MINIMUM LEVEL OF 50 FOOTCANDLES. TO MINIMIZE GLARE AND PROVIDE VISUAL COMFORT, AN INDIRECT LIGHTING SYSTEM SHOULD BE CONSIDERED TOGETHER WITH COLOR IMPROVED FLUORESCENT LAMPS. 2) THE GENERAL LIGHTING SHOULD HAVE A MULTI —LEVEL SWITCHING CAPABILITY TO ALLOW FLEXIBILITY OF AMBIENT LIGHTING LEVELS. 3) BECAUSE FLUOROSCOPY PROCEDURES ARE NOW PERFORMED WITH IMAGE INTENSIFICATION WITH VISUALIZATION ON A TELEVISION MONITOR, COMPLETE ROOM DARKNESS IS NO LONGER NECESSARY. HOWEVER, IN ORDER TO PERMIT PROPER READINGS OF THE MONITOR, THE ROOM LIGHTING INTENSITY MUST BE CAPABLE OF BEING LOWERED TO BETWEEN 2 TO 5 FOOTCANDLES. THIS CAN BE USUALLY ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF A FOOT SWITCH. THE FOOT SWITCH CONTROL ARRANGEMENT IS SUCH THAT, WHEN OPERATED, A SEPARATE LIGHTING SYSTEM FOR FLUORSCOPY IS TURNED "ON" AND AT THE SAME TIME, THROUGH AN INTERLOCK, THE GENERAL LIGHTING SYSTEM IS TURNED "OFF". IF A VARIABLE LOW LEVEL LIGHTING INTENSITY IS DESIRED BY THE CUSTOMER, THEN A DIMMER CONTROL CAN BE ADDED. IN THIS CASE, INCANDESCENT LIGHTING IS RECOMMENDED FOR THIS PURPOSE. FLUORESCENT DIMMING IS NOT RECOMMENDED. CEILING NOTES 1) ALL CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL REGISTERS AND SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED CEILING, SHALL BE OUTSIDE OF ALL HATCHED AREAS AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD AND SUBSEQUENT CONSULTING ENGINEERS. 2) THE ACTUAL CEILING DESIGN AND COORDINATION OF LIGHTING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD AND HIS SUBSEQUENT CONSULTING ENGINEERS. 3) THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FABRICATING, SUPPLYING AND INSTALLING ALL LIGHT, MECHANICAL AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORTING SYSTEMS. SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS INC. IS ONLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUPPLYING, INSTALLING AND CALIBRATION OF SMS EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED ON THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AS SHOWN ON SHEET A-101. 4) ALL ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN HAVE BEEN COORDINATED WITH THE EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4" SCALE ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT PLAN (SHEET A-101). ANY CHANGES TO THE SMS EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION AS SHOWN, DUE TO PLACEMENT OF LIGHTING, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE SMS PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED —IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION AT DIFCATION,OTHEY ARE NOT TO BE USEDIFOR CONSTRUCTIONPTOPSOARS SUBJECT TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. ATTENTION: MOTIME F THEIR PREPARATION. BOTH THESE —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. SERVICE C LEARANC E IMAGER SERVICE I UNDER NORMAL C LATERAL DISTANCE OTHER COMPONEIN SERVICE, THE IMA MOVED VIA ROLLE WHERE IT CAN BI SIDES (APPROX. 4U u1V vy',n 0,uF_). I'OCENTER LOOK STAND I HEAD END OSITION SAFETY/SERVICE CLEARANCE PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1 '-0" CEILING HEIGHT REQUIREMENT 9 FT. — 6 3/8 IN. —ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. —THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X—RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. QO 110/31/1 1 I R-101R(A) VER90N DATED 05/05/11 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR nMLS SYM I DATE I DESCRIPTION -ISSUE BLOCK- FBAs ZEE BPUWE #M 09/30/11 PROJECT MANAGER: GREGG MACAULAY TEL: 52) 626-7692 SIEMENS VMAI L: � — EXT: FAX: 252) 636-0044 EMAIL: regg,Macaulay@siemens.con FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHRHILLS 7050 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ANGIO RM #101 — ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO A 102 1101325 THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL i 1 0 z U 0 0 3'-6" 2'-4- II II CONTROL ROOM 1 A-loz r--------- J CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING IN WALL FOR MOUNTING CONTROL ROOM DISTRIBUTOR (CR1). CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL BACKIN( FLUSH MOUNTED FOR MOUNTING ELECTRONIC CABINETS. SEE ELECTRONIC CABINET INSTALLAT DETAIL THIS SHEET. (::� I s-lol EQUIP. ROOM SUGGESTED 2'-6"x4'-6" SHELF 48" A.F.F. FOR MOUNTING COOLING UNIT ABOVE IMAGER. PROVIDE TRAY UNDERNEATH FOR LEAK PROTECTION WITH 2.5 GALLON CAPACITY. SHELF PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. STRUCTURAL FLOOR_ PLAN ATTENTION: 1 111 i-F pr /ll']Ir\IT ATII��I 11/�I�,T -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. NOTE: THIS WALL AREA BELOW THE COUNTERTOP MUST REMAIN CLEAR OF OUTLETS, COUNTER SUPPORT BRACKETS, ETC. TO ENABLE THE INSTALLATION OF THE "CR1 " BOX. SCALE: 1 /491 -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. CENTERLINE OF 4" EXHAUST AIR 12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE HIGH BACKING TO BE REQUIRED ABOVE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED THE CABINETS. BY CUST�CONTRACTOR. I I I I II I_---J L---J L--- -- Dl V) I I I 3' I U to II rl II OD II I ® I AIR INTAKE - REMOVABLE BASE COVER PLATES ON NOTES: ALL SIDES OF CABINET BASES. 1) SIEMENS ELECTRONIC CABINETS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SIEMENS. 2 WALL MOUNTING OF THESE CABINETS IS NECESSARY, SINCE THE ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLIES CAN BE SWUNG OUT OF THE CABINETS. 3 DOORS SWING OUT ONLY AND CANNOT BE REMOVED. 4 SOFFITS AND HEADERS TO BE VERIFIED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. 1 ELECTRONIC CABINET INSTALLATION SCALE: NONE TABLE INSTALLATION PLATE WITH THREADED BOLTS Y"� ° d d� .dA �- o 4 e° d d 4: d CABLE LED IN THROUGH — AN OPENING IN THE FLOOR INSULATION P/ SEAL CONTINUOUSL` WITH HYGIENIC-GRA SILICONE FLOOR COVERING SOLID CONCRETE LLATION PLATE BREADED BOLT vl Iv zi/ 6-1 M12-8.8 DETAIL Y 3 INSTALLATION PLATE NONE *1) INSTALLATION PLATE WITH 13 HOLES, 1" DIAMETER. FOR INSTALLATION DIRECTLY ON CONCRETE, THE HILTI HEAVY-DUTY EXPANSION BOLTS HSL-TZ M12/50 (REQUIRED EMBEDMENT DEPTH OF 5 1/8") 7 HOLES EVENLY SPACED MUST BE USED. THE MINIMUM CONCRETE QUALITY IS 3700 PSI. A MAXIMUM OF 2 HOLES MAY BE FREE BETWEEN A I 2 MOUNTING POINTS. 12) MOUNTING POINTS (6XM10) FLOOR STAND. A PATIENT TABLE INSTALLATION *2 I ORIENTATION POINT I PLATE SUPPLIED PATIENT TABLE AND INSTALLED BY SIEMENS *1) FLOOR STAND BASE PLATE SUPPLED AND INSTALLED BY SIEMENS rllLll MtAVT UUIT LAF'ANJIUN INSULATING PARTS FLOOR STAND/PATIENT TABLE 00 I x'` " y %x % x x% ,_;OCENTER FLOOR STAND IN HEAD END POSITION 11" _ CONTINOUSLY WITH IENIC-GRADE SILICONE INSTALLATION PLATE ;UPPORT BASE PLATE INSULATION PLATE SOLID CONCRETE DETAIL A A d a . G .° . a .a ° I c SECTION A -A THE TWO MOUNTING PLATES FOR THE STAND AND THE PATIENT TABLE MUST BE INSTALLED ON A SOLID BASE THAT HAS SUFFICIENT LOAD CAPACITY. CUT AWAY THE FLOOR COVERING. IF NECESSARY, ANY MATERIAL IN THE LOCATION OF THE MOUNTING PLATES THAT DOES NOTE HAVE THE REQUIRED LOAD CAPACITY MUST BE REPLACED WITH FILLED CONCRETE. HILTI HEAVY-DUTY EXPANSION BOLTS ARE INCLUDED IN THE SHIPMENT FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING PLATES. IF NECESSARY, THE MOUNTING PLATES CAN ALSO BE INSTALLED USING M12 THREADED STUDS, MINIMUM HARDNESS RATED 8.8 PER THE ISO NORM, WHICH ARE INSERTED THROUGH THE CEILING OF THE ROOM BELOW (THREADED STUDS, ETC. MUST BE OBTAINED LOCALLY). Ik 2 I INSTALLATION PLATE FLOOR STAND AND PATIENT TABLE I NONE II CEILING HEIGHT REQUIREMENT 9 FT. - 6 3/8 IN. -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. STRUCTURAL NOTES 1) THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBERS AND NEEDED HARDWARE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE SIEMENS EQUIPMENT. 2) THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL BE FIXED, RIGID AND BRACED FOR SWAY. 3) ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBERS SHALL BE TRUE, SQUARE, LEVEL, PARALLEL AND COPLANAR WITH RESPECT TO EACH OTHER, WITH A HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT MEMBER TO BE LOCATED AND SET WITH A TRANSIT. 4) ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT DETAILS SHOWN ARE SAMPLE DETAILS BASED UPON TYPICAL AND STANDARD BUILDING PRACTICES AND ARE NOT INTENDED AS ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. ALL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND SUPPORT CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AT THE CUSTOMER'S EXPENSE. IN THE EVENT AN EXISTING SUPPORT SYSTEM IS TO BE USED, IT WILL BE THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE INTEGRITY OF THAT SYSTEM. 5) WHERE SHOWN ON THE 1 /4" STRUCTURAL FLOOR PLAN, THERE ARE ON OCCASION MOUNTING FRAMES FURNISHED BY SMS. THESE FRAMES ARE TO BE SET BY THE CONTRACTOR, UNDER THE SUPER- VISION OF SMS PERSONNEL. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FRAMES INSTALLED BY HIM TO BE WATER LEVEL AND ANCHORED PROPERLY. 6) ALL CEILING FIXTURES (i.e. AIR SUPPLY GRILLES, AIR RETURN GRILLES, EXHAUST GRILLES, SPRINKLER HEADS, INCANDESCENT AND FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES, INTERCOM SPEAKERS, MEDICAL GAS COLUMNS, ETC.) SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH MOUNTED WITH THE FINISHED CEILING TO PROVIDE FREE AND UNRESTRICTED TRAVEL OF THE SMS CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 7) THE BOTTOM SIDE OF THE UNISTRUT CEILING GRID AND ANY CEILING MOUNTED SUPPORT PLATES ARE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED CEILING. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE COVERSTRIPS FOR THE UNISTRUT. 8) THE STRUCTURAL PLANNING AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4" STRUC- TURAL PLAN HAS BEEN COORDINATED WITH THE EQUIPMENT LOCATION AS SHOWN ON THE 1/4" EQUIPMENT LAYOUT PLAN. FOR THIS REASON, ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE STRUCTURAL PLANNING AS SHOWN MUST BE APPROVED BY SMS PLANNING DEPARTMENT. 9) THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND DETAIL OF FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING STRUC- TURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WEIGHTS, MOMENTS AND FORCES AS SHOWN ON OUR STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS, OR INFORMATION, IN CONSIDERATION OF FORCES AS DETERMINED PER LOCAL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES. GENERAL FLOOR STAND PATIENT TABLE NOTES FLOOR STAND THE PREINSTALLATION PARTS ARE PART OF THE PREINSTALLATION SHIPMENT. THE PREINSTALLATION KIT CONTAINS THE MOUNTING PLATE WITH INSTALLATION HARDWARE, AS WELL AS THE CEILING OUTLET. THE INSTALLATION GAUGE, PART NO. 65 72 G144E, IS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE FLOOR STAND AND PATIENT TABLE MOUNTING PLATES, THE INSTALLATION GAUGE IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE MOUNTING PLATES WITH THE REQUIRED ACCURACY (=SPACING AND ALIGNMENT OF THE MOUNTING PLATES TO EACH OTHER). PATIENT TABLE THE PREINSTALLATION PARTS ARE PART OF THE PREINSTALLATION SHIPMENT. THE PREINSTALLATION KIT CONTAINS THE MOUNTING PLATE WITH INSTALLATION HARDWARE. PATIENT TABLE TENSION LOADS MOUNTING PLATE ON SOLID CONCRETE. FOOT -END LOAD PER INSTALLATION PLATE MOUNTING POINT: MAXIMUM TENSILE FORCE 1,012 LBS. FLOOR STAND/PATIENT TABLE THE TWO MOUNTING PLATES FOR THE STAND AND PATIENT TABLE MUST BE INSTALLED ON A SOLID BASE THAT HAS SUFFICIENT LOAD CAPACITY. CUT AWAY THE FLOOR COVERING, IF NECESSARY, ANY MATERIAL IN THE LOCATION OF THE MOUNTING PLATES THAT DOES NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED LOAD CAPACITY MUST BE REPLACED WITH FILLED CONCRETE. HILTI HEAVY DUTY EXPANSION ANCHORS ARE INCLUDED IN THE SHIPMENT FOR INSTALLING THE MOUNTING PLATES. IF NECESSARY, THE MOUNTING PLATES CAN ALSO BE INSTALLED USING M12 THREADED STUDS, MINIMUM HARDNESS RATED 8.8 PER THE ISO NORM, WHICH ARE INSERTED THROUGH THE CEILING OF THE ROOM BELOW (THREADED STUDS, ETC. MUST BE OBTAINED LOCALLY). I► it ARTIS ZEE �PUWE Ai+IpO 09/30/11 PROJECT MANAGER: GREGG MACAULAY TEL: 52) 626-7692 SIEMENS VMAI L: � - EXT: FAX: 252) 636-0044 EMAIL: reggNacaulay@slemens.coM FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHRHILLS 7050 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ANGIO RM #101 - ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R-101R(A) VER30N GATED 05/05/11 SIEMENRESULTSIN PROSECUTION IN UNDELL R 1 101325 OQ 10/31 /1 1 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FlNALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: 3 8 J. CAPUNE 101 —ISSUE BLOCK— scAI NOTED REF. #3' 0152661 DATE: 10/31 /1 1 CHECKED: U 0 N I N - N 9 MII CONTROL ROOM THYROID DCS THYROID EXTENDED SHIELD CEILING RIALS.— D D F F X _-�I IIEI 141. II III X !ool LEI I I Gml I L X J�II — — _ ISOCENTER FLOOR I I I I II III STAND IN HEAD II II I II III -- - - END POSITION II -- - - — P2 X 6 _ �i I!P 4 2-- I I — I �� �� S-1o2 S-102 S-102 II I II — — -- =j —_ X EQUIP. ANGIO RM Z II II I 1 3 — - ROOM - # 10 1 - - - I - 1 - II - I s-1o2 s-1o2 I 5 S-102 P1 II —i I — EXISTING X UNISTRUTS. -- - - - �---��-TF- ITTI ===±x A — A C-ARM/DCS CEILING pr- RAILS -1 F-1 ;F 1, ' I 5'-5" I. I 1 3'-5" 1 10'-10" NOTE: "P1" AND "P2" UNISTRUT PIECES TO BE MOUNTED ON TOP OF "X" UNISTRUT GRID WITH FINAL PLACEMENT AND MOUNTING TO BE PERFORMED BY SIEMENS MECHANICAL INSTALLER. SEE DETAIL #'S 5 & 6, THIS SHEET - NOTE: ALL UNISTRUT IS NEW UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. STRUCTURAL CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" ORIENTATION UKILN I Al IUN POINT/ISOCENTER, POINT/ISOCENTER, STANDS IN HEAD SIDE o11'-9 3/4' STANDS IN LEFT SIDE POSITION POSITION REQUIRED ROOM HEIGHT: 9 FT. - 6 3/8 IN. *1 ROOM HEIGHT MEASURED FROM THE HIGHEST POINT IN THE CROSS HATCHED AREA ON THE FINISHED FLOOR (INCLUDING FLOOR COVERING) TO THE LOWEST POINT OF THE UNISTRUT CEILING, (THE UNISTRUT MUST BE FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED CEILING). HERE, THE AREA OF THE CEILING UNISTRUT IN WHICH THE LONGITUDINAL RAILS FOR THE CEILING STAND ARE INSTALLED IS THE DETERMING FACTOR. *2 THE CROSS HATCHED AREA IS DETERMINED BY THE MOVEMENT RANGE OF THE FLOOR STAND C-ARM. EXAM ROOM HEIGHT DETAIL 1 EXAM ROOM HEIGHT SCALE NONE ATTENTION: —THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. —THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. LOADS ACTING ON A POINT Z OF SUSPENSION. Fy SEE STRUCTURAL CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT DISTANCES. FX FZ ,3 �1 Z �g ti e" 26�A NO LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED BETWEEN RAILS Z (SEE DETAIL #4, THIS SHEET) TYPICAL AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF UNISTRUT AND C—ARM LONGITUDINAL RAILS "A" MAXIMUM LOADS DURING OPERATION F MAX. = Fy = VERTICAL CEILING LOAD PER MOUNTING POINT 1.664 LBS. (2 SCREWS = 1,326 LEIS. PER SCREW) THE DYNAMIC LOAD IS EXERTED ON EACH MOUNTING POINT BECAUSE THIS IS A FLOATING SINGLE LOAD. Fx = MAXIMUM TRANSVERSE FORCE EXERTED ON THE RAIL. 450 LBS. FZ = MAXIMUM LONGITUDINAL FORCE EXERTED ON THE RAIL. 675 LBS. NOTES: A STRUCTURAL CEILING (IE UNISTRUT) MUST BE INSTALLED BY THE CUSTDMER/CONTRACTOR AND MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS. 1. THE BOTTOM SURFACE MUST BE POSITIONED HORIZONTALLY. (MAXIMUM DEVIATION IS 0.5MM/M (1/64"/39"). 2. THE UNISTRUT SUB CONSTRUCTION SHOULD BE DESIGNED SUCH THAT VIBRATION INDUCED BY THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE FORCES ARE LIMITED TO THE VIBRATION SPECIFICATION AS SPECIFIED ON THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS TABLE LOCATED ON THE M-101 SHEET. IF NECESSARY, THE STRUCTURAL CEILING (IE UNISTRUT) MUST BE REINFORCED WITH LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE BRACING. 3. PROVIDE LONGITUDINAL AND DIAGONAL SUPPORT BEAMS. 4. WITH A HORIZONTAL EXERTED FORCE OF 135 LBS., THE STRUCTURAL CEILING (IE UNISTRUT) MOVEMENT MAY NOT EXCEED 0.3MM (1/64'. 5. THE GREATEST SHIFTING SINGLE LOAD (CEILING STAND AND DCS) EXERTS A FORCE OF 1,664 LBS ON THE COILING. THE MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ON THE INSTALLATION CEILING CAUSED BY THIS SINGLE LOAD MAY NOT BE GREATER THAN 3MM (7/64-). 2 CEILING LOADS NSCAL ONE CEILING PLAN LEGEND SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY SIEMENS SYM DESCRIPTION DET A LONGITUDINAL RAILS ATTACHED TO "P-1001" UNISTRUT 2,4 C CEILING STAND MOVES ALONG LONGITUDINAL RAILS 2,4 D DCS RAILS ATTACHED TO "P-1001" UNISTRUT 2,4 E DCS CARRIAGE MOVES ALONG LONGITUDINAL RAILS 2,4 F RAID. SHIELD RAILS ATTACHED TO "P-1001" UNISTRUT - G RADIATION SHIELD SUPPORT CARRIAGE MOVES ALONG RAILS - Z LONGITUDINAL RAIL SUPPORT MOUNTING POINT BOLTED 2.4 TO UNISTRUT FRAME SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SYM DESCRIPTION DET X "P-1001" UNISTRUT MOUNTED FLUSH WITH FINISHED 2 CEILING. MUST BE LEVEL AS SPECIFIED BY SIEMENS ON STRUCTURAL NOTES AND DETAILS. P1, P2 CEILING OUTLET SUPPORTS 5,6 NOTE: ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT DETAILS SHOWN ARE SAMPLE DETAILS BASED UPON TYPICAL AND STANDARD BUILDING PRACTICES AND ARE NOT INTENDED AS ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. ALL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND SUPPORT CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AT THE CUSTOMER'S EXPENSE. IN THE EVENT AN EXISTING SUPPORT SYSTEM IS TO BE USED, IT WILL BE THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE INTEGRITY OF THAT SYSTEM. CEILING HEIGHT REQUIREMENT 9 FT. - 6 =/8IN- -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROVIDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. SECTION A -A "P1" UNISTRUT. SEE PLAN, THIS SHEET, FOR ORIENTATION. P1001 MAIN M10 UNISTRUT THREADED GRID STUDS rrm FINISHED — — CEILING = _ = ROUND COVER DISK OPENING IN CEILING 10" 11 13/16" P1 I \001 MAIN UNISTRUT II I/ \ II GRID SEE NOTE #1 N A III A II llll \ OUTLET DIAMETER APPROX. 4" 7 11/16" NOTES: 1) CEILING ATTACHMENT WITH A PULLING FORCE ON EACH SCREW OF LESS THAN 225 LBS. 2) UNISTRUT PIECES AND UNISTRUT HARDWARE/ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. ALL OTHER ATTACHMENT ITEMS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. FLOOR STAND CEILING OUTLET FOR A UNISTRUT CEILING (P1) 5 P1 CEILING OUTLET NTSLE: ABOVE TELESPAR ANCHORING MUST BE DESIGNED, SPECIFIED AND DETAILED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. TELESPAR TUBE CROSS BRACING 14 0 AS REQUIRED. 0 P1000 HORIZONTAL UNISTRUT o I o CROSS BRACE TO BE SPECIFIED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. P1001 UNISTRUT CHANNEL NOTE: UNISTRUT CHANNEL COVERS MUST BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AFTER EQUIPMENT HAS BE MOUNTED TO THE CEILING. THIS DETAIL SHOWS A UNIVERSAL TELESPAR DROP THAT IS TYPICAL OF THE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM USED FOR CEILING MOUNTED IMAGING EQUIPMENT. THE ACTUAL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST BE DESIGNED, DETAILED AND SPECIFIED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE CUSTOMER/ CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL SUPPORT MEMBERS AND NEEDED HARDWARE. IN THE EVENT AN EXISTING SUPPORT SYSTEM IS TO BE USED, IT WILL BE THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE INTEGRITY OF THAT SYSTEM. SEE THE 1/4- SCALE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS AND SPACING OF P1001 UNISTRUT CHANNELS. 3 UNISTRUT DETAIL NSCAL ONE SECTION A -A P1001 MAIN UNISTRUT GRID "P2" UNISTRUT. SEE PLAN, THIS SHEET, FOR M10 ORIENTATION. THREADED STUDS CORRUGATED I HOSE HOLDER P 1001 MAIN UNISTRUT I I OUTLET GRID DIAMETER i L APPROX. 4" IWWII�I�WIyI � 11l II10111 \�� I III SEE NOTE #1 I I l 7 1 /2" l 2'-2" FINISHED CEILING NOTES: 1) CEILING ATTACHMENT WITH A PULLING FORCE ON EACH SCREW OF LESS THAN 338 LBS. 2) UNISTRUT PIECES AND UNISTRUT HARDWARE/ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. ALL OTHER ATTACHMENT ITEMS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS. CEILING STAND OUTLET FOR A UNISTRUT CEILING (P2) 6 P2 CEILING OUTLET TwSSCALE: UNISTRUT CHANNEL, CENTERLINE OF RAIL SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR. MOUNTING POINT -- — ---L ---- -- --- --- it TWO M10 BOLTS PER MOUNTING r� POINT Z (SEE DETAIL #2, 1/2" 3 1/8" THIS SHEET) 4' TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAIL 4 CEILING RAILS SCALE NONE AM ZEE BIRME ANGID 09/30/11 TEL: 52) 626-7692' E M E N S VMAI L: � - EXT: FAX: 252) 636-0044 EMAIL: regg,Macaulay@siemens,com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPHRHILLS 7050 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ANGIO RM #101 - ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT SIEM R-101R(A) VERSON DATED 05/05/11 RESUETSIN APROS CIUT ONN U DIER 1 101325 00 10/31 /11 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FINALS FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET of DRAWN BY: 4 8 J. CAPUNE -ISSUE BLOCK- sCAA� NOTED REF. #30152661 DATE: 10/31 /1 1 CHECKED: PROJECT MANAGER: GREGG MACAULAY N Z W U 1 hl: 0 z Z W U 0 0 DCS LARGE DISPLAY NOTES: THE DCS LARGE DISPLAY CONTAINS 21 POTENTIAL INPUTS FOR SIEMENS AND CUSTOMER —SUPPLIED VIDEO SIGNALS. IN AN EFFORT TO SUPPORT UPGRADES AND TO ENSURE VIDEO CABLES FOR ALL APPLICABLE SOURCES ARE CONTAINED IN A RACEWAY DURING INSTALLATION, A CEILING DUCT IS BEING PROPOSED FROM THE CONTROL ROOM TO THE LARGE DISPLAY CONTAINER (LDC) SPECIFICALLY FOR THE PURPOSE OF CARRYING THESE CABLES. FOR HARD CEILINGS, INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF CABLES. OTHERWISE, A 2 J"O CONDUIT IS REQUIRED FOR EACH SOURCE. COORDINATE CABUNG REQUIREMENTS TO THE "LDC" FOR VIDEO SOURCES NOT RESIDING IN THE CONTROL ROOM. NOTE: EACH CUSTOMER —SUPPLIED INPUT WILL REQUIRE AT LEAST ONE 110V OUTLET FOR THE SIEMENS —SUPPLIED CONVERTER BOX. IF THE CUSTOMER'S SOURCE HAS ONLY ONE VIDEO OUTPUT, A SIEMENS —SUPPLIED SPUTTER BOX WILL BE REQUIRED, WHICH REQUIRES AN ADDITIONAL 110V OUTLET. PLEASE COORDINATE THE EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER. A WORST —CASE NUMBER OF OUTLETS IS BEING SHOWN ON THE PLANS. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE ROUTED IN THE MOST DIRECT PATH POSSIBLE TO MAINTAIN CABLE LENGTH RESTRICTIONS. REFER TO THE MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTHS IN THE CONDUIT LEGEND ON SHEET E-501. NC- MAI N POWER SUPPLY ELECTRICAL RACEWAY PLAN I II u i n f-A-1 r-------i I V ---- l �� L--------i L j � II CRB —� I ❑ PO JE , 0 CR HD1 CR1 5 �{ WIL 11 24 CS 19 1 501 DS 12 ATTENTION: ROOM -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. FACILITY m SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" SYMBOLS ALL MAY NOT APPLY ® CAUTION OR WARNING ® CRITICAL NOTE(S) ® CIRCUIT BREAKER BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR 0 OPENING IN RACEWAY OR TRENCHDUCT 0 PULLBOX IN (FLOOR/WALL/CEILING) 0 OPENING IN ACCESS FLOORING ® WARNING LIGHT (X—RAY ON) DS DOOR SAFETY SWITCH (EPO) EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON ® TRENCHDUCT E — — _ ] CEILING DUCT -------------- UNDER FLOOR DUCT ® VERTICAL DUCT ETH, ETHERNET CONNECTION TO CUSTOMER'S INFORMATION SYSTEMS NETWORK (VERIFY WITH SMS PROGRAM MANAGER). RDIAG D STANDARD TELEPHONE LINE FOR REMOTE EQUIPMENT DIAGNOSTICS. THE PHONE LINE MUST BE DATA —QUALITY WITH DIRECT DIAL —IN AND DIAL —OUT CAPABILITY SIMILAR TO A FAX LINE. DO NOT ROUTE THE PHONE LINE THROUGH HOSPITAL PBX OR SWITCHBOARD. SER STANDARD TELEPHONE LINE FOR SERVICE. DO NOT ROUTE THROUGH HOSPITAL PBX OR SWITCHBOARD. 110 VOLT, 20 AMP, HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX OUTLET 110 VOLT, 20 AMP, HOSPITAL GRADE QUAD OUTLET -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYM SIZE DESCRIPTION REMARKS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR WITH REMOVABLE BOTTOM COVER. PROVIDE 4"0 TABLE ACCESSORIES SLEEVE FROM BOX TO FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WATERPROOF PLATE ON TOP OF CORED OPENING IN FLOOR. CC Ia" X 8" BUSHED OPENING IN VERTICAL DUCT "VD1" COVER AT FLOOR LINE. CABLE CABINET ® 3"0 BUSHED OPENING IN TOP OF HORIZONTAL DUCT "HD1 ". CONTROL ROOM DISTRIBUTOR ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR WITH REMOVABLE BOTTOM COVER. FOR EACH CONTROL ROOM CONDUIT CONNECTION, PROVIDE A FLOOR SLEEVE OF THE SAME SIZE CONNECTING BOX TO UNDER -FLOOR BOX RACEWAY "HD1". ®® 1 B" X 1 B" X 4" PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL AT FLOOR LINE. PROVIDE BOX WITH REMOVABLE COOLING UNIT FRONT COVER AND (1) 4"0 BUSHING IN CENTER OF REMOVABLE COVER FOR CABLE EXIT. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION. D1 6"0 BUSHED OPENING IN BOTTOM OF CEIUNG DUCT "CD1". IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, PROVIDE DCS 6"0 SLEEVE EXTENDING FROM DUCT TO FLUSH WITH FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE BUSHING AT CEILING LINE. ® --- DOOR SWITCH, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE PLAN. DOOR SWITCH ® --- EMERGENCY OFF BUTTONS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS. EPO'S MUST PREVENT RESETTING OF CIRCUIT EMERGENCY POWER OFF BREAKERS WHEN IN OFF POSITION. EPO'S MUST BE RECESSED OR SHIELDED. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. Q AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING IN LOCATION COORDINATED WITH INTERCOM INTERCOM INSTALLATION. PROVIDE REMOVABLE BOTTOM COVER WITH 2" BUSHED OPENING. © 4"0 BUSHED OPENING IN VERTICAL DUCT "VD" COVER AT FLOOR LINE. AXIS IMAGE SYSTEM ® 3"0 BUSHED OPENING IN RACEWAY "HD2" COVER. LARGE DISPLAY CONTAINER © SIZED BY E.C. MULTI BREAKER PANEL, SEE DETAIL "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 BREAKER PANEL Pt 8"0 BUSHED OPENING IN BOTTOM OF CEILING DUCT "CD1". PROVIDE CORRESPONDING OPENING AT FLOOR AND CEILING MOUNTED CEILING LINE. C-ARMS ®U ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL AT FLOOR LINE. PROVIDE BOX WITH REMOVABLE GENERATORS FRONT COVER WITH 4"0 BUSHED OPENING AT BOTTOM OF COVER. ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL AT HEIGHT COORDINATED WITH UPS REMOTE UPS REMOTE MONITOR PANEL MONITOR PANEL. (15kVA, 16OkVA AND 300kVA) ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL AT FLOOR LINE. PROVIDE BOX WITH REMOVABLE SYSTEM CABINET FRONT COVER WITH 4"0 BUSHED OPENING AT BOTTOM OF COVER. ® AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR WITH REMOVABLE BOTTOM COVER. PROVIDE 6"0 SYSTEM CABINET SLEEVE FROM BOX TO FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR WITH BUSHING AT FLOOR LINE. ® --- CABLE ACCESS IN CABINET BASE. SYSTEM CABINET S© AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. CONNECT 6 FOOT LONG FIXTURE WHIP, (EITHER MAVIG R96 LAMP 1/2" OR 3/8" GREENFIELD) WITH 3 NUMBER 12 WIRE, L, N, AND G TO BOX FOR TERMINATION TO SIEMENS EQUIPMENT AT CEILING LINE. PROVIDE 120V / 16A FACILITY POWER TO BOX. T7 AS REQUIRED PULL BOX MOUNTED BELOW FINISHED FLOOR WITH REMOVABLE BOTTOM COVER. PROVIDE 4"0 TABLE SLEEVE FROM BOX TO FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR WITH BUSHING AT FLOOR LINE. ® --- CONDUIT LANDING PLATE ON TOP OF POWERWARE 9390 16OkVA L'F > CABINET 160kVA UPS © WARNING LIGHT TO INDICATE "X-RAY ON" SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. MOUNT WARNING LIGHT UGHT ABOVE OR NEXT TO ENTRY DOOR. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. CDt 3 1/2" X 18" CEILING DUCT MOUNTED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE DUCT WITH REMOVABLE TOP COVER CEILING DUCT AND OPENINGS AS SPECIFIED. IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, DIVIDE DUCT INTO (5) SECTIONS WITH METAL DIVIDERS. CONNECT TO VERTICAL DUCT AS SHOWN. 3 1/2" X 10" CEILING DUCT MOUNTED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE DUCT WITH REMOVABLE TOP COVER CEILING DUCT AND OPENINGS AS SPECIFIED. IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, DIVIDE DUCT INTO (4) SECTIONS WITH METAL DIVIDERS. CONNECT TO VERTICAL DUCT AS SHOWN. 001 3 1/2" X 10" HORIZONTAL DUCT MOUNTED ON FINISHED WALL AT FLOOR LINE. PROVIDE DUCT WITH HORIZONTAL WALL DUCT REMOVABLE FRONT COVER. IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, DIVIDE DUCT INTO (4) SECTIONS WITH METAL DIVIDERS. CONNECT TO VERTICAL DUCT "VD2" AS SHOWN. VD1 3 1/2" X 18" VERTICAL DUCT MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL. BEGIN DUCT AT FLOOR LINE AND EXTEND VERTICAL DUCT UP WALL ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, DIVIDE DUCT INTO (5) SECTIONS WITH METAL DIVIDERS. V03 3 1/2" X 10" VERTICAL DUCT MOUNTED FLUSH IN FINISHED WALL. BEGIN DUCT AT FLOOR LINE AND EXTEND VERTICAL DUCT UP WALL ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, DIVIDE DUCT INTO (4) SECTIONS WITH METAL DIVIDERS. O EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM PANEL TO "ME2" SEE "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 2 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "ME2" TO "UPS" SEE "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 3 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "UPS" TO "MP" SEE "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 4 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "MP" TO "RMP" VIA STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER SEE "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 5 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "RMP" TO "UPS" SEE "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 6 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "MP" TO "PU1" SEE DETAIL "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 7 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "MP" TO "PU2" SEE DETAIL "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 8 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "MP" TO "SC1" SEE DETAIL "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 9 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "MP" TO "EPO" SEE DETAIL "POWER DIAGRAM" SHEET E-501 10 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "EPO" TO "EPO" 11 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "SC1 " TO "WL" 12 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM "SC1 " TO "DS" 13 EC TO SIZE CONDUIT FROM 120V, 16A FACILITY POWER SOURCE TO "SU". SURGERY LIGHT 14 2 1/2"0 CONDUIT FROM "P1" TO "CU1" (MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS 2'� MAXIMUM LENGTH 95' 15 3"0 CONDUIT FROM "SC2" (SC1) TO "T1" UNDER FLOOR MAXIMUM LENGTH 39' tfi (3) 2"0 CONDUIT FROM SC2" (SC1) TO "T1 " UNDER FLOOR MAXIMUM LENGTH 39' 17 1 1/2"0 CONDUIT FROM "SC2" (SC1) TO "T1" UNDER FLOOR MAXIMUM LENGTH 39' 18 (2) 2"0 CONDUIT FROM "SC1" TO "CU1" MAXIMUM LENGTH 95' 19 2"0 CONDUIT FROM "CRIB" TO "T1" UNDER FLOOR (LD WORKPLACE JOYSTICK/MOUSE) MAXIMUM LENGTH 66' 20 2 1/2"0 CONDUIT FROM "P2" TO "CU2" (MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS 2'7 MAXIMUM LENGTH 79' 21 (2) 2"0 CONDUIT FROM "SC1" TO "CU2" MAXIMUM LENGTH 98' 7-2 3/4"0 CONDUIT FROM "CD1" (CR1) TO "IC" (INTERCOM) 23 3"0 CONDUIT FROM "T1" TO "B10" UNDER FLOOR 24 3"0 CONDUIT FROM "CRB" TO "610" UNDER FLOOR (CUSTOMER PATIENT MONITORING) ELECTRICAL NOTES 1) COMPLIANCE: ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA-70), O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS, AS WELL AS APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF CITY, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT COMPLY TO ANSI, IEEE AND NEMA STANDARDS. WHERE APPLICABLE, PROVIDE ONLY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS THAT ARE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED. CUSTOMER'S/CONTRACTOR'S WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NECA STANDARD OF INSTALLATION. 2) QUALITY ASSURANCE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD TO INSURE THAT THE NEW WORK WILL FIT TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SHOULD ANY CONDITIONS EXIST OR BE DISCOVERED THAT PREVENT THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AS SHOWN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF EQUIPMENT, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK THAT MAY BE AFFECTED. DO NOT ALTER DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS, OR SPECIFICATIONS IN ANY WAY WITHOUT CONTACTING AND RECEIVING WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM SMS PROGRAM MANAGER. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. CONDUIT AND PULL BOXES TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR WITH LOCATIONS BEING FIELD VERIFIED BY SMS PROJECT MANAGER. 3) POWER SUPPLY SOURCE: POWER SUPPLIES FOR SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED SERVICES KEPT ENTIRELY FREE AND INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER BUILDING WIRING AND EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS: ELEVATORS, GENERATORS, PUMPS, HVAC SYSTEMS, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE CUSTOMER/UTILITY COMPANY FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 4) WORK FURNISHED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR: WORK NOT PROVIDED BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS BUT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND DUCTS, WIRING TROUGHS, PULL BOXES, CONDUITS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, EMERGENCY OFF BUTTONS, DOOR SWITCHES, WARNING LIGHTS, WIRING, WIRING DEVICES, CONNECTORS, LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND GROUNDING. 5) RACEWAY AND CONDUIT NOTES: RACEWAY SHALL BE ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING (EMT) FOR RIGID CONDUIT WORK, OR WHERE SHORT OFF —SET CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED. FIELD BENDS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN AS SHOWN IN TABLE 346-10 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. PROVIDE A JETLINE "SUPER TRUE TAPE", OR EQUIVALENT CONDUIT MEASURING TAPE FISH LINE IN ALL RACEWAYS AND CONDUITS. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE A CONDUIT ENTERS A BOX, FITTING, OR OTHER ENCLOSURE, AN INSULATED THROAT CONNECTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PROTECT THE WIRE FROM ABRASION. CONNECTORS SHALL BE DOUBLE SET SCREW TYPE, STEEL CONCRETE TIGHT. KEEP RACEWAYS AT LEAST 6 INCHES AWAY FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF FLUES OR STEAM AND HOT WATER PIPES. INSTALL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPES PROVIDED THAT CABLE RUN DISTANCES ARE MAINTAINED. USE TEMPORARY CLOSURES TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING RACEWAY. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY. INSTALL CONDUIT WITH A MINIMUM OF BENDS IN THE SHORTEST PRACTICAL DISTANCE CONSIDERING THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND OBSTRUCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CERTAIN THAT ANY CONDUIT/RACEWAY RUNS CONTAINING SIEMENS MEDICAL SYSTEMS CABLES DO NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED MAXIMUM DISTANCES AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DETAILS. PROVIDE ENCLOSED METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM (WIRE DUCT) WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH DIVIDERS TO SEPARATE THE DUCT (FOR POWER AND SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS CABLING). DIVIDERS AND CROSSOVER PIECES TO BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY. FOR UL CERTIFIED SYSTEMS, THE CABLE TO CABLE AS WELL AS THE CIRCUIT TO CIRCUIT SEPARATION REQUIREMENT WAS EVALUATED DURING THE UL SYSTEM INVESTIGATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONAL SEPARATION OF THE SYSTEM CABLE ASSEMBLIES INTO SEPARATE OR PARTITIONED RACEWAYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, IS NOT NECESSARY TO INSURE SEPARATION OF CIRCUITS, AS THEY CAN BE IN THE SAME RACEWAY. PROVIDE WIRE DUCT/RACEWAY WITH ACCESSIBLE REMOVABLE COVERS. LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS TO BE CUT IN FIELD ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH SIEMENS PROJECT MANAGER. ELECTRICAL PULL BOXES AND RACEWAY COVERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO ALLOW ACCESSIBILITY FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE. IN — FLOOR TRENCH DUCT AND FLUSH FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FULLY GASKETED REMOVABLE COVERS. 6) WIRING: WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAY, 600 VOLT CLASS, STRANDED TYPE THHN—THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTOR ANNEALED COPPER FOR A MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE OF 76 C (16S' F). SIZED AS INDICATED. THE CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE MINIMUM 10 FT. WIRE TAILS AT ALL OUTLET POINTS WITH WIRE IDENTIFICATION TAGGED AT BOTH ENDS FOR FINAL CONNECTION BY SIEMENS MEDICAL SOLUTIONS. 7) IN ADDITION TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD CURRENT RATING, CONSIDERATION MUST ALSO BE GIVEN TO SELECTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT HAVE A HIGH ENOUGH SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT WITHSTAND RATING TO SAFELY COORDINATE WITH THE POWER SYSTEM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT. GENERALLY, WHEN THE 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, X—RAY EQUIPMENT IS SERVED FROM A POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM THAT IS PROVIDED WITH A 500 KVA OR SMALLER TRANSFORMER, A STANDARD 14,000 RMS AMPERE WITHSTAND RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER WILL BE ADEQUATE. HOWEVER, IF THE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM TRANSFORMER IS LARGER THAN 500 KVA, THEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS HAVING A SHORT CIRCUIT WITHSTAND RATING GREATER THAN 14,000 RIMS AMPERES MAY BE REQUIRED. CONDUIT LENGTH CALCULATIONS II IF SITE —SPECIFIC CONDITIONS EXCEED THE FOLLOWING ASSUMED VALUES, THEN ADDITIONAL LENGTH MUST BE SUBTRACTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FROM THE MAXIMUM CONDUIT LENGTHS LISTED. IF DUCT LOCATIONS ARE ALTERED FROM THE SHOWN LAYOUT, IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO RECALCULATE THE MAXIMUM CONDUIT LENGTHS. ASSUMED VALUES USED IN CALCULATING STATED MAXIMUM CONDUIT LENGTHS: VERTICAL DUCTS — 12'-0" FLOOR PENETRATIONS — S—O" ARTS ZEE BPLMIE MGO 09/30/11 PROJECT MANAGER: GREGG MACAULAY TEL: �2) 626-7692S'EMENS VMAIL: — EXT: FAX: 252) 636-0044 EMAIL: GreggMamulayl2siemens,com FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPH RH I LLS 7050 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ANGIO RM #101 — ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT 0 10/31 /1 1 R-101KA) VERSION DATED SIEMENS SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL 0 1 101325 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FlNALS RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROMDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED 5 S J. CAPUNE E 10 EQUIPMENT, THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION SCA E� REF. # DATE: CHECKED: PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. —ISSUE BLOCK- LAS NOTED 30152661 1 10/31 /1 1 II U 0 z Z W U 0 0 II 0 z Z W U 0 0 j 4 0 z Z W U 0 0 CONTROL ROOM NOTE: FOR BTU'S OF EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN, REFER TO THE EQUIPMENT LEGEND, SHEET A-101. POLYDOROS GENERATORS (PU1/PU2)- EQUIP. ROOM SYSTEM CONTROL CABINETS (SC1 /SC3) AXIS IMAGE SYSTEM "CU 1 /CU 2" ELECTRICAL LOCATION, SEE SHEET E-101. C STAND W/ FLAT PANEL DETECTC" u ORIENTATION POINT OF PATIENT TABLE AT FLOOR ISOCENTER FLOOR STAND IN HEAD END POSITION f----------------------�, i z " KLUVER i P2" ELECTRICAL COOLING I LOCATION, SEE UNIT i SHEET E-101. FOR CONDUIT SIZES, SEE E-101 SHEET, "P1" ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL I LOCATION, SEE LEGEND. SHEET E-101. K, r L ------ I - -------- �I iF— HF t I n I I I ANGIO RM #101 12'-6 7/S" i i7 0 N MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1 /491 z COOLING WATER N *3 FILL STAND PIPE \ cD see I LD FRONT LEFT SIDE Oo 00 *1 I 00 *1 8" 1 ' - 6 7/8" *2 AIR DCHAUST I ) AIR INTAKE L----------- *1 FOR AIR INTAKE/VENT *2 FOR COOLING HOSES *3 FOR ADDING COOLING WATER 11]d_11��iIsZy:1 COOLING WATER CONNECTION HOSE DIAMETER 3/8"0ID. COOLING WATER FILL PIPE/CAP. THIS IS A SELF CONTAINED SYSTEM. NO OUTSIDE CHILLED WATER OR TAP WATER SUPPLY IS REQUIRED. MAXIMUM ADMISSABLE HEIGHT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN COOLER AND THE XRAY TUBE IS +/- 32'-0" ��-2__1_ KLUVER/LYTRON COOLING UNIT DETAIL I SCALE: �I ATTENTION: -THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO FEATURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PRESENTED AT THE TIME OF THEIR PREPARATION. SINCE BOTH THESE FACTORS ARE SUBJECT TO DESIGN MODIFICATION, THEY ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. -THIS SET OF PLANS REPRESENTS A COMPLETE SET OF DETAILS AND SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED. -IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE SIEMENS DRAWINGS BE INCORPORATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE. SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) TO ENSURE THE UPTIME OF YOUR SYSTEM DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD (AND BEYOND WITH A SERVICE AGREEMENT), SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (SRS) REQUIRES REMOTE LOCAL AREA NETWORK ACCESS TO SIEMENS SYSTEMS. SRS REQUIRES ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONNECTION METHODS: (PREFERRED) VPN CONNECTION THE PREFERRED CONNECTION METHOD IS (VPN) VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK (WHERE THE CUSTOMER HAS AVAILABLE A VPN CAPABLE FIREWALL OR OTHER VPN APPLIANCE). THIS METHOD PROVIDES THE POSSIBILITY FOR REMOTE SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL HARDWARE. PLEASE CONTACT SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES (800-888—STEM) TO DETERMINE IF THIS METHOD IS SUITABLE FOR YOUR SITE. (OPTIONAL) SRS ROUTER CONNECTION - THE SRS ROUTER IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS AND INSTALLED AT THE CUSTOMER'S SITE, WHILE STILL REMAINING THE PROPERTY OF SIEMENS. THE CUSTOMER'S NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR AND SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICES SHALL DETERMINE THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF THE SRS ROUTER REQUIRED. - THE SRS ROUTER IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG MODEM THAT IS SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS, WHICH THEN IN TURN IS CONNECTED TO AN ANALOG PHONE LINE THAT IS SUPPLIED BY THE CUSTOMER. ONE SRS ROUTER ALLOWS REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS TO MULTIPLE MEDICAL SYSTEMS. - THE SRS ROUTER SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN A SECURE LOCATION (CUSTOMER'S NETWORK COMPUTER ROOM) THAT HAS LIMITED ACCESS. IT CAN BE LOCATED ON A SHELF, TABLE, OR IN A CABINET. THE CONNECTION CABLES (WITH INDICATED LENGTHS BELOW) ARE INCLUDED WITH DELIVERY. SRS ROUTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM CUSTOMER NETWORK I SRS 2'-7" 3'-3" o OR I ROUTER WITCH* 3 4 2 I 1 110 V 110 V 110 V NOTE: ALL POWER OUTLETS ARE SUPPLIED/INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER. 0ETHERNET SWITCH OR HUB, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER 2 SRS ROUTER, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS (SIZE: 11.2"W X 8.7"D X 5.5"H, WEIGHT: 2 LBS.) O3 ANALOG MODEM, SUPPLIED BY SIEMENS O4 ANALOG PHONE LINE, SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER * OPTIONAL SWITCH AND CABLES ARE NOT INCLUDED, BUT CAN BE ORDERED FROM SIEMENS. 2 SIEMENS REMOTE SERVICE SCALE: NONE CEILING HEIGHT REQUIREMENT 9 FT. - 6 =/BIN. -ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE FROM FINISHED SURFACES. -THIS DRAWING DOES NOT PROMDE RADIATION SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR X-RAY AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH A REGISTERED RADIATION PHYSICIST TO SPECIFY RADIATION PROTECTION. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS EXAMINATION AND CONTROL TEMPERATURE RANGE: 50'F-95'F (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) ROOM FOR SYSTEM WITH IMAGE INTENSIFIER 597-86'F (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) FOR SYSTEM WITH FLAT PANEL DETECTOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 20% - 75% NON -CONDENSING AXIS IMAGE SYSTEM TEMPERATURE RANGE: 50'F-95'F (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 20%-75% NON CONDENSING MAX. TEMP. GRADIENT: 18' F/HR AIR FLOW VOLUME: 500 CFM MAX. NOISE GENERATION: 53 dB(A) POLYDOROS A100 TEMPERATURE RANGE: 507-957 (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) GENERATORS (PU1/PU2) RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 20%-75% NON CONDENSING MAX. TEMP. GRADIENT: 9' F/HR AIR FLOW VOLUME: 471 CFM MAX. NOISE GENERATION: 55 dB(A) SYSTEM CONTROL TEMPERATURE RANGE: 50'F-95'F (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) CABINETS (SC1/SC3) FOR SYSTEM WITH IMAGE INTENSIFIER 59'F-86'F (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) FOR SYSTEM WITH FLAT PANEL DETECTOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 20% - 75% NON -CONDENSING MAX. TEMP. GRADIENT: 9' F/HR AIR FLOW VOLUME: 589 CFM MAX. NOISE GENERATION: 48 dB(A) KLUVER/LYTRON TEMPERATURE RANGE: 417-867 (RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE 70'F) COOLING UNITS RELATIVE HUMIDITY: FROST FREE AIR FLOW VOLUME: 647 CFM MAX. NOISE GENERATION: 55 dB(A) AT 50 HZ, 59 dB(A) AT 60 HZ STAND WITH FLAT PANEL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE GRADIENT: 9' F/HR DETECTOR ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE: 700hPa — 1040hPa SHOCKS: MAXIMUM 1OG/16MS VIBRATIONS: MAXIMUM 0.1 G/10-200HZ EXHAUST AIR �— FRONT VIEW 2'-6 7/8" 0 0 000000000000000000 000000000000000000 000000000000000000 000000000000000000 000000000000000000 \ 000000000000000000 cn - 000000000000000000 N 000000000000000000 000000000000000000 AIR INTAKE TOP-DOWN VIEW EXHAUST ED AIR I I .- 11 EXF AIR 2'-9 1 /2" 'o 3 15/ 1 6" SIDF VIFW *1 CABLE ROUTING VIA A FLOOR OR WALL OUTLET IS POSSIBLE ACROSS THE ENTIRE WIDTH OF THE IMAGE SYSTEM. CABLE LOOP APPROX. 6 FT. ON THE FLOOR UNDER THE IMAGE SYSTEM FOR AIR INTAKE SERVICE AXIS IMAGE SYSTEM (BI-PLANE) SCALE: 3/4"=1'—O" II II U 0 0 � ZEE BIPLANE AI�10 09/30/11 SIEMENS FLORIDA HOSPITAL ZEPH RH I LLS 7050 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ANGIO RM #101 — ARTIS ZEE BIPLANE ANGIO THE USE OR REPRODUCTION OF PROJECT #: SHEET: THIS TITLE BLOCK WITHOUT R-101K(A) VERSION DATED 05/05/11 SIEMENS AUTHORIZATION WILL 1101325 OQ 10/31 /1 1 APPROVED BY CUSTOMER FOR FlNALS RESULT IN PROSECUTION UNDER FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW. SYM DATE DESCRIPTION ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. SHEET OF DRAWN BY: 8 8 J. CAPUNE -ISSUE BLOCK- SCAa NOTED REF. #k 152661 DATE: 10/31 /1 1 CHECKED: PROJECT MANAGER: GREGG MACAULAY TEL: 52) 626-7692 VMAI L: _ — EXT: FAX: 252) 636-0044 EMAIL: regg.Macaulay@sienens.com